Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022
OR
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-34034
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
63-0589368
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 734-4667
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of
6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series B
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of
5.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series C
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of
4.45% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E
Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered
RF
New York Stock Exchange
RF PRB
New York Stock Exchange
RF PRC
New York Stock Exchange
RF PRE
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes ¨ No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit such files). Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,”
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large Accelerated Filer ý Accelerated filer ☐ Non-
accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐
1
Table of Contents
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness
of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ý
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price
at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
Common Stock, $.01 par value—$17,100,675,350 as of June 30, 2022.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Common Stock, $.01 par value—934,561,674 shares issued and outstanding as of February 22, 2023.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the proxy statement for the registrant's 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III to
the extent described therein.
2
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
INDEX
PART I
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
SIGNATURES
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Page
8
11
22
42
42
42
42
44
45
46
46
89
169
169
169
169
170
171
171
171
171
172
177
178
Table of Contents
Glossary of Defined Terms
Agencies - collectively, FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA.
ACL - Allowance for credit losses.
ALCO - Asset/Liability Management Committee.
ALLL - Allowance for loan and lease losses.
Allowance - Allowance for credit losses.
AMLA - Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020
AOCI - Accumulated other comprehensive income.
ASC - Accounting Standards Codification
ARRC - Alternative Reference Rates Committee.
Ascentium - Ascentium Capital, LLC., an equipment finance entity acquired April 1, 2020.
ASU - Accounting Standards Update.
ATM - Automated teller machine.
Bank - Regions Bank.
Basel III - Basel Committee's 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord).
Basel III Rules - Final capital rules adopting the Basel III capital framework approved by U.S. federal regulators in 2013.
Basel Committee - Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.
BHC - Bank Holding Company.
BHC Act - Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.
BITS - Technology policy division of the Bank Policy Institute.
Board - The Company’s Board of Directors.
BSBY - Bloomberg Short-Term Bank Yield index.
Call Report - Regions Bank's FFIEC 031 filing.
CAP - Customer Assistance Program.
CARES Act - Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act.
CCAR - Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.
CCB - Capital Conservation Buffer.
CCPA - California Privacy Rights Act.
CECL - Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("Current
Expected Credit Losses").
CEO - Chief Executive Officer.
CET1 - Common Equity Tier 1.
CFO - Chief Financial Officer.
CFPB - Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.
CHR - Compensation and Human Resources.
Clearsight - Clearsight Advisors, Inc., a mergers and acquisitions firm acquired December 31, 2021.
Company - Regions Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries.
COSO - Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
COVID-19 - Coronavirus Disease 2019.
CPI- Consumer Price Index.
CPR - Constant (or Conditional) prepayment rate.
CRA - Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.
DEI - Diversity, Equity & Inclusion
4
Table of Contents
DIF - Deposit Insurance Fund.
Dodd-Frank Act - The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.
DPD - Days past due.
DUS - Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting & Servicing.
EAD - Exposure-at-default.
EEO-1 - Equal employment opportunity commission's standard form 100 report
EnerBank - EnerBank USA, a consumer lending institution acquired October 1, 2021.
ESG - Environmental, Social and Governance.
FASB - Financial Accounting Standards Board.
FCA - Financial Conduct Authority.
FDIA - Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.
FDIC - The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Federal Reserve - The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
FFIEC - Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council.
FHA - Federal Housing Administration.
FHC - Financial Holding Company.
FHLB - Federal Home Loan Bank.
FHLMC - Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, known as Freddie Mac.
FICO - The Financing Corporation, established by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987.
FICO scores - Personal credit scores based on the model introduced by the Fair Isaac Corporation.
FinCEN - the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.
FINRA - Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
Fintechs - Financial Technology Companies.
FNMA - Federal National Mortgage Association, known as Fannie Mae.
FOMC - Federal Open Market Committee.
FRB - Federal Reserve Bank.
FS-ISAC - Financial Services - Information Sharing & Analysis Center.
FTP - Funds Transfer Pricing.
GAAP - Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States.
GDP - Gross domestic product.
GLBA - Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
GNMA - Government National Mortgage Association, known as Ginnie Mae.
GSE - Government-Sponsored Enterprise.
G-SIB - Globally Systemically Important Bank Holding Company.
HPI - Housing price index.
HUD - U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
HCM - Human Capital Management.
IOSCO - International Organization of Securities Commissions.
IPO - Initial public offering.
IRA - Individual Retirement Account.
IRE - Investor real estate portfolio segment.
IRS - Internal Revenue Service.
5
Table of Contents
LCR - Liquidity coverage ratio.
LGD - Loss given default.
LIBOR - London InterBank Offered Rate.
LLC - Limited Liability Company.
LROC - Liquidity Risk Oversight Committee.
LTIP - Long-term incentive plan.
LTV - Loan to value.
MBS - Mortgage-backed securities.
M&A - Mergers and acquisitions.
MD&A - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
MSAs - Metropolitan Statistical Areas.
MSR - Mortgage servicing right.
NAV - Net Asset Value.
NSFR - Net stable funding ratio.
NYSE - New York Stock Exchange.
OAS - Option-adjusted spread.
OCC - Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
OCI - Other comprehensive income.
OFAC - U.S. Treasury Department - Office of Foreign Assets Control.
PCAOB - Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
PCD - Purchased credit deteriorated.
PD - Probability of default.
PPP - Paycheck Protection Program.
R&S - Reasonable and supportable.
Raymond James - Raymond James Financial, Inc.
REIT - Real estate investment trust.
Regions Securities - Regions Securities LLC.
RETDR - Reasonable expectation of a troubled debt restructuring.
RWAs - Risk-weighted assets.
S&P 500 - a stock market index that measures the stock performance of 500 large companies listed on stock exchanges in
the United States.
Sabal - Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, a diversified financial services firm acquired December 1, 2021.
SBA - Small Business Administration.
SBIC - Small Business Investment Company.
SCB - Stress Capital Buffer.
SEC - U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
SERP - Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
SOFR - Secured Overnight Financing Rate.
TAL - Total trading assets and liabilities.
TBA - To Be Announced.
TDR - Troubled debt restructuring.
TRACE - Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine.
TTC - Through-the-cycle.
6
Table of Contents
U.S. - United States.
USA PATRIOT Act - Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and
Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001.
U.S. Treasury - The United States Department of the Treasury.
USD - United States dollar.
UTB - Unrecognized tax benefits.
VIE - Variable interest entity.
Visa - The Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively.
wSTWF - Weighted short-term wholesale funding.
7
Table of Contents
PART I
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by Regions Financial Corporation under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf to analysts, investors,
the media and others, may include forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. The words “future,” “anticipates,” “assumes,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “predicts,” “potential,”
“objectives,” “estimates,” “expects,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “would,” “will,” “may,” “might,” “could,”
“should,” “can,” and similar terms and expressions often signify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are
subject to the risk that the actual effects may differ, possibly materially, from what is reflected in those forward-looking
statements due to factors and future developments that are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond our control.
Forward-looking statements are not based on historical information, but rather are related to future operations, strategies,
financial results or other developments. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations as well as
certain assumptions and estimates made by, and information available to, management at the time the statements are made.
Those statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, and because they also relate to the future
they are likewise subject to inherent uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the
views, beliefs and projections expressed in such statements. Therefore, we caution you against relying on any of these forward-
looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A.
“Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those described below:
Current and future economic and market conditions in the United States generally or in the communities we serve (in particular
the Southeastern United States), including the effects of possible declines in property values, increases in interest rates and
unemployment rates, inflation, financial market disruptions and potential reductions of economic growth, which may adversely
affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and conditions.
Possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies of, and other activities undertaken by, governments, agencies, central
banks and similar organizations, which could have a material adverse effect on our businesses and our financial results and
conditions.
Changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expense, the value of assets and
obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity.
The impact of pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our businesses, operations, and financial results and
conditions. The duration and severity of any pandemic could disrupt the global economy, adversely affect our capital and
liquidity position, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans and increase our allowance for credit losses, impair
collateral values, and result in lost revenue or additional expenses.
Any impairment of our goodwill or other intangibles, any repricing of assets, or any adjustment of valuation allowances on our
deferred tax assets due to changes in tax law, adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the
reporting unit or other factors.
The effect of new tax legislation and/or interpretation of existing tax law, which may impact our earnings, capital ratios, and our
ability to return capital to shareholders.
Possible changes in the creditworthiness of customers and the possible impairment of the collectability of loans and leases,
including operating leases.
Volatility and uncertainty related to inflation and the effects of inflation, which may lead to increased costs for businesses and
consumers and potentially contribute to poor business and economic conditions generally.
Changes in the speed of loan prepayments, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs, credit loss provisions or actual credit
losses where our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover our eventual losses.
Possible acceleration of prepayments on mortgage-backed securities due to low interest rates, and the related acceleration of
premium amortization on those securities.
Loss of customer checking and savings account deposits as customers pursue other, higher-yield investments, which could
increase our funding costs.
Possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits and the related effect on our ability to increase assets
and to attract deposits, which could adversely affect our net income.
Our ability to effectively compete with other traditional and non-traditional financial services companies, including fintechs,
some of whom possess greater financial resources than we do or are subject to different regulatory standards than we are.
Our inability to develop and gain acceptance from current and prospective customers for new products and services and the
enhancement of existing products and services to meet customers’ needs and respond to emerging technological trends in a
timely manner could have a negative impact on our revenue.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Table of Contents
Our inability to keep pace with technological changes, including those related to the offering of digital banking and financial
services, could result in losing business to competitors.
Changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses, including legislation and regulations relating to bank products and
services, as well as changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable governmental and
self-regulatory agencies, including as a result of the changes in U.S. presidential administration, control of the U.S. Congress,
and changes in personnel at the bank regulatory agencies, which could require us to change certain business practices, increase
compliance risk, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses.
Our capital actions, including dividend payments, common stock repurchases, or redemptions of preferred stock, must not cause
us to fall below minimum capital ratio requirements, with applicable buffers taken into account, and must comply with other
requirements and restrictions under law or imposed by our regulators, which may impact our ability to return capital to
shareholders.
Our ability to comply with stress testing and capital planning requirements (as part of the CCAR process or otherwise) may
continue to require a significant investment of our managerial resources due to the importance of such tests and requirements.
Our ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements (including, among other things, the Basel III capital
standards), including our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms, and if we fail to meet
requirements, our financial condition and market perceptions of us could be negatively impacted.
The effects of any developments, changes or actions relating to any litigation or regulatory proceedings brought against us or
any of our subsidiaries.
The costs, including possibly incurring fines, penalties, or other negative effects (including reputational harm) of any adverse
judicial, administrative, or arbitral rulings or proceedings, regulatory enforcement actions, or other legal actions to which we or
any of our subsidiaries are a party, and which may adversely affect our results.
Our ability to manage fluctuations in the value of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposure so as to maintain
sufficient capital and liquidity to support our businesses.
Our ability to execute on our strategic and operational plans, including our ability to fully realize the financial and nonfinancial
benefits relating to our strategic initiatives.
The risks and uncertainties related to our acquisition or divestiture of businesses and risks related to such acquisitions, including
that the expected synergies, cost savings and other financial or other benefits may not be realized within expected timeframes,
or might be less than projected; and difficulties in integrating acquired businesses.
The success of our marketing efforts in attracting and retaining customers.
Our ability to recruit and retain talented and experienced personnel to assist in the development, management and operation of
our products and services may be affected by changes in laws and regulations in effect from time to time.
Fraud or misconduct by our customers, employees or business partners.
Any inaccurate or incomplete information provided to us by our customers or counterparties.
Inability of our framework to manage risks associated with our businesses, such as credit risk and operational risk, including
third-party vendors and other service providers, which could, among other things, result in a breach of operating or security
systems as a result of a cyber attack or similar act or failure to deliver our services effectively.
Our ability to identify and address operational risks associated with the introduction of or changes to products, services, or
delivery platforms.
Dependence on key suppliers or vendors to obtain equipment and other supplies for our businesses on acceptable terms.
The inability of our internal controls and procedures to prevent, detect or mitigate any material errors or fraudulent acts.
The effects of geopolitical instability, including wars, conflicts, civil unrest, and terrorist attacks and the potential impact,
directly or indirectly, on our businesses.
The effects of man-made and natural disasters, including fires, floods, droughts, tornadoes, hurricanes, and environmental
damage (specifically in the Southeastern United States), which may negatively affect our operations and/or our loan portfolios
and increase our cost of conducting business. The severity and frequency of future earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes,
droughts, floods and other weather-related events are difficult to predict and may be exacerbated by global climate change.
Changes in commodity market prices and conditions could adversely affect the cash flows of our borrowers operating in
industries that are impacted by changes in commodity prices (including businesses indirectly impacted by commodities prices
such as businesses that transport commodities or manufacture equipment used in the production of commodities), which could
impair their ability to service any loans outstanding to them and/or reduce demand for loans in those industries.
9
Table of Contents
•
Our ability to identify and address cyber-security risks such as data security breaches, malware, ransomware, “denial of
service” attacks, “hacking” and identity theft, including account take-overs, a failure of which could disrupt our businesses and
result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or misappropriation of confidential or proprietary information, disruption or damage to
our systems, increased costs, losses, or adverse effects to our reputation.
•
Our ability to achieve our expense management initiatives.
• Market replacement of LIBOR and the related effect on our LIBOR-based financial products and contracts, including, but not
limited to, derivative products, debt obligations, deposits, investments, and loans.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Possible downgrades in our credit ratings or outlook could, among other negative impacts, increase the costs of funding from
capital markets.
The effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect us or the banking industry generally
could require us to change certain business practices, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively
affect our businesses.
The effects of the failure of any component of our business infrastructure provided by a third party could disrupt our businesses,
result in the disclosure of and/or misuse of confidential information or proprietary information, increase our costs, negatively
affect our reputation, and cause losses.
Our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries, in particular Regions Bank, could affect our liquidity and ability to pay
dividends to shareholders.
Changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies could materially
affect our financial statements and how we report those results, and expectations and preliminary analyses relating to how such
changes will affect our financial results could prove incorrect.
Fluctuations in the price of our common stock and inability to complete stock repurchases in the time frame and/or on the terms
anticipated.
The effects of anti-takeover laws and exclusive forum provision in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.
The effects of any damage to our reputation resulting from developments related to any of the items identified above.
Other risks identified from time to time in reports that we file with the SEC.
You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Factors or
events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible to predict all of them.
We assume no obligation and do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements that are made from time to time,
either as a result of future developments, new information or otherwise, except as may be required by law.
10
Table of Contents
Item 1. Business
Regions Financial Corporation is a FHC headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama operating in the South, Midwest and
Texas. In addition, Regions operates several offices delivering specialty capabilities in New York, Washington D.C., Chicago
and other locations nationwide. Regions provides financial solutions for a wide range of clients including retail and mortgage
banking services, commercial banking services and wealth and investment services. Further, Regions and its subsidiaries
deliver specialty capabilities including merger and acquisition advisory services, capital markets solutions, home improvement
lending and others. At December 31, 2022, Regions had total consolidated assets of approximately $155.2 billion, total
consolidated deposits of approximately $131.7 billion and total consolidated shareholders’ equity of approximately $15.9
billion.
The terms “Regions,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” as used herein mean collectively Regions Financial
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries when or where appropriate. Its principal executive offices
are located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and its telephone number at that address is
(800) 734-4667.
Banking Operations
Regions conducts its banking operations through Regions Bank, an Alabama state-chartered commercial bank that is a
member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2022, Regions operated 2,039 ATMs and 1,286 total branch outlets
primarily across the South, Midwest and Texas.
The following table reflects the distribution of branch locations in each of the states in which Regions conducts its
banking operations.
Branches
Florida
Tennessee
Alabama
Georgia
Mississippi
Texas
Louisiana
Arkansas
Missouri
Illinois
Indiana
South Carolina
Kentucky
North Carolina
Iowa
Utah
Total
275
200
189
116
101
90
83
58
51
41
41
18
10
7
5
1
1,286
Other Financial Services Operations
In addition to its banking operations, Regions provides additional financial services through the following subsidiaries:
Regions Equipment Finance Corporation and Regions Commercial Equipment Finance, LLC, both wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Regions Bank, provide equipment financing products focusing on commercial clients. Ascentium Capital, also a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, provides financing of essential-use equipment for small business customers through
a technology-enabled model that delivers same-day credit decisions and funding.
Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank headquartered in Irvine, California, and is a
national commercial real estate lender.
Regions Affordable Housing LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank headquartered in Great Neck, New
York, and engages in low income housing tax credit corporate fund syndication and asset management.
Regions Community Development Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, provides financing to
qualifying customers under the CRA and also invests in CRA related projects.
11
Table of Contents
Regions Investment Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, offers investments and insurance
products to Regions Bank customers, provided by licensed insurance agents. In addition, Regions Bank and Regions Investment
Services, Inc. also maintain an agreement with Cetera Investment Services, LLC to offer securities, insurance and advisory
services to Regions Bank customers through dually-employed financial advisors.
Regions Securities LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, serves as a broker-
dealer to commercial clients and acts in an advisory capacity to merger and acquisition transactions.
BlackArch Partners LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions and is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina.
BlackArch Partners LLC and its broker-dealer subsidiary, BlackArch Securities LLC, offer merger and acquisition services to
its institutional clients and commercial entities, as well as serving as a broker-dealer to commercial clients.
Clearsight Advisors, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions headquartered in McLean, Virginia, and acts in an
advisory capacity to merger and acquisition transactions.
Regions Investment Management, Inc. serves as the investment adviser to Regions Wealth Management division and
trades in stocks and bonds for trust clients. Highland Associates, Inc. is an institutional investment firm providing investment
counsel and consulting services to not-for-profit healthcare entities and mission-based organizations. Regions Bank has also
retained Highland Associates, Inc. to provide investment advisory services with respect to assets held in accounts in Regions
Bank’s trust department. Both Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Highland Associates, Inc. are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Regions Bank.
Supervision and Regulation
We are subject to the extensive regulatory framework applicable to BHCs and their subsidiaries. This framework is
intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s DIF and the banking system as a whole, and is not intended for
the protection of shareholders or other investors.
Banking and other financial services statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by United States
Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank
regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters, and similar written guidance applicable to Regions and its
subsidiaries. Regions cannot predict future changes in the applicable laws, regulations and regulatory agency policies, including
any changes resulting from changes in the U.S. presidential administration. Yet, such changes may have a material impact on
Regions’ business, financial condition or results of operations. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes in law
and any new regulations promulgated, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer products or
disclosures and the requirements of the enhanced supervision provisions, among others.
The scope of the laws and regulations, and the intensity of the supervision to which Regions is subject have increased in
recent years, initially in response to the financial crisis, and more recently in light of other factors, including technological
factors, market changes, climate, as well as increased scrutiny and possible denials of bank mergers and acquisitions by federal
banking regulators. Regulatory enforcement and fines have also increased across the banking and financial services sector.
Regions expects that its business will remain subject to extensive regulation and supervision.
The descriptions below summarize certain significant federal and state laws to which Regions is subject. These
descriptions do not summarize all possible or proposed changes in laws or regulations and are are not intended to be substitute
for the related statues or regulatory provisions. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their interpretation and
application by regulatory agencies and other governmental authorities, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Overview
As a BHC Regions is subject to regulation under the BHC Act and to regulation, examination, and supervision by the
Federal Reserve. Regions has elected to be treated as an FHC which allows it to engage in a broader range of activities than
would otherwise be permissible for a BHC. The BHC Act provides for “umbrella” regulation of FHCs by the Federal Reserve
and functional regulation of holding company subsidiaries by applicable regulatory agencies. The BHC Act also requires the
Federal Reserve to examine any subsidiary of a BHC, other than a depository institution, engaged in activities permissible for a
depository institution. The Federal Reserve is also granted the authority, in certain circumstances, to require reports of, examine
and adopt rules applicable to any holding company subsidiary.
Regions Bank is an Alabama state-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. Its operations are
generally subject to supervision and examination by both the Federal Reserve and the Alabama State Banking Department.
Regions Bank is also affected by the actions of the Federal Reserve as it implements monetary policy. As a Federal Reserve
System member bank, Regions Bank is required to hold stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta in an amount equal to 6
percent of its capital stock and surplus. Member banks with total assets in excess of $10 billion, including Regions Bank,
receive a floating rate dividend tied to 10-year U.S. Treasuries, with the maximum dividend rate capped at 6 percent.
12
Table of Contents
Regions Bank and its affiliates are also subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the CFPB with respect to
consumer protection laws and regulations.
Regions and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates, including those that engage in derivatives transactions, securities
underwriting, market making, brokerage, investment advisory, and insurance activities, are subject to other federal and state
laws and regulations, as well as supervision and examination by other federal and state regulatory agencies and other regulatory
authorities, including the SEC, CFTC, FINRA, and the NYSE. Regions Bank is also subject to additional state and federal laws,
as well as various compliance regulations, that govern its activities, the investments it makes, and the aggregate amount of loans
that may be granted to one borrower.
Examinations by Region’s regulators consider not only compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory
policies of the agency, but also capital levels, asset quality, risk management effectiveness, the ability and performance of
management, and the board of directors, the effectiveness of internal controls, earnings, liquidity, and various other factors.
Following those examinations, Regions and Regions Bank are assigned supervisory ratings. This supervisory framework,
including the examination reports and supervisory ratings, which are considered confidential supervisory information, could
materially impact the conduct, growth, and profitability of Region’s operations.
Under the Federal Reserve's Large Financial Institution Rating System, component ratings are assigned for capital
planning, liquidity risk management, and governance and controls. To be considered "well managed" under this rating system, a
firm must be rated "broadly meets expectations" or "conditionally meets expectations" for each of its three component ratings.
The results of examinations by any of Region’s federal bank regulators potentially can result in the imposition of
significant limitations on Region’s activities and growth. These regulatory agencies generally have broad enforcement authority
and discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity, including the imposition of
substantial monetary penalties and non-monetary requirements against a regulated entity where the relevant agency determines
that the operations of the regulated entity or any of its subsidiaries fail to comply with applicable laws or regulations, are
conducted in an unsafe or unsound manner, or represent an unfair or deceptive act or practice.
Enhanced Prudential Standards and Regulatory Tailoring Rules
As a BHC with over $100 billion in total consolidated assets, we are subject to enhanced prudential standards and capital
rules (the “Tailoring Rules”). The Tailoring Rules assign each U.S. BHC with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets,
as well as its bank subsidiaries, to one of four categories based on its size and five other risk-based indicators: (1) cross-
jurisdictional activity, (2) wSTWF, (3) non-bank assets, (4) off-balance sheet exposure, and (5) status as a U.S. G-SIB.
Under the Tailoring Rules, Regions and Regions Bank are each subject to Category IV standards, which apply to banking
organizations with at least $100 billion in total consolidated assets that do not meet any of the thresholds specified for
Categories I through III. Firms subject to Category IV standards are generally subject to the same capital and liquidity
requirements as firms with less than $100 billion in total consolidated assets, but are, among other things, subject to certain
enhanced prudential standards and also required to monitor and report certain risk-based indicators. Accordingly, under the
Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms are, among other things, (1) not subject to LCR or NSFR requirements (or, in certain cases,
subject to reduced requirements), (2) remain eligible to opt-out of the requirement to recognize most elements of AOCI in
regulatory capital (3) not subject to company-run capital stress testing requirements, (4) subject to supervisory capital stress
testing on a biennial instead of annual basis, (5) subject to requirements to develop and maintain a capital plan on an annual
basis and (6) subject to certain liquidity risk management and risk committee requirements.
Permissible Activities under the BHC Act
The BHC Act limits the activities permissible for BHCs to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and
such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incidental
thereto. A BHC electing to be treated as a FHC, like Regions, may also engage in a range of activities that are (i) financial in
nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a substantial risk
to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities
dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance
company portfolio investments.
The Federal Reserve has the authority to limit an FHC’s ability to conduct otherwise permissible activities if the FHC or
any of its depository institution subsidiaries ceases to meet applicable eligibility requirements. The Federal Reserve may also
impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the FHC, and if deficiencies are persistent, may require the
company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may be required to discontinue or divest investments in companies
engaged in activities permissible only for a BHC electing to be treated as an FHC. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve
determines that an FHC has not maintained a CRA rating of at least “satisfactory,” the FHC would not be able to commence
any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities, although the FHC would still be allowed to
engage in activities closely related to banking and make investments in the ordinary course of conducting banking activities.
13
Table of Contents
The Federal Reserve has the power to order any BHC or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its
ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such
activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank
subsidiary of the BHC.
Capital Requirements
Regions and Regions Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the
Federal Reserve, which are based on the Basel III framework.
The Basel III-based U.S. capital rules, among other things, include both risk-based requirements, which compare three
measures of capital to RWAs, as well as leverage requirements, which in the case of Category IV BHCs such as Regions,
consist of the Tier 1 leverage ratio described below.
The capital rules also require firms to maintain a buffer (referred to as the SCB) consisting of solely CET1 capital, in
addition to the minimum risk-based requirements. Failure to satisfy the buffer requirement in full results in graduated
constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and discretionary executive compensation. The
extent to which capital distributions will be constrained depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible
retained income,” which is defined as the greater of (1) a banking institution’s net income for the four preceding calendar
quarters, net of any distributions to shareholders and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, and (2) the
average of a banking institution’s net income over the preceding four quarters. As a Category IV BHC, Regions' SCB is
determined through the FRB’s CCAR supervisory stress tests which include analyses using baseline and severely adverse
economic and financial scenarios Regions SCB requirement is determined by adding the FRB's modeled capital degradation, in
the supervisory severely adverse scenario, plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends. As a Category IV BHC, the
capital degradation component of the SCB is calculated every other year, in even-numbered years. During a year in which a
Category IV bank does not undergo a supervisory stress test, the BHC will receive an updated SCB requirement that reflects the
BHC's updated planned common stock dividends. A Category IV BHC is also able to elect to participate in the supervisory
stress test in a year in which the BHC would not normally be subject to the supervisory stress test and consequently receive an
updated SCB requirement. The SCB is subject to a 2.5 percent floor.
With the result of Regions' 2022 stress testing, finalized on August 4, 2022, the FRB announced that Regions' SCB for the
fourth quarter of 2022 through the third quarter of 2023 is floored at 2.5 percent, the regulatory minimum. For Regions Bank,
the buffer requirement is the 2.5 percent SCB.
See Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for details on minimum capital ratios and those needed to be well capitalized.
Regions is also subject to rules that provide for simplified capital requirements relating to the threshold deductions for
mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that a banking organization could not realize
through net operating loss carry backs, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, as well as the
inclusion of minority interests in regulatory capital.
As a Category IV BHC, Regions must also develop and maintain a capital plan, and must submit the capital plan to the
FRB as part of the CCAR process. The CCAR process is intended to help ensure that these BHCs have robust, forward-looking
capital planning processes that account for each company’s unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of
economic and financial stress. In addition, the FRB's capital plan rule relating to the CCAR process provides that a BHC must
receive prior approval for any dividend, stock repurchase or other capital distribution if the BHC is required to resubmit its
capital plan, subject to an exception for distributions on newly issued capital instruments. Among other circumstances, a BHC
may be required to resubmit its capital plan in connection with certain acquisitions or dispositions.
In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-
crisis regulatory reforms. Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit
risk (including recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable
commitments,” such as unused credit card and home equity lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach for
operational risk capital. The Basel framework contemplates that national regulators would have implemented these standards
by January 1, 2023, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2028. The U.S. federal bank regulatory
authorities have not yet proposed rules implementing the post-Basel III revisions for purposes of their risk-based capital ratios.
Furthermore, under the current U.S. Basel III rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to
advanced approaches institutions, and not to Regions or Regions Bank. The impact of these standards will depend on the
manner in which they are implemented in the U.S. with respect to firms such as Regions and Regions Bank.
In addition, in December 2018, the U.S. federal banking agencies finalized rules that permit BHCs and banks to phase in,
for regulatory capital purposes, the day-one impact of CECL on retained earnings over a period of three years. In response to
the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020, the U.S. federal banking agencies published another final rule to delay the estimated impact
on regulatory capital stemming from the implementation of CECL. The final rule maintains the three-year transition option in
the previous rule and provides banks the option to delay for two years an estimate of CECL’s effect on regulatory capital,
14
Table of Contents
relative to the incurred loss methodology’s effect on regulatory capital, followed by a three-year transition period (five-year
transition option). Regions adopted the capital transition relief over the permissible five-year period.
For more information, see the “Regulatory Requirements” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Liquidity Requirements
Under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms with less than $50 billion in wSTWF, including Regions and Regions Bank,
are not subject to a LCR requirement or any NSFR requirement. However, BHCs that are Category IV firms are subject to
minimum monthly liquidity buffers and liquidity stress testing requirements under the Federal Reserve’s enhanced prudential
standards. Furthermore, as a Category IV firm, Regions is obligated, at a minimum, to: (i) calculate collateral positions
monthly; (ii) establish a more limited set of liquidity risk limits ; (iii) monitor elements of intraday liquidity risk exposures; and
(iv) report liquidity data on the FR 2052a on a monthly basis.
Resolution Planning
Category IV firms such as Regions are not required to submit resolution plans. The FDIC separately requires insured
depositary institutions with $100 billion or more in total assets, such as Regions Bank, to submit to the FDIC periodic plans for
resolution in the event of the bank’s failure. Regions Bank submitted it's most recent resolution plan in November 2022.
Enforcement Authority
The federal banking agencies have broad authority to issue orders to depository institutions and their holding companies
prohibiting activities that constitute violations of law, rule, regulation, or administrative order, or that represent unsafe or
unsound banking practices, as determined by the federal banking agencies. The federal banking agencies also are empowered
to require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice; issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced;
direct increases in capital; limit dividends and distributions; restrict growth; assess civil money penalties against institutions or
individuals who violate any laws, regulations, orders, or written agreements with the agencies; order termination of certain
activities of holding companies or their non-bank subsidiaries; remove officers and directors; order divestiture of ownership or
control of a non-banking subsidiary by a holding company, or terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or
receiver.
FDIA and Prompt Corrective Action
The FDIA requires the federal banking agencies to take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that
do not meet specified capital requirements. The FDIA establishes five capital categories (“well-capitalized,” “adequately
capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”), and the federal banking
agencies must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to
institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these
mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Subject to
a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is
critically undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2022, both Regions and Regions Bank were well-capitalized.
An institution that is classified as well-capitalized based on its capital levels may be treated as adequately capitalized, and
an institution that is adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based upon its capital levels may be treated as though it were
undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, respectively, if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and
opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such
treatment.
An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is
required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking regulator. Under the FDIA, in order
for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a BHC must guarantee that a
subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The BHC must also
provide appropriate assurances of performance.
The FDIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness
relating generally to operations and management, asset quality, and executive compensation and permits regulatory action
against a financial institution that does not meet such standards. Regulators also must take into consideration: (i) concentrations
of credit risk; (ii) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of
its liabilities or its off-balance sheet position); and (iii) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to
manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital. Regulators make this evaluation as a part of their
regular examination of the institution’s safety and soundness. Additionally, regulators may choose to examine other factors in
order to evaluate the safety and soundness of financial institutions.
15
Table of Contents
Safety and Soundness
The federal banking agencies have adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to
internal controls and information systems, informational security, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit
underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. The guidelines prohibit excessive
compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice, and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are
unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder.
During the past decade, properly managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking
activities and has become even more important as new technologies, product innovation, and the size and speed of financial
transactions have changed the nature of banking markets. The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing banking
institutions including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, compliance and reputational risk. Some of
the regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk, which arises from the potential that inadequate information
systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses.
New products and services, third-party risk management and cybersecurity are critical sources of operational risk that financial
institutions are expected to address in the current environment. Regions Bank is expected to have active board and senior
management oversight; adequate policies, procedures, and limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring, and management
information systems; and comprehensive and effective internal controls.
Payment of Dividends
Regions is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. The principal source of cash flow to
us, including cash flow to pay dividends to our shareholders and principal and interest on any of our outstanding debt, is
dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to
us, as well as by us to our shareholders.
If, in the opinion of a federal bank regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to
engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, such agency may require, after notice and hearing, that such institution cease and
desist from such practice. The federal bank regulatory agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s
capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the FDIA, an insured institution
may not pay a dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See “-Safety
and Soundness Standards” above. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements stating that BHCs
and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.
Payment of Dividends by Regions Bank. Under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation H, Regions Bank may not, without
approval of the Federal Reserve, declare or pay a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year
exceeds the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net income for that year and (b) its retained net income for the preceding two calendar
years, less any required transfers to additional paid-in capital or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock.
Under Alabama law, Regions Bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90% of its net earnings unless its surplus is equal
to at least 20% of capital. Regions Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of
Banking prior to the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by Regions Bank in any calendar year will
exceed the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years,
less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as the remainder of all earnings from current operations
plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating
expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes. Regions Bank cannot,
without approval from the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banking, declare or pay a dividend to Regions
unless Regions Bank is able to satisfy the criteria discussed above.
Payment of Dividends by Regions. Payment of dividends to our shareholders is subject to the oversight of the Federal
Reserve. In particular, the dividend policies and share repurchases of a large BHC, such as Regions, are reviewed by the
Federal Reserve based on capital plans submitted as part of the CCAR process and may be constrained in certain scenarios. See
“Capital Requirements” above.
Support of Subsidiary Banks
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, Regions is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to
support, its subsidiary bank. This support may be required at times when Regions may not be inclined to provide it.
Limits on Loans to One Borrower and Loans to Insiders
Alabama banking law imposes limits on the amount of credit a bank can extend to any one person (or group of related
persons). For Regions Bank, this limit includes credit exposures arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements,
and securities lending and borrowing transactions.
Applicable banking laws and regulations also place restrictions on loans by FDIC-insured banks and their affiliates to
their directors, executive officers and principal shareholders.
16
Table of Contents
Lending Standards and Guidance
The federal banking agencies have adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are
secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. Under
these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as Regions Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies
establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are
made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio
diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan
administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must
reflect consideration of the federal bank regulators’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies.
De Novo Branching and De Novo Banks
With the approval of applicable regulators, state banks may establish de novo branches in states other than their home
state as if such state was the bank’s home state.
Anti-Tying Provisions
Regions Bank is prohibited from conditioning the availability of any product or service, or varying the price for any
product or service, on the requirement that the customer obtain some additional product or service from the bank or any of its
affiliates, other than loans, deposits and trust services.
Transactions with Affiliates
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W restrict transactions between a
bank and its affiliates, including a parent BHC. Regions Bank is subject to these restrictions, which include quantitative and
qualitative limits on the amounts and types of transactions that may take place, including extensions of credit to affiliates,
investments in the stock or securities of affiliates, purchases of assets from affiliates and certain other transactions with
affiliates. These restrictions also require that credit transactions with affiliates be collateralized and that transactions with
affiliates be on market terms or better for the bank. Generally, a bank’s covered transactions with any affiliate are limited to
10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus and covered transactions with all affiliates are limited to 20% of the bank’s capital
stock and surplus.
Deposit Insurance
Regions Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits, which is currently $250,000 per account
ownership type. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system that determines assessment rates for an
IDI based on an assessment rate calculator, which is based on a number of elements to measure the risk each IDI poses to the
DIF. The assessment rate is applied to total average assets less tangible equity, as defined under the Dodd-Frank Act. The
assessment rate schedule can change from time to time at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. Under the current
system, premiums are assessed quarterly.
The FDIC, as required under the FDIA, established a plan in September 2020 to restore the DIF reserve ratio to meet or
exceed the statutory minimum of 1.35 percent within eight years. This plan did not include an increase in the deposit insurance
assessment rate. Based on the FDIC’s recent projections, however, the FDIC determined that the DIF reserve ratio is at risk of
not reaching the statutory minimum by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2028 without increasing the deposit insurance
assessment rates.
During 2022, the FDIC adopted a final rule to increase initial base deposit insurance assessment rate schedules by 2 basis
points, beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. This rule, combined with other factors influenced by
Regions' financial performance, will increase regulatory premiums in 2023. The FDIC also concurrently maintained the
Designated Reserve Ratio for the DIF at 2 percent.
FDIC Recordkeeping Requirements
As a part of the FDIC Part 370 recordkeeping requirements, Regions is subject to facilitate rapid and accurate payment of
FDIC-insured deposits to customers when large IDIs fail. FDIC rules require IDIs with two million or more deposit accounts to
maintain complete and accurate data on each depositor's ownership interest by right and capacity and to develop the capability
to calculate the insured and uninsured amounts for each deposit owner by ownership right and capacity.
Acquisitions
The BHC Act requires every BHC to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (i) it may acquire direct or
indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the
BHC will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of the voting shares of the institution; (ii) it or any of its subsidiaries,
other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (iii) it may
merge or consolidate with any other BHC. FHCs must obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring certain
17
Table of Contents
non-bank financial companies with assets exceeding $10 billion. FHCs seeking approval to complete an acquisition must be
well-capitalized and well-managed.
The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly
or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in
any section of the U.S., or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any
section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the
proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be
served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the
BHCs and banks impacted and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources
generally focuses on capital adequacy, and the consideration of convenience and needs of the community to be served includes
the parties’ performance under the CRA. The Federal Reserve must also take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in
combating money laundering. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHC Act was amended to require the Federal
Reserve to, when evaluating a proposed transaction, consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more
concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system.
In July 2021, the Biden Administration issued an executive order on competition, which included provisions relating to
bank mergers. These provisions “encourage” the Department of Justice and the federal banking regulators to update guidelines
on banking mergers and to provide more scrutiny of bank mergers.
Depositor Preference
Under federal law, claims of depositors and certain claims for both administrative expenses and employee compensation
against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an
institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver.
Volcker Rule
The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in, sponsoring
and having certain relationships with private funds such as hedge funds or private equity funds that would be considered an
investment company for purposes of the Volcker Rule. The compliance requirements under regulations implementing the
Volcker Rule are tailored based on the size and scope of trading activities. Because TAL are maintained under $1 billion,
Regions is categorized with "limited" TAL and benefits from a presumption of compliance with the Volcker Rule. Regions has
put in place the compliance programs required by the Volcker Rule and has either divested or received extensions for any
holdings in illiquid funds.
Consumer Protection Laws
We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws, including laws designed to protect customers
and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Equal
Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real
Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Consumer Financial
Protection Act, and their respective state law counterparts.
The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial
protection laws, including the laws referenced above, other fair lending laws and certain other statutes. The CFPB also has
examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to consumer financial laws for depository institutions with $10
billion or more in assets, including the authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering
of consumer financial products.
Privacy and Cybersecurity
We are, or may in the future become, subject to a variety of complex and evolving laws, regulations, rules and standards
at the federal, state and local level regarding privacy and cybersecurity. Privacy and cybersecurity are currently areas of
considerable legislative and regulatory attention, with new or modified laws, regulations, rules and standards being frequently
adopted and potentially subject to divergent interpretation or application in a manner that may create inconsistent or conflicting
requirements for businesses. Privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations often impose strict requirements regarding the
collection, storage, handling, use, disclosure, transfer, protection and other processing of personal information, which may have
adverse consequences on our business, including incurring significant compliance costs, requiring changes to our business or
operations, and imposing severe penalties for non-compliance.
For example, at the federal level, the federal banking regulators have adopted certain rules, including pursuant to the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public personal
information about consumers to third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some
circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain non-public personal information to non-affiliated third parties.
In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure among affiliated companies of certain non-public personal information that
is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and
18
Table of Contents
application information. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share certain
information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.
Federal law also requires financial institutions to implement a written information security program that includes
administrative, technical, and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and
scope of its activities. The program should be designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information,
protect against unanticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and protect against unauthorized
access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Financial
institutions must also conduct ongoing oversight of third party service providers to ensure they are maintaining appropriate
security controls. Financial institutions must report on the institution’s cybersecurity program annually to the board of directors
or a committee of the board of directors. The federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity
intended to enhance cyber risk management standards among financial institutions. A financial institution is expected to
establish multiple lines of defense against security threats and to ensure their risk management processes appropriately address
the risk posed by potential threats to the institution. A financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient
processes to effectively respond and recover the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. A financial institution is also
expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations if a critical service provider of the
institution falls victim to this type of cyber-attack. The Regions Information Security Program is designed to reflect the
requirements of these regulatory requirements and guidance.
In addition, in the spring of 2022, federal banking regulators have imposed a new cybersecurity-related notification rule
that requires banking organizations, including Regions and Regions Bank to notify their primary federal regulator as soon as
possible and within 36 hours of incidents that, among other things, have materially disrupted or degraded, or are reasonably
likely to materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer
base, jeopardize the viability of key operations of the banking organization, or impact the stability of the financial sector. The
rule also imposes requirements on bank service providers to notify their affected banking organization customers of certain
computer-security incidents.
State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity laws, regulations, rules, and
standards. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity
programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many
states have also recently implemented or are considering implementing, comprehensive data privacy and cybersecurity laws and
regulations, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020. In
addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states generally require businesses to provide notice under certain circumstances to individuals
whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. We expect this trend of state-level activity to persist
and we are continually monitoring developments in the states in which our customers are located. Moreover, the United States
Congress has recently considered, and is currently considering, various proposals for more comprehensive data privacy and
cybersecurity legislation, to which Regions and/or Regions Bank may be subject if passed.
Community Reinvestment Act
The CRA requires Regions Bank's primary federal bank regulatory agency, the Federal Reserve, to assess the bank's
record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods
and persons. [Additionally, CRA assessments can be impacted by other consumer related regulatory examinations.] Institutions
are assigned one of four ratings: "Outstanding," "Satisfactory," "Needs to Improve," or "Substantial Noncompliance." This
assessment is considered for any bank that applies to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of
an IDI, or to open or relocate a branch office. The CRA record of each subsidiary bank of a FHC also is assessed by the Federal
Reserve in connection with reviewing any proposed acquisition or merger application. [Regions Bank's most recent CRA rating
from the Federal Reserve is "Satisfactory".]
Compensation Practices
Our compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. The federal banking regulators have provided
guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation arrangements at banking organizations take into account risk and are
consistent with safe and sound practices. The guidance sets forth the following three key principles with respect to incentive
compensation arrangements: (i) the arrangements should provide employees with incentives that appropriately balance risk and
financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk; (ii) the
arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and (iii) the arrangements should be
supported by strong corporate governance. The guidance provides that supervisory findings with respect to incentive
compensation will be incorporated, as appropriate, into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to
make acquisitions or perform other actions. The guidance also provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a
banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk management, control or governance processes
pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness.
Anti-Money Laundering
19
Table of Contents
A continued focus of governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money
laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act, which amended the BSA, broadened the application of anti-money
laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions such as broker-dealers and insurance companies, and
strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the
financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act require that regulated financial
institutions, including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit
components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account;
(iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification
of money laundering risk for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. Failure of a financial institution to comply with
the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. Regions’
banking subsidiary has augmented its anti-money laundering compliance program and will continue to revise and update its
anti-money laundering policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA PATRIOT Act and its
implementing regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act also requires federal banking regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an
applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition. The AMLA, which
amends the BSA, was enacted in January 2021. Among other things, the AMLA codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money
laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards by the U.S. Department of the Treasury
for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; and expands enforcement- and investigation-related
authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations. Many of the statutory
provisions in the AMLA will require additional rulemaking, reports and other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will
depend on, among other things, implementation guidance.
As required by AMLA, In June 2021, FinCEN, which promulgates the implementing regulations of the USA PATRIOT
Act, BSA, and other anti-money laundering legislation, issued the national anti-money laundering and countering the financing
of terrorism priorities. The priorities include: corruption, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, transnational crime, drug
trafficking, human trafficking and proliferation financing. Banks are not required to implement any immediate changes related
to the national priorities to their anti-money laundering compliance programs until FinCEN issues the implementing regulations
related to the national priorities. Bank regulators continue to examine financial institutions for anti-money laundering
compliance and we continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money laundering compliance program to
ensure that it is commensurate with our risk profile.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others.
Economic sanctions are administered by OFAC. Territorial sanctions, which target certain countries, regions and territories,
take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade
with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a
sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or
providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the
government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property
subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and
bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to
comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
Regulation of Broker Dealers and Investment Advisers
Our subsidiaries, Regions Securities LLC and BlackArch Securities LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and
FINRA, and Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Highland Associates, Inc. are registered investment advisers with the
SEC. These subsidiaries are, as a result, subject to regulation and examination by the SEC, FINRA and other self-regulatory
organizations. These regulations cover a broad range of issues, including capital requirements; sales and trading practices; use
of client funds and securities; the conduct of directors, officers and employees; record-keeping and recording; supervisory
procedures to prevent improper trading on material non-public information; qualification and licensing of sales personnel; and
limitations on the extension of credit in securities transactions. In addition to federal registration, state securities commissions
require the registration of certain broker-dealers and investment advisers.
Competition
All aspects of our business are highly competitive. Our subsidiaries compete with other financial institutions located in the
states in which they operate and other adjoining states, as well as large banks in major financial centers and other financial
intermediaries, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, fintechs, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance
companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, mortgage companies and financial service operations of major commercial
and retail corporations. We expect competition to remain intense among financial services companies. Our success will depend,
in part, on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services. Further, despite delays in obtaining
regulatory approvals, we expect consolidation in the financial services industry to continue, which may produce larger, better-
capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products and
20
Table of Contents
services at competitive prices. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer
traditional bank or bank-like products and services and therefore compete with financial institutions like us in providing
electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone-based financial solutions. In particular, the activity of fintechs has grown
significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. A number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases
been granted, bank or industrial loan charters, while other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offer
deposit products to their customers. In addition to fintechs, traditional technology companies have begun to make efforts toward
providing financial services directly to their customers. Regions provides an array of digital products and services to our
customers and we expect a bank’s digital offerings to be a key competitive differentiator. The continued move toward digital
banking and financial services, combined with customer expectations regarding digital offerings, will require us to invest
greater resources in technological improvements. Customers for banking services and other financial services offered by our
subsidiaries are generally influenced by convenience, quality of service, price of service, personal contacts, the quality of the
technology that supports the customer experience, and availability of products. Although our position varies in different
markets, we believe that our affiliates effectively compete with other financial services companies in their relevant market
areas.
Human Capital
One pillar of our strategic priorities at Regions is the commitment to “Build the Best Team”. We believe one of the
biggest differentiators of our performance is the people we employ. The need to attract, retain, and develop the right talent to
accomplish our strategic plan is central to our success. As of December 31, 2022, Regions and its subsidiaries had 20,073 full-
time equivalent employees supporting our consumer and commercial banking, wealth management, and mortgage product and
services primarily across the Southeast and Midwest.
Our associate team reflects the diversity of the communities we serve. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 62
percent of our associates were women and approximately 36 percent self-identified as a part of a minority demographic.
Because diversity, equity and inclusion are fundamental to our human capital strategy, we believe it is important for our
stakeholders to understand our progress, and therefore, we provided additional transparency into our workforce demographics
by disclosing 2021 EEO-1 results on our 2021 Workforce Demographics Report available in our online ESG Resource Center.
A strong and impactful human capital program begins at the top. Our Board oversees our corporate strategy and sets the
tone for our culture, values and high ethical standards, and through its Committees, holds management accountable for results.
The primary committee responsible for the oversight of human capital is the CHR Committee. The CHR Committee
strategically meets with subject matter experts regarding talent management and acquisition, succession planning, associate
conduct, associate learning and development, diversity, equity and inclusion, and associate retention. Additionally, on a
quarterly basis the CHR Committee reviews the HCM Dashboard which includes a mixture of trending and point-in-time
metrics designed to provide information and analysis of workforce demographics; talent acquisition; workforce stability
(retention, turnover, etc.); associate engagement; learning and development; and total rewards and associate support program
utilization and effectiveness.
In order to build the best team, it is necessary for us to fill talent needs with qualified, diverse and engaged associates. Key
to our success is our internal talent management program which strives to optimally deploy existing talent across Regions by
focusing on where our associates excel and helping them find the best roles that maximize the talents, abilities and interests of
the associate. For those roles which we fill externally, we continually build talent pipelines with an eye toward not only current
needs, but also future demands of our business. Regions uses innovative tools and structured processes to achieve our goals
including applications and resources designed to reach larger and more diverse audiences. Our recruiting technology is agile,
user friendly and allows us to offer to candidates a robust understanding of our needs, requirements and a view of our culture to
support the building of a diverse, engaged workforce.
Diversity, equity and inclusion are fundamental to our corporate strategy. Our commitment to DEI starts at the top of our
organization, with oversight of our initiatives provided by the CHR Committee. In 2022, Regions launched the DEI Executive
Council. The Council’s purpose is to provide input and guidance over the DEI strategic priorities, build traction and support of
DEI programs and build leader accountability. The council is comprised of five business leaders and four leaders of strategic
enabling functions. It is chaired by Regions’ CEO and co-chaired by the Head of DEI. Additionally, Regions boasts 19 unique
DEI networks across the company, strategically placed in various markets. These ‘all-inclusive’ networks ensure that our DEI
priorities are cascaded deeper into the organization giving associates the opportunity to engage in the work. We track our DEI
progress through external benchmarking and internal associate engagement surveys and continually implement programs and
practices to elevate our progress and commitment.
We also consider it critical to our success to invest in the professional development of all of our associates. We emphasize
our commitment to professional development through opportunities such as technical, skills-based, management, and leadership
training programs; formal talent and performance management processes; and sustainable career paths. We also aim to prepare
our workforce for a rapidly changing environment and understand that reskilling and upskilling are crucial to staying
competitive, meeting the needs of the modern workforce, and retaining associates. We have established a customized learning
experience platform that provides the tools to measure, build, and communicate skills inside the Company. This tool provides
21
Table of Contents
the ability to inventory the skills our associates have, allowing us to target our development efforts on specific areas where
elevated skills are needed. Regions also offers a leader and manager development program created to help people managers
understand how to evaluate performance by leveraging the power of a strengths-based and engagement-focused workforce and
culture. Most recently, we entered into an agreement to partner with Guild Education Services, an education, skilling and
mobility solution provider. This agreement will allow us to transition our tuition reimbursement program for associates to a
best-in-class tuition assistance program that targets adult learners and provides coaching support and access to a curated catalog
from Guild’s Learning Marketplace. Through the new Guild program, associates can now pursue a degree or other educational
opportunities tuition free while building their career at the same time. By removing barriers and expanding access to education,
we are continuing our commitment to Build the Best Team.
Understanding that automation, cognitive technologies, and the open talent economy are reshaping the future of work,
Regions makes available to technology associates courses on-demand that offer intensive learning in application development,
information technology operations, security, and technology architecture. This solution also offers professional development for
data and business professionals. In addition, almost all associates may access a full suite of courses regardless of whether the
application is needed in their current role.
We aim to offer competitive and fair compensation to our associates. Base salaries are established considering market
competitive rates for specific roles; additionally, on an individual basis base salaries reflect the experience and performance
levels of our associates. We assess the competitiveness of our ranges on an annual basis by benchmarking our rates against
those paid by our peers. In addition to base salaries, we promote a robust pay-for-performance philosophy and incentivize a
large majority of our associate population with incentive compensation designed to drive strategies, behaviors and business
goals within our unique lines of business. Long-term stock-based incentive compensation is also key to the attraction and
retention of key talent and is offered thoughtfully to our executive and leadership ranks. We believe tying the interests of our
leaders to those of our shareholders creates a strong link to company performance.
As the success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our associates, we aim to offer a
competitive and comprehensive benefits program to support associates throughout all life stages. Our benefits include
comprehensive health, life, and disability coverage that are funded in whole or in part by the Company as well as a 401(k) plan
with a dollar-for-dollar company match on employee contributions up to 5 percent of pay and a base contribution of 2 percent
of pay for all associates who do not participate in our grandfathered pension program. We also offer our associates programs
and tools to support their total well-being including a range of flexible work arrangements, generous time-off policies, physical,
mental, and financial wellness benefits as well as other programs and practices that support associates and their families
throughout the full spectrum of their careers and lives.
Available Information
We maintain a website at www.regions.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits, and amendments to those
reports that are filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
These documents are made available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or
furnished to the SEC. The SEC also maintains an internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information
statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including Regions. Also available on
our website are our (i) Corporate Governance Principles, (ii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, (iii) Code of Ethics for
Senior Financial Officers, (iv) Fair Disclosure Policy Summary, (v) the charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation and
Human Resources Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Risk Committee, and (vi) a number of
ESG reports and documents. Information included on our website is not incorporated into, or otherwise made a part of, this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
An investment in the Company involves risks, some of which, including market, credit, technology, strategic, operational,
reputational, legal, regulatory and compliance, liquidity, reputational, talent management, estimate and assumption, and other
external risks, could be substantial and is inherent in our business. These risks also includes the possibility that the value of the
investment could decrease considerably, and dividends or other distributions concerning the investment could be reduced or
eliminated. Discussed below are risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, as well as the value
of, and return on investment in the Company.
Risk Factor Summary
Market Risks
•
Our businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic
conditions generally.
Fluctuations in market interest rates may adversely affect our performance.
Transitions away from and the replacement of LIBOR and other benchmark rates could adversely impact our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
•
•
22
Table of Contents
Credit Risks
•
If we experience greater credit losses in our loan portfolios than anticipated, our earnings may be materially adversely
affected.
•
Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs and place limitations on business activities.
Changes in the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
•
• We may suffer losses if the value of collateral declines in stressed market conditions.
Liquidity Risks
•
• We rely on the mortgage secondary market to manage various risks.
Ineffective liquidity management could adversely affect our financial results and condition.
Technology Risks
• We are at risk of a variety of systems failures or errors and cybersecurity incidents that could adversely affect customer
experience and our business and financial performance.
• We are subject to complex and evolving laws, regulations, rules, standards and contractual obligations regarding privacy
and cybersecurity, which could increase the cost of doing business, compliance risks and potential liability.
• We will continually encounter technological change and must effectively anticipate, develop, and implement new
technology.
Strategic Risks
•
•
Industry competition may adversely affect our degree of success.
Our operations are concentrated primarily in the South, Midwest and Texas, and adverse changes in the economic
conditions in this region can adversely affect our financial results and condition.
• Weakness in the residential real estate markets could adversely affect our performance.
• Weakness in the commercial real estate markets could adversely affect our performance.
•
Risks associated with home equity products where we are in a second lien position could materially adversely affect our
performance.
• Weakness in commodity businesses could adversely affect our performance.
•
An outbreak or escalation of hostilities between countries or within a country or region could have a material adverse effect
on the U.S. economy and on our businesses.
Operational Risks
• We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including the risk of fraud or theft by employees, which may adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
• We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
• We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.
• We are exposed to risk of environmental liability when we take title to property.
• We can be negatively affected if we fail to identify and address operational risks associated with the introduction of or
•
changes to products, services and delivery platforms.
Enhanced regulatory and other standards for the oversight of vendors and other service providers can result in higher costs
and other potential exposures.
Reputational Risks
• We are subject to environmental, social and governance risks that could adversely affect our reputation and the trading
price of our common stock.
Damage to our reputation could significantly harm our businesses.
•
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
• We are, and may in the future be, subject to litigation, investigations and governmental proceedings that may result in
liabilities adversely affecting our financial condition, business or results of operations or in reputational harm.
• We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could have an adverse impact on our operations.
• We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct.
• We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements.
•
Rulemaking changes and regulatory initiatives implemented by the CFPB may result in higher regulatory and compliance
costs that may adversely affect our results of operations.
• We may not be able to complete future acquisitions, may not be successful in realizing the benefits of any future
acquisitions that are completed, or may choose not to pursue acquisition opportunities we might find beneficial.
Increases in FDIC insurance assessments may adversely affect our earnings.
Unfavorable results from ongoing stress analyses may adversely affect our ability to retain customers or compete for new
business opportunities.
•
•
• We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments.
• We may not pay dividends on shares of our capital stock.
•
Anti-takeover and banking laws and certain agreements and charter provisions may adversely affect share value.
23
•
•
•
•
Table of Contents
•
Our amended and restated bylaws designate (i) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive
forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders and (ii) the federal district
courts of the United States as the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the
Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our
company or our company’s directors, officers or other employees.
• We face substantial legal and operational risks in safeguarding personal information.
•
Differences in regulation can affect our ability to compete effectively.
Talent Management Risks
•
•
Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.
Our operations rely on its ability, and the ability of key external parties, to maintain appropriately-staffed workforces, and
on the competence, trustworthiness, health and safety of employees.
Estimates and Assumptions Risks
•
Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and
estimates.
If the models that we use in our business perform poorly or provide inadequate information, our business or results of
operations may be adversely affected.
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results
and condition.
The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.
Other External Risks
•
Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by a U.S. government debt default or the threat of such
a default.
Our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations have been, and will likely continue to be,
adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and may, in the future also be affected by other pandemics.
• Weather-related events and other natural or man-made disasters could cause a disruption in our operations or lead to other
consequences that could adversely impact our financial results and condition. These impacts could be intensified by climate
change. Heightening focus on climate change may also carry transition risks that could negatively impact our results of
operations and financial condition.
Market Risks
Our businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and
economic conditions generally.
We provide traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services including
asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, merger-and-acquisition advisory services and other specialty
financing. All of our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions
generally or specifically in the South, Midwest and Texas, the principal markets in which we conduct business. A worsening of
business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business could have
adverse effects on our business, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
A decrease in the demand for, or the availability of, loans and other products and services offered by us, including as
a result of increases in interest rates;
A decrease in the value of our loans held for sale or other assets secured by consumer or commercial real estate;
An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill;
A decrease in interest income from variable rate loans, due to declines in interest rates; and
An increase in the number of clients and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy
laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us, which could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets,
net charge-offs, provisions for credit losses, and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale
• A decrease in the supply of deposits or significant increase in competition for deposits, which could result in
substantial increase in cost to retain and service deposits.
In the event of severely adverse business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in
which we conduct business, there can be no assurance that the federal government and the Federal Reserve would intervene or
make adjustments to fiscal or monetary policy that would cause business and economic conditions to improve. If business and
economic conditions worsen or volatility increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected.
Volatility and uncertainty related to inflation and the effects of inflation, which has recently led to increased costs for
businesses and consumers and potentially contribute to poor business and economic conditions generally, may enhance or
24
Table of Contents
contribute to some of the risks of our business. For example, higher inflation, or volatility and uncertainty related to inflation,
could reduce demand for our products, adversely affect the creditworthiness of the Company’s borrowers or result in lower
values for our investment securities and other fixed-rate assets. In response to sustained inflationary pressures, the Federal
Reserve increased the benchmark federal funds interest rate by 425 basis points to a range between 4.25 percent and 4.50
percent between their March 16, 2022 and December 14, 2022 meetings. Furthermore, on February 1, 2023, the Federal
Reserve increased the benchmark federal funds interest rate by an additional 25 basis points to a range between 4.50 percent
and 4.75 percent. The range of potential rate paths over the coming year is extremely wide and will ultimately be driven by the
path for inflation, and its impact on the labor market and economic growth. The Federal Reserve also plans to continue to
reduce the size of its balance sheet in 2023.To the extent these policies do not mitigate the volatility and uncertainty related to
inflation and the effects of inflation, or to the extent conditions otherwise worsen, we could experience adverse effects on our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Fluctuations in market interest rates may adversely affect our performance.
Our profitability depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income
received on interest-earning assets (primarily loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the FRB) and the
interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits and borrowings). The level of net
interest income is mostly a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing
liabilities and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both
the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors
such as the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC and interest rates markets.
The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is heavily impacted by market-based liquidity conditions
and interest rates, factors which are influenced directly and indirectly by a mixture of effects including the FOMC’s monetary
policy and economic conditions. Moreover, the market's expectation of the future course of FOMC policy and economic factors
interact to influence short- and long-tenor rates in the yield curve, each of which have diverse impacts on Regions' portfolios.
Yields generated by our loans and securities and the costs of deposits and wholesale borrowings are driven by both short-term
and longer-term interest rates to different degrees, thus impacting net interest income. If the yields on our interest-bearing
liabilities increase at a faster pace than the yields on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income may decline. Our net
interest income could be similarly affected if the yields on our interest-earning assets decline at a faster pace than the yields on
our interest-bearing liabilities. Finally, interest rate volatility and levels directly impact the value of certain fixed-rate assets and
liabilities, which may impact unrealized gains or unrealized losses in our portfolios.
The low benchmark federal funds interest rate observed over the last several years has ended leading to increased
volatility in fixed income markets. The Federal Reserve increased the benchmark federal funds interest rate by 425 basis points
to a range between 4.25 percent and 4.50 percent between their March 16, 2022 and December 14, 2022 meetings. Furthermore,
on February 1, 2023, the Federal Reserve increased the benchmark federal funds interest rate by an additional 25 basis points to
a range between 4.50 percent and 4.75, and has signaled it intends to hold interest rates at an elevated level over the course of
2023. The range of potential rate paths over the coming year is extremely wide and will ultimately be driven by the path for
inflation, and its impact on the labor market and economic growth. While a persistently elevated, or increasing rate environment
from current levels would continue to support net interest income, increasing rates would also increase debt service
requirements for some of our borrowers and may adversely affect those borrowers’ ability to pay as contractually obligated,
ultimately resulting in additional delinquencies or charge-offs. Conversely, should interest rates move lower, we would expect
modest declines in net interest income over the next twelve months, aided somewhat by the protection in place from the
Company’s interest rate hedging program.
Sustained higher interest rates and continued Federal Reserve asset reductions may adversely affect market stability,
market liquidity and the Company’s financial performance and condition. We cannot predict the nature or timing of future
changes in monetary policies or the precise effects such changes may have on our activities and financial results.
For a more detailed discussion of these risks and our management strategies for these risks, see the "Executive Overview",
“Net Interest Income, Margin and Interest Rate Risk,” “Net Interest Income and Margin,” “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and
“Securities” sections of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Transitions away from and the replacement of LIBOR and other benchmark rates could adversely impact our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Certain securities within the investment portfolio, certain hedging transactions and certain of the products that we offer,
such as floating-rate loans and mortgages, determine their applicable interest rate or payment amount by reference to a
benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, an index, or other financial metric. LIBOR and certain other benchmark rates are the subject
of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. The publication of one week and two-
month LIBOR settings ceased to be published as of December 31, 2021. The publication of all other LIBOR settings, which are
the most commonly used U.S. dollar LIBOR settings, will cease to be published or cease to be representative after June 30,
25
Table of Contents
2023. Financial market participants have transitioned away from LIBOR and other similar inter-bank offering rates. Regions
has adopted new products linked to alternative reference rates, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, consistent with guidance
provided by U.S. regulators, ARRC and GSEs.
Certain of our LIBOR-based financial products and contracts, including, but not limited to, hedging products, preferred
stock, investments, and loans, extend beyond proposed LIBOR cessation timelines. We are in the process of transitioning the
aforementioned LIBOR-based products to alternative rates that are consistent with the IOSCO's Principles for Financial
Benchmarks.
For a more detailed discussion of our management strategies related to the LIBOR cessation and transition, see the
“LIBOR Transition” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Credit Risks
If we experience greater credit losses in our loan portfolios than anticipated, our earnings may be materially adversely
affected.
As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans and leases according to their
terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans and leases may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit
losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for
credit losses based on a number of factors. Our management periodically determines the allowance for credit losses based on
available information, including the quality of the loan portfolio, the value of the underlying collateral and the level of non-
accrual loans, taking into account relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable
forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of our loan portfolio. Increases in the allowance will result
in an expense for the period, thereby reducing our reported net income. If, as a result of general economic conditions, there is a
decrease in asset quality or growth in the loan portfolio and management determines that additional increases in the allowance
for credit losses are necessary, we may incur additional expenses which will reduce our net income, and our business, results of
operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
Although our management will establish an allowance for credit losses it believes is appropriate to absorb expected credit
losses over the life of loans in our loan portfolio, this allowance may not be adequate. For example, if a hurricane or other
natural disaster were to occur in one of our principal markets or if economic conditions in those markets were to deteriorate
unexpectedly, additional credit losses not incorporated in the existing allowance for credit losses may occur. Losses in excess of
the existing allowance for credit losses will reduce our net income and could adversely affect our business, results of operations
or financial condition, perhaps materially.
In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for credit losses and the value attributed to
non-accrual loans and to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our
determination of the value for these items. These adjustments could materially adversely affect our business, results of
operations or financial condition.
Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs and place limitations on business activities.
The major ratings agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including our
financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In general, ratings agencies base their
ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix and level
and quality of earnings, and we may not be able to maintain our current credit ratings. The ratings assigned to Regions and
Regions Bank remain subject to change at any time, and it is possible that any ratings agency will take action to downgrade
Regions, Regions Bank or both in the future. Additionally, ratings agencies may also make substantial changes to their ratings
policies and practices, which may affect our credit ratings. In the future, changes to existing ratings guidelines and new ratings
guidelines may, among other things, adversely affect the ratings of our securities or other securities in which we have an
economic interest.
Our credit ratings can have negative consequences that can impact our ability to access the debt and capital markets, as
well as reduce our profitability through increased costs on future debt issuances. If we were to be downgraded below
investment grade, we may not be able to reliably access the short-term unsecured funding markets, and certain customers could
be prohibited from placing deposits with Regions Bank, which could cause us to hold more cash and liquid investments to meet
our ongoing liquidity needs. Such actions could reduce our profitability as these liquid investments earn a lower return than
other assets, such as loans. See the "Liquidity" section within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for our liquidity policy.
Additionally, if we were to be downgraded to below investment grade, certain counterparty contracts may be required to
be renegotiated or require posting of additional collateral. Refer to Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fair value of contracts subject to
26
Table of Contents
contingent credit features and the collateral postings associated with such contracts. Although the exact amount of additional
collateral is unknown, it is reasonable to conclude that we may be required to post additional collateral related to existing
contracts with contingent credit features.
Changes in the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have
exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the
financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and
other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even mere speculation about, one or more financial services companies, or
the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us
or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client.
In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated if the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not
sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or lease or derivative exposure due us. Any such losses may materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may suffer losses if the value of collateral declines in stressed market conditions.
During periods of market stress or illiquidity, our credit risk may be further increased when we fail to realize the fair value
of the collateral we hold; collateral is liquidated at prices that are not sufficient to recover the full amount owed to us; or
counterparties are unable to post collateral, whether for operational or other reasons. Furthermore, disputes with counterparties
concerning the valuation of collateral may increase in times of significant market stress, volatility or illiquidity, and we could
suffer losses during these periods if we are unable to realize the fair value of collateral or to manage declines in the value of
collateral.
Liquidity Risks
Ineffective liquidity management could adversely affect our financial results and condition.
Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to meet
customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals, payments on our debt obligations as they come due and other
cash commitments under both normal operating conditions and unpredictable circumstances causing industry or general
financial market stress. A substantial majority of our assets are loans, which cannot necessarily be called or sold on timeframes
short enough to meet these liquidity requirements.
In addition, our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms that are acceptable to us
could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy generally. Factors that
could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include increases in funding costs, a downturn in the geographic
markets in which our loans and operations are concentrated, difficult credit markets, or unforeseen outflows of cash or
collateral, including as a result of unusual effects in the market. Although we have historically been able to meet the liquidity
needs of customers as necessary, the ability to do so is not assured, especially if a large number of our depositors seek to
withdraw their accounts, regardless of the reason. A failure to maintain adequate liquidity could materially and adversely affect
our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on the mortgage secondary market to manage various risks.
In 2022, we sold 36.9% of the mortgage loans we originated to the Agencies. We rely on the Agencies to purchase loans
that meet their conforming loan requirements in order to reduce our credit risk and provide funding for additional loans we
desire to originate. We cannot provide assurance that the Agencies will not materially limit their purchases of conforming loans
due to capital constraints, a change in the criteria for conforming loans or other factors. Additionally, various proposals have
been made to reform the U.S. residential mortgage finance market, including the role of the Agencies. The exact effects of any
such reforms, if implemented, are not yet known, but they may limit our ability to sell conforming loans to the Agencies. If we
are unable to continue to sell conforming loans to the Agencies, our ability to fund, and thus originate, additional mortgage
loans may be adversely affected, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
Technology Risks
We are at risk of a variety of systems failures or errors and cybersecurity incidents that could adversely affect customer
experience and our business and financial performance.
Failure or errors in or breach of our systems or networks, or those of our third-party service providers (or providers to
such third-party service providers), including as a result of cyber-attacks, information security breaches or other similar
incidents, could disrupt our businesses or impact our customers. This could result in the loss, unauthorized disclosure, misuse,
or misappropriation of confidential, personal, proprietary, or other information, damage to our reputation, increases to our costs
and cause customer and financial losses. As a large financial institution, we depend on our ability to process, record and
monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis and otherwise collect, transmit, store and otherwise
process a significant amount of personal information in connection therewith. As public and regulatory expectations, as well as
27
Table of Contents
our customers’ expectations, have increased regarding operational resilience and information security, our systems, networks
and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns as well as
cyber-attacks, information security breaches or similar incidents. Our business, financial, accounting and data processing
systems or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a
number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or
telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes; pandemics; events arising from
local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts and civil unrest; and, as described below, cyber-attacks,
information security breaches or other similar incidents. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in
place, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure
or operating systems or networks, or those of our third-party service providers, that support our businesses and customers.
Information security risks for large financial institutions, such as us, have increased significantly in recent years in part
because of the proliferation of technology-based products and services and the increased sophistication and activities of
organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, nation state-supported actors, activists and other external parties. This
increase is expected to continue and further intensify. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be
recognized until launched (or may evade detection for considerable time) and can be initiated from a variety of sources,
including terrorist organizations and hostile foreign governments. These criminals may attempt to fraudulently induce
employees, customers or other users of our systems and networks to disclose sensitive information (including confidential,
personal, proprietary and other information) in order to gain access to data or our systems and networks. Third parties with
whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks to us, including cyber-attacks,
information security breaches or other similar incidents or failures or disruptions of their own systems and networks. In recent
years, attacks in which hackers inserted malware into software updates, have highlighted the growing risk from the infection of
software while it is under assembly, known as a supply chain attack. While we have successfully defended similar attacks, we
could become the subject of a successful similar style attack through a supply chain compromise. As noted above, our
operations rely on the secure collection, transmission, storage and other processing of confidential, personal, proprietary, and
other information in our operating systems and networks. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may
use personal computers, smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices that are beyond our control environment. Additionally,
cyber-attacks, information security breaches and other similar incidents (such as, among other things, denial of service attacks,
ransomware, malware, worms, software bugs, social engineering, phishing attacks, credential stuffing, account takeovers,
insider threats, theft, malfeasance or improper access by employees or service providers, human error, fraud, or other similar
disruptions), or hacking or terrorist activities, could disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. For
example, denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial services institutions, including us.
Although these past events have not resulted in a breach of our client data or account information, such attacks have adversely
affected the performance of Regions Bank’s website, www.regions.com, and, in some instances, prevented customers from
accessing Regions Bank’s secure websites for consumer and commercial applications. In all cases, the attacks primarily resulted
in inconvenience; however, future cyber-attacks could be more disruptive and damaging, and we may not be able to anticipate
or prevent all such attacks. Recently, the United States government has raised concerns about a potential increase in cyber-
attacks generally as a result of the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the related sanctions imposed by the
United States and other countries.
Although we believe that we have appropriate information security procedures and controls designed to prevent or limit
the effects of a cyber-attack, information security breach or other similar incident, our technologies, systems, networks and our
customers’ devices may be the target of cyber-attacks information security breaches or other similar incidents that could result
in the unauthorized release, accessing, gathering, monitoring, loss, destruction, modification, acquisition, transfer, use or other
processing of us or our customers’ confidential, personal, proprietary and other information. We also have insurance coverage,
that is reviewed annually, that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain losses associated with cyber-attacks,
information security breaches, and other similar incidents, but our insurer may deny coverage as to any future claim or our
insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses from any such attack, breach, or incident, including any related
damage to our reputation. In addition, given the proliferation of cyber-events in our industry, the cost of cyber insurance is
expected to continue to increase and may not be available at all or on acceptable terms.
As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify
or enhance our layers of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. We may also be
required to incur significant costs in connection with any regulatory investigation or civil litigation, fines, damages or
injunctions resulting from a cyber-attack, information security breach, or other similar incident that impacts us. In addition, our
third-party service providers may be unable to identify vulnerabilities in their systems and networks or, once identified, be
unable to promptly provide required patches or other remedial measures. Further, even if provided, such patches or remedial
measures may not fully address any vulnerability or may be difficult for us to implement. While we perform cybersecurity
diligence on our key service providers, because we do not control our service providers and our ability to monitor their
cybersecurity is limited, we cannot ensure the cybersecurity measures they take will be sufficient to protect any information we
share them. Due to applicable laws and regulations or contractual obligations, we may be held responsible for cyber-attacks,
28
Table of Contents
information security breaches or other similar incidents attributed to our service providers as they relate to the information we
share with them.
Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems or networks that support our businesses and
customers, or cyber-attacks, information security breaches, or other similar incidents of the networks, systems or devices that
our customers use to access our products and services, could result in customer attrition, violation of applicable privacy and
cybersecurity laws and regulations, notifications obligations, regulatory fines, civil litigation, damages, injunctions, penalties or
intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, remediation costs, additional cybersecurity
protection costs, increased insurance premiums and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely
affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We could also be adversely affected if we lose access to
information or services from a third-party service provider as a result of a cyber attack, information security breach, or similar
incident, or system, network or operational failure or disruption affecting the third-party service provider. For a more detailed
discussion of these risks and specific occurrences, see the “Information Security Risk” section of Item 7. “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We are subject to complex and evolving laws, regulations, rules, standards and contractual obligations regarding
privacy and cybersecurity, which could increase the cost of doing business, compliance risks and potential liability.
We are subject to complex and evolving laws, regulations, rules, standards and contractual relating to the privacy and
cybersecurity of the personal information of clients, employees or others, and any failure to comply with these laws,
regulations, rules, standards and contractual obligations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. As new privacy
and cybersecurity-related laws, regulations, rules and standards are implemented, the time and resources needed for us to
comply with such laws, regulations, rules and standards as well as our potential liability for non-compliance and reporting
obligations in the case of cyber-attacks, information security breaches or other similar incidents, may significantly increase. In
addition, our businesses are increasingly subject to laws, regulations, rules and standards relating to privacy, cybersecurity,
surveillance, encryption and data use in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Compliance with these laws, regulations, rules
and standards may require us to change our policies, procedures and technology for information security and segregation of
data, which could, among other things, make us more vulnerable to operational failures and to monetary penalties for breach of
such laws, regulations, rules and standards.
At the federal level, we are subject to the GLBA which requires financial institutions to, among other things, periodically
disclose their privacy policies and practices relating to sharing personal information and, in some cases, enables retail customers
to opt out of the sharing of certain non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties. We are also subject to the
rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, which regulates unfair or deceptive
acts or practices, including with respect to privacy and cybersecurity. Moreover, the United States Congress has recently
considered, and is currently considering, various proposals for more comprehensive privacy and cybersecurity legislation, to
which we may be subject if passed. Additionally, the federal banking regulators, as well as the SEC and related self-regulatory
organizations, regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity that is intended to enhance cyber risk management among
financial institutions.
Privacy and cybersecurity are also areas of increasing state legislative focus and we are, or may in the future become,
subject to various state laws and regulations regarding privacy and cybersecurity, such as the California Consumer Protection
Act of 2018, as amended by the CCPA. Other states where we do business, or may in the future do business, or from which we
otherwise collect, or may in the future otherwise collect, personal information of residents have implemented, or are
considering implementing, comprehensive privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations sharing similarities with the CCPA.
Such laws have taken effect, or are scheduled to take effect, in at least four other states in 2023 alone (Virginia, Colorado,
Connecticut and Utah). In addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states generally require businesses to provide notice under certain
circumstances to individuals whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. Certain state laws and
regulations may be more stringent, broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to personal information than
federal or other state laws and regulations, and such laws and regulations may differ from each other, which may complicate
compliance efforts and increase compliance costs. Aspects of the CCPA and other federal and state laws and regulations
relating to privacy and cybersecurity, as well as their enforcement, remain unclear, and we may be required to modify our
practices in an effort to comply with them.
Further, while we strive to publish and prominently display privacy policies that are accurate, comprehensive, and
compliant with applicable laws, regulations, rules and industry standards, we cannot ensure that our privacy policies and other
statements regarding our practices will be sufficient to protect us from claims, proceedings, liability or adverse publicity
relating to privacy or cybersecurity. Although we endeavor to comply with our privacy policies, we may at times fail to do so or
be alleged to have failed to do so. The publication of our privacy policies and other documentation that provide promises and
assurances about privacy and cybersecurity can subject us to potential federal or state action if they are found to be deceptive,
unfair, or misrepresents our actual practices. Additional risks could arise in connection with any failure or perceived failure by
us, our service providers or other third parties with which we do business to provide adequate disclosure or transparency to our
customers about the personal information collected from them and its use, to receive, document or honor the privacy
29
Table of Contents
preferences expressed by our customers, to protect personal information from unauthorized disclosure, or to maintain proper
training on privacy practices for all employees or third parties who have access to personal information in our possession or
control.
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, or applicable privacy and cybersecurity laws,
regulations, rules, standards or contractual obligations, or any compromise of security that results in unauthorized access to, or
unauthorized loss, destruction, use, modification, acquisition, disclosure, release or transfer of personal information, may result
in requirements to modify or cease certain operations or practices, the expenditure of substantial costs, time and other resources,
proceedings or actions against us, legal liability, governmental investigations, enforcement actions, claims, fines, judgments,
awards, penalties, sanctions and costly litigation (including class actions). Any of the foregoing could harm our reputation,
distract our management and technical personnel, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the demand for our
products and services, and ultimately result in the imposition of liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations. For further discussion of the privacy and cybersecurity laws,
regulations, rules and standards we are, or may in the future become, subject to, see the “Supervision and Regulation-Privacy
and Cybersecurity” section of Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We will continually encounter technological change and must effectively anticipate, develop, and implement new
technology.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-
driven products and services. We have invested in technology to automate functions previously performed manually, to
facilitate the ability of clients to engage in financial transactions and otherwise to enhance the client experience with respect to
our products and services. We expect to make additional investments in innovation and technology to address technological
disruption in the industry and improve client offerings and service. These changes allow us to better serve the our clients and to
reduce costs.
Our continued success depends, in part, upon our ability to address clients’ needs by using technology to provide products
and services that satisfy client demands, including demands for faster and more secure payment services, to create efficiencies
in our operations and to integrate those offerings with legacy platforms or to update those legacy platforms. A failure to
maintain or enhance our competitive position with respect to technology, whether because of a failure to anticipate client
expectations, a failure in the performance of technological developments or an untimely roll out of developments, may cause us
to lose market share or incur additional expense.
Strategic Risks
Industry competition may adversely affect our degree of success.
Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully. We operate in a highly competitive industry that could
become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, market, and technological changes, as well as continued
industry consolidation. This consolidation may produce larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies
that are capable of offering a wider array of financial products and services at more competitive prices. For example, there have
been a number of recently completed or announced significant mergers of financial institutions within our market areas, and
notwithstanding current regulatory approval delays there may in the future be additional consolidation. These mergers will, if
completed, allow the merged financial institutions to benefit from cost savings and shared resources.
In our market areas, we face competition from other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions,
internet banks, fintechs, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms,
mortgage companies, and other financial intermediaries that offer similar services. Many of our non-bank competitors are not
subject to the same extensive regulations we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business.
In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services,
such as loans and payment services, that traditionally were banking products, and made it possible for technology companies to
compete with financial institutions in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone–based financial solutions.
Competition with non-banks, including technology companies, to provide financial products and services is intensifying. In
particular, the activity of fintechs has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. Fintechs have
and may continue to offer bank or bank-like products. For example, a number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases
been granted, bank or industrial loan charters. In addition, other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to
offer deposit products to their customers. Regulatory changes, such as the revisions to the FDIC’s rules on brokered deposits
intended to reflect recent technological changes and innovations, may also make it easier for fintechs to partner with banks and
offer deposit products. In addition to fintechs, traditional technology companies have begun to make efforts toward providing
financial services directly to their customers and are expected to continue to explore new ways to do so. Many of these
companies, including our competitors, have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures, in part due to
lack of physical locations. Regions provides an array of digital products and services to our customers and we expect a bank’s
digital offerings to be a key competitive differentiator. The move toward digital banking and financial services, and customer
30
Table of Contents
expectations regarding digital offerings, will require us to invest greater resources in technological improvements and may put
us at a disadvantage to banks and non-banks with greater resources to spend on technology.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of additional factors, including customer convenience, quality of
service, personal contacts, the quality of the technology that supports the customer experience, pricing and range of products. If
we are unable to successfully compete for new customers and to retain our current customers, our business, financial condition
or results of operations may be adversely affected, perhaps materially. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a
result of our customers seeking investments with higher yields or greater financial stability, we may be forced to rely more
heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely
affecting our net interest margin and financial performance. In addition, we may not be able to effectively implement new
technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. As a result,
our ability to effectively compete to retain or acquire new business may be impaired, and our business, financial condition or
results of operations, may be adversely affected.
Our operations are concentrated primarily in the South, Midwest and Texas, and adverse changes in the economic
conditions in this region can adversely affect our financial results and condition.
Our operations are concentrated primarily in the South, Midwest and Texas. As a result, local economic conditions in
these areas significantly affect the demand for the loans and other products we offer to our customers (including real estate,
commercial and construction loans), the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these
loans. Any declines in real estate values in these areas may adversely affect borrowers and the value of the collateral securing
many of our loans, which could adversely affect our currently performing loans, leading to future delinquencies or defaults and
increases in our provision for credit losses. Adverse changes in the economic conditions in these regions could materially
adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Weakness in the residential real estate markets could adversely affect our performance.
As of December 31, 2022, consumer residential real estate loans represented approximately 25.6% of our total loan
portfolio. A general decline in home values would adversely affect the value of collateral securing the residential real estate that
we hold, as well as the volume of loan originations and the amount we realize on the sale of real estate loans. These factors
could result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
Weakness in the commercial real estate markets could adversely affect our performance.
As of December 31, 2022, approximately 8.6% of our loan portfolio consisted of investor real estate loans. The properties
securing income-producing investor real estate loans are typically not fully leased at the origination of the loan. The borrower’s
ability to repay the loan is instead dependent upon additional leasing through the life of the loan or the borrower’s successful
operation of a business. Continued uncertainty in economic conditions may impair a borrower's business operations and slow
the execution of new leases. Such economic conditions may also lead to existing lease turnover. As a result of these factors,
vacancy rates for retail, office and industrial space may increase, and hotel occupancy rates may decline. High vacancy and
lower occupancy rates could also result in rents falling. The combination of these factors could result in deterioration in the
fundamentals underlying the commercial real estate market and the deterioration in value of some of our loans. Any such
deterioration could adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay the amounts due under their loans. As a result, our
business, results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
Risks associated with home equity products where we are in a second lien position could materially adversely affect our
performance.
Home equity products, particularly those in a second lien position, may carry a higher risk of of non-collection than other
loans. Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines of credit. Of our $6.0 billion home equity portfolio at
December 31, 2022, approximately $3.5 billion were home equity lines of credit and $2.5 billion were closed-end home equity
loans (primarily originated as amortizing loans). Real estate market values at the time of origination directly affect the amount
of credit extended, and, in addition, past and future changes in these values impact the depth of potential losses. Second lien
position lending carries higher credit risk because any decrease in real estate pricing may result in the value of the collateral
being insufficient to cover the second lien after the first lien position has been satisfied. As of December 31, 2022,
approximately $1.9 billion of our home equity lines and loans were in a second lien position.
Weakness in commodity businesses could adversely affect our performance.
Many of our borrowers operate in industries that are directly or indirectly impacted by changes in commodity prices. This
includes agriculture, livestock, metals, timber, textiles and energy businesses (including oil, gas and petrochemical), as well as
businesses indirectly impacted by commodities prices such as businesses that transport commodities or manufacture equipment
used in production of commodities. Changes in commodity prices depend on local, regional and global events or conditions that
affect supply and demand for the relevant commodity. These industries have been, and may in the future be, subject to
significant volatility. For example, oil prices have been volatile, both rising and falling, in recent years. Such volatility is
31
Table of Contents
expected to continue in the foreseeable future due to an unpredictable geopolitical and economic environment. As a
consequence of oil and gas price volatility, our energy-related portfolio may be subject to additional pressure on credit quality
metrics including past due, criticized, and non-performing loans, as well as net charge-offs. In addition, legislative changes such
as the elimination of certain tax incentives and the transition to a less carbon dependent economy in response to climate change
and other factors could have significant impacts on this portfolio.
An outbreak or escalation of hostilities between countries or within a country or region could have a material adverse
effect on the U.S. economy and on our businesses.
Aggressive actions by hostile governments or groups, including armed conflict or intensified cyber attacks, could expand
in unpredictable ways by drawing in other countries or escalating into full-scale war with potentially catastrophic consequences,
particularly if one or more of the combatants possess nuclear weapons. Depending on the scope of the conflict, the hostilities
could result in worldwide economic disruption, heightened volatility in financial markets, severe declines in asset values,
disruption of global trade and supply chains, and diminished consumer, business and investor confidence. Any of the above
consequences could have significant negative effects on the U.S. economy, and, as a result, our operations and earnings. We
could also experience more numerous and aggressive cyber attacks launched by or under the sponsorship of one or more of the
adversaries in such a conflict.
Operational Risks
We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including the risk of fraud or theft by employees, which may adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including business resilience, process, third party, information
technology, human resource, model, and fraud risks, each of which may be amplified by continued remote work. Our fraud
risks include fraud committed by external parties against the Company or its customers and fraud committed internally by our
associates. Certain fraud risks, including identity theft and account takeover may increase as a result of customers’ account or
personally identifiable information being obtained through breaches of retailers’ or other third parties’ networks. We have
established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, mitigate, report and analyze these risks; however,
there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have
not appropriately anticipated, monitored or identified. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer
unexpected losses, we may have to expend resources detecting and correcting the failure in our systems and we may be subject
to potential claims from third parties and government agencies. We may also suffer severe reputational damage. Any of these
consequences could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In particular, the unauthorized
disclosure, misappropriation, mishandling or misuse of personal, non-public, confidential or proprietary information of
customers could result in significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss.
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
Third parties provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring
transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet connections and network access. While we have selected these
third-party vendors carefully, performing upfront due diligence and ongoing monitoring activities, we do not control their
actions. Any issues that arise with respect to these third parties, including those resulting from disruptions in services provided
by a vendor (including as a result of a cyber-attack, other information security event or a natural disaster), financial or
operational difficulties for the vendor, issues at third-party vendors to the vendors, failure of a vendor to handle current or
higher volumes, failure of a vendor to provide services for any reason, poor performance of services, failure to comply with
applicable laws and regulations, or fraud or misconduct on the part of employees of any of our vendors, could trigger regulatory
notification obligations on us, adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers, our reputation and
our ability to conduct our business. In certain situations, replacing these third-party vendors could also create significant delay
and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable, inherent risk to our business operations. Many of
our vendors have also been impacted by remote work, market volatility, and other factors that increase their risks of business
disruption or that may otherwise affect their ability to perform under the terms of any agreements with us or provide essential
services.
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on
information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial
information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that
information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors if made available. If this information is
inaccurate, we may be subject to regulatory action, reputational harm or other adverse effects with respect to the operation of
our business, our financial condition and our results of operations.
32
Table of Contents
We are exposed to risk of environmental liability when we take title to property.
In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, we could be subject to
environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for
property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental
contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property.
The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former
owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting
from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities,
our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
We can be negatively affected if we fail to identify and address operational risks associated with the introduction of or
changes to products, services and delivery platforms.
When we launch a new product or service, introduce a new platform for the delivery or distribution of products or services
(including mobile connectivity, electronic trading and cloud computing), acquire or invest in a business or make changes to an
existing product, service or delivery platform, we may not fully appreciate or identify new operational risks that may arise from
those changes, or may fail to implement adequate controls to mitigate the risks associated with those changes. Any significant
failure in this regard could diminish our ability to operate one or more of our business or result in potential liability to clients,
counterparties and customers, and result in increased operating expenses. We could also experience higher litigation costs,
including regulatory fines, penalties and other sanctions, reputational damage, impairment of our liquidity, regulatory
intervention, or weaker competitive standing. Any of the foregoing consequences could materially and adversely affect our
businesses and results of operations.
Enhanced regulatory and other standards for the oversight of vendors and other service providers can result in higher
costs and other potential exposures.
We must comply with enhanced regulatory and other standards associated with doing business with vendors and other
service providers, including standards relating to the outsourcing of functions as well as the performance of significant banking
and other functions by subsidiaries. We incur significant costs and expenses in connection with our initiatives to address the
risks associated with oversight of our internal and external service providers. Our failure to appropriately assess and manage
these relationships, especially those involving significant banking functions, shared services or other critical activities, could
materially adversely affect us. Specifically, any such failure could result in: potential harm to clients and customers, and any
liability associated with that harm; regulatory fines, penalties or other sanctions; lower revenues, and the opportunity cost from
lost revenues; increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.
Reputational Risks
We are subject to environmental, social and governance risks that could adversely affect our reputation and the
trading price of our common stock.
We are subject to a variety of risks, including reputational risk, associated with environmental, social and governance, or
ESG, issues. As a large financial institution with a diverse base of customers, vendors and suppliers, we may face negative
publicity based on the identity, practices, and perceptions of certain entities with whom financial institutions choose to do
business. The public holds diverse and potentially conflicting views of certain entities with whom we choose to do business and
their activities, including the perceived environmental, social or economic impacts of those entities or of financial institutions
relationships with those entities. Because we have multiple stakeholders, among them shareholders, customers, employees,
federal and state regulatory authorities, and political entities, often those stakeholders have differing priorities and expectations
regarding ESG issues. Simultaneous, disparate sentiments from multiple stakeholder groups must be considered. Taking action
in conflict with one or another of those stakeholder's expectations could lead to loss of business, adverse publicity, customer
complaints, or public protests. Negative publicity may be driven by adverse news coverage in traditional media and may also be
spread more broadly through the use of social media platforms. If our relationships with our customers, vendors and suppliers
were to become the subject of such negative publicity, our ability to attract and retain customers and employees, compete
effectively, and grow our business may be negatively impacted. Additionally, a growing number of investors (in particular
significant U.S. institutional investors who hold and manage substantial equity positions, in some cases in nearly all major U.S.
listed companies) are integrating ESG factors into their analysis of the expected risk and return of potential investments. The
specific ESG factors considered, as well as the approach to incorporating the factors into a broader investment process, vary by
investor and can shift over time. Our failure to align with, or remain aligned with, investors' ESG-related priorities may
negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.
Damage to our reputation could significantly harm our businesses.
Our ability to attract and retain customers and highly-skilled management and employees is impacted by our reputation. A
negative public opinion of us and our business can result from any number of activities, including our lending practices,
corporate governance and regulatory compliance, acquisitions, and actions taken by community organizations in response to
33
Table of Contents
these activities. Furthermore, negative publicity regarding us as an employer could have an adverse impact on our reputation,
especially with respect to matters of diversity, pay equity and workplace harassment.
Significant harm to our reputation, or the reputation of any company, could also arise as a result of regulatory or
governmental actions, litigation and the activities of our customers, other participants in the financial services industry or our
contractual counterparties, such as our service providers and vendors.
In addition, a cybersecurity event affecting us or our customers’ data could have a negative impact on our reputation and
customer confidence in us and our cybersecurity practices. Damage to our reputation could also adversely affect our credit
ratings and access to the capital markets.
Additionally, the widespread use of social media platforms by virtually every segment of society facilitates the rapid
dissemination of information or misinformation, which magnifies the potential harm to our reputation.
Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Risks
We are, and may in the future be, subject to litigation, investigations and governmental proceedings that may result in
liabilities adversely affecting our financial condition, business or results of operations or in reputational harm.
We and our subsidiaries are, and may in the future be, named as defendants in various class actions and other litigation,
and may be the subject of subpoenas, reviews, requests for information, investigations, and formal and informal proceedings by
government and self-regulatory agencies regarding our and their businesses and activities (including subpoenas, requests for
information and investigations related to the activities of our customers). Any such matters may result in material adverse
consequences to our results of operations, financial condition or ability to conduct our business, including adverse judgments,
settlements, fines, penalties (including civil money penalties under applicable banking laws), injunctions, restitution, orders,
restrictions on our business activities or other relief. Our involvement in any such matters, even if the matters are ultimately
determined in our favor, could also cause significant harm to our reputation and divert management's attention from the
operation of our business. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal
proceeding or investigation by government or self-regulatory agencies may result in additional litigation, investigations or
proceedings as other litigants and government or self-regulatory agencies (including the inquiries mentioned above) begin
independent reviews of the same businesses or activities. In general, the amounts paid by financial institutions in settlement of
proceedings or investigations, including those relating to anti-money laundering matters or sales practices, have increased
substantially and are likely to remain elevated. Regulators and other governmental authorities may also be more likely to pursue
enforcement actions, or seek admissions of wrongdoing, in connection with the resolution of an inquiry or investigation to the
extent a firm has previously been subject to other governmental investigations or enforcement actions. In some cases,
governmental authorities have required criminal pleas or other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, which could
have significant collateral consequences for a financial institution, including loss of customers, restrictions on the ability to
access the capital markets, and the inability to operate certain businesses or offer certain products for a period of time. In
addition, enforcement matters could impact our supervisory and CRA ratings, which may in turn restrict or limit our activities.
Additional information relating to our litigation, investigations and other proceedings is discussed in Note 23
"Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could have an adverse impact on our operations.
We are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and examination governing almost all aspects of our
operations, which limits the businesses in which we may permissibly engage. The laws and regulations governing our business
are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors, our customers, the financial system and the FDIC insurance fund,
not our shareholders or other creditors. These laws and regulations govern a variety of matters, including certain debt
obligations, changes in control, maintenance of adequate capital, and general business operations and financial condition
(including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves against deposits, restrictions
on dividends and repurchases of our capital securities, establishment of branch offices, and the maximum interest rate that may
be charged by law). Further, we must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in many activities, and our regulators
have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely. There can be no assurance that any
regulatory approvals we may require or otherwise seek will be obtained in a timely manner or at all.
Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions are undergoing continuous review and frequently change, and
the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Regulations and laws may be modified or repealed at any time, and new
legislation may be enacted that will affect us, including any changes resulting from the recent change in U.S. presidential
administration and change in control of the U.S. Senate.
Any changes in any federal and state law, as well as regulations and governmental policies, income tax laws and
accounting principles, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or
principles could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which
could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our regulatory capital position is discussed in
34
Table of Contents
greater detail in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct.
In connection with our sale of one or more loan portfolios, we may make certain representations and warranties to the
purchaser concerning the loans sold and the procedures under which those loans have been originated and serviced. If any of
these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we
may be required to repurchase part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of
borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If we are required to make any
indemnity payments or repurchases and do not have a remedy available to us against a solvent counterparty, we may not be able
to recover our losses resulting from these indemnity payments and repurchases. Consequently, our results of operations may be
adversely affected.
In addition, we must report as held for sale any loans that we have undertaken to sell, whether or not a purchase
agreement for the loans has been executed. We may, therefore, be unable to ultimately complete a sale for part or all of the
loans we classify as held for sale. Management must exercise its judgment in determining when loans must be reclassified from
held for investment status to held for sale status under applicable accounting guidelines. Any failure to accurately report loans
as held for sale could result in regulatory investigations and monetary penalties. Any of these actions could adversely affect our
financial condition and results of operations. Reclassifying loans from held for investment to held for sale also requires that the
affected loans be marked to the lower of cost or fair value. As a result, any loans classified as held for sale may be adversely
affected by changes in interest rates and by changes in the borrower’s creditworthiness. We may be required to reduce the value
of any loans we mark held for sale, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements.
Regions and Regions Bank are each subject to capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements
specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that must be maintained. From time to time, the regulators implement
changes to these regulatory capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital adequacy and
liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in the types of activities we may
conduct and may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming
capital securities.
Regions and Regions Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the
Federal Reserve, which are based on the Basel III framework. The Basel Committee has published standards that it describes as
the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms. Among other things, these standards revise the standardized
approach for credit risk and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. The Basel framework
contemplates that national regulators would have implemented these standards by January 1, 2023, with an aggregate output
floor phasing in through January 1, 2028; however, the U.S. federal bank regulatory authorities have not yet proposed rules
implementing the Basel III revisions for purposes of their risk-based capital ratios. Under the current capital rules, these
standards only apply to advanced approached institutions and not to Regions or Regions Bank and any impact of these
standards on us will depend on the manner in which the revisions are implemented in the U.S. with respect to firms such as
Regions and Regions Bank.
For more information concerning our compliance with capital and liquidity requirements, see Note 12 "Regulatory Capital
Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K..
Rulemaking changes and regulatory initiatives implemented by the CFPB may result in higher regulatory and
compliance costs that may adversely affect our results of operations.
Since its formation, the CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules and introduced new regulatory initiatives,
including, without limitation, by way of its enforcement authority and through public statements, that could have a significant
impact on our business and the financial services industry more generally. We may also be required to add additional
compliance personnel or incur other significant compliance-related expenses. Our business, results of operations or competitive
position may be adversely affected as a result.
In addition, the current U.S. presidential administration recently called on all regulatory agencies to reduce or eliminate
certain fees relating to a number of services, including banking services. At the same time, the CFPB launched an initiative to
reduce the amounts and types of fees financial institutions may charge, including the issuance of a proposed rule that would
significantly reduce the permissible amount of credit card late fees. Such changes could affect the Company’s ability or
willingness to provide certain products or services, necessitate changes to the Company’s business practices or have an adverse
effect on our results of operations.
35
Table of Contents
We may not be able to complete future acquisitions, may not be successful in realizing the benefits of any future
acquisitions that are completed, or may choose not to pursue acquisition opportunities we might find beneficial.
We may, from time to time, evaluate and engage in the acquisition or divestiture of businesses (including their assets or
liabilities, such as loans or deposits). We must generally satisfy a number of meaningful conditions prior to completing any
such transaction, including in certain cases, federal and state bank regulatory approvals.
The process for obtaining required regulatory approvals, particularly for large financial institutions, like Regions, can be
difficult, time-consuming and unpredictable. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively
significant business opportunities as a result of our inability, or our perceived inability, to obtain required regulatory approvals
in a timely manner or at all.
Assuming we are able to successfully complete one or more transactions, we may not be able to successfully integrate and
realize the expected synergies from any completed transaction in a timely manner or at all. In particular, we may be held
responsible by federal and state regulators for regulatory and compliance failures at an acquired business prior to the date of the
acquisition, and these failures by the acquired company may have negative consequences for us, including the imposition of
formal or informal enforcement actions. Completion and integration of any transaction may also divert management attention
from other matters, result in additional costs and expenses, or adversely affect our relationships with our customers and
employees, any of which may adversely affect our business or results of operations. Future acquisitions may also result in
dilution of our current shareholders’ ownership interests or may require we incur additional indebtedness or use a substantial
amount of our available cash and other liquid assets. As a result, our financial condition may be affected, and we may become
more susceptible to economic conditions and competitive pressures.
Increases in FDIC insurance assessments may adversely affect our earnings.
Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, we are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments.
We generally cannot control the amount of assessments we will be required to pay for FDIC insurance. During 2022, the FDIC
adopted a final rule to increase initial base deposit insurance assessment rate schedules by 2 basis points, beginning with the
first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The final rule requires the revised rates to remain in effect until the DIF reserve ratio
meets or exceeds 2 percent. The FDIC may require us to pay higher FDIC assessments than we currently do or may charge
additional special assessments or future prepayments if, for example, there are financial institution failures in the future. Any
increase in deposit assessments or special assessments may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations. See the “Supervision and Regulation-Deposit Insurance” discussion within Item 1. “Business” and the “Non-Interest
Expense” discussion within Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the FDIC’s deposit insurance assessments applicable
to Regions Bank.
Unfavorable results from ongoing stress analyses may adversely affect our ability to retain customers or compete for
new business opportunities.
The Federal Reserve conducts supervisory stress testing of us to evaluate our ability to absorb losses in baseline and
severely adverse economic and stressed financial scenarios generated by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve also has
implemented the SCB framework which created a firm-specific risk sensitive buffer that is informed by the results of
supervisory stress testing, and is applied to regulatory minimum capital levels to help determine effective minimum ratio
requirements. Firm specific SCB requirements, as well as a summary of the results of certain aspects of the Federal Reserve’s
supervisory stress testing and firm specific results are released publicly.
Although the theoretical stress tests are not meant to assess our current condition or outlook, our customers may
misinterpret and negatively react to the results of these stress tests despite the strength of our financial condition. Any potential
misinterpretations and adverse reactions could limit our ability to attract and retain customers or to effectively compete for new
business opportunities. The inability to attract and retain customers or effectively compete for new business may have a
material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our regulators may also require us to raise additional capital or take other actions, or may impose restrictions on capital
distributions, based on the results of the supervisory stress tests, such as requiring revisions or resubmission of our annual
capital plan, which could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase capital securities. In addition, we may not
be able to raise additional capital if required to do so, or may not be able to do so on terms that we believe are advantageous to
Regions or its current shareholders. Any such capital raises, if required, may also be dilutive to our existing shareholders. As
discussed in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in the second quarter
of 2022, we received the results of the Company's participation in the 2022 CCAR process. The Federal Reserve
communicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test and the
Company's SCB for the fourth quarter of 2022 through the third quarter of 2023 is floored at 2.5 percent. Despite
exceeding these minimum capital levels, we may experience unfavorable results from stress test analyses in the future.
36
Table of Contents
We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments.
We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. Our principal source of cash flow,
including cash flow to pay dividends to our shareholders and principal and interest on our outstanding debt, is dividends from
Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to us, as well as by
us to our shareholders. Regulations of both the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama affect the ability of Regions Bank to
pay dividends and other distributions to us and to make loans to the holding company. If Regions Bank is unable to make
dividend payments to us and sufficient cash or liquidity is not otherwise available, we may not be able to make dividend
payments to our common and preferred shareholders or principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt. See the
“Shareholders’ Equity” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a
subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent that
any of our claims as a creditor of such subsidiary may be recognized. As a result, shares of our capital stock are effectively
subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations of our subsidiaries. At December 31, 2022, our subsidiaries’
total deposits and borrowings were approximately $132.2 billion.
We may not pay dividends on shares of our capital stock.
Holders of shares of our capital stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board may declare out of funds
legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not
required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market
price of our common stock. Furthermore, the terms of our outstanding preferred stock prohibit us from declaring or paying any
dividends on any junior series of our capital stock, including our common stock, or from repurchasing, redeeming or acquiring
such junior stock, unless we have declared and paid full dividends on our outstanding preferred stock for the most recently
completed dividend period.
We are also subject to statutory and regulatory limitations on our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock. For
example, it is the policy of the Federal Reserve that BHCs should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of
earnings, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs, asset quality and
financial condition. Additionally, we are subject to the Federal Reserve’s SCB requirement whereby supervisory stress testing
informs a buffer above regulatory minimum capital levels that must be maintained to avoid restrictions on capital distributions.
Lastly, if we are unable to satisfy the capital requirements applicable to us for any reason, we may be limited in our ability to
declare and pay dividends on our capital stock.
Anti-takeover and banking laws and certain agreements and charter provisions may adversely affect share value.
Certain provisions of state and federal law and our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to
acquire control of us without our Board’s approval. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group
must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring control of a BHC. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting
stock of a BHC or state member bank, including shares of our common stock, creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer
“controls” the BHC or state member bank. Also, as noted under the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, a BHC must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things,
acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any bank, including Regions
Bank. One factor the federal banking agencies must consider in certain acquisitions is the systemic impact of the transaction.
This may make it more difficult for large institutions to acquire other large institutions and may otherwise delay the regulatory
approval process, possibly by requiring public hearings. Similarly, under Alabama state law, a person or group of persons must
receive approval from the Superintendent of Banks before acquiring “control” of an Alabama bank or any entity having control
of an Alabama bank. For the purposes of determining whether approval is required, “control” is defined as the power, directly
or indirectly, to vote the lesser of (i) 25% or more of any class of voting securities of an Alabama bank (or any entity having
control of an Alabama bank) or (ii) 10% or more of any class of voting securities of an Alabama bank (or any entity having
control of an Alabama bank) if no other person will own, control, or hold the power to vote a majority of that class of voting
securities following the acquisition of such voting securities. Furthermore, there also are provisions in our certificate of
incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. For example, holders of our preferred stock have certain
voting rights that could adversely affect share value. If and when dividends on the preferred stock have not been declared and
paid for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive), the authorized number of
directors then constituting our Board will automatically be increased by two, and the preferred shareholders will be entitled to
elect the two additional directors. Also, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the then-
outstanding shares of the preferred stock is required to consummate a binding share-exchange or reclassification involving the
preferred stock, or a merger or consolidation of Regions with or into another entity, unless certain requirements are met. These
statutory provisions and provisions in our certificate of incorporation, including the rights of the holders of our preferred stock,
could result in Regions being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus adversely affect our share value.
37
Table of Contents
Our amended and restated bylaws designate (i) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and
exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders and (ii) the federal
district courts of the United States as the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under
the Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our
company or our company’s directors, officers or other employees.
Our amended and restated bylaws (our “bylaws”) contain two forum selection provisions. First, our bylaws provide that,
except for claims made under the Securities Act of 1933 (which are the subject of the forum selection provision described in the
following sentence), unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i)
derivative actions brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) certain actions asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty, (iii)
actions asserting a claim against the Company or a director, officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any
provision of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation, or our bylaws or (iv) any actions asserting a claim against the
Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state
court located within the State of Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware if no state court located
within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction. In addition, our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection
of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, shall be the federal district courts
of the United States; provided, however, that if this particular exclusive forum provision or its application is deemed illegal,
invalid or unenforceable, the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act
shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Our bylaws further provide that our shareholders are deemed to have
received notice of and consented to both of these forum selection provisions.
The forum selection provisions of our bylaws may discourage claims or limit shareholders’ ability to submit claims in a
judicial forum that they find favorable, and may result in additional costs for a stockholder seeking to bring a claim.
Additionally, with respect to our forum selection provision relating to claims made under the Securities Act, we note that, while
Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created
by the Exchange Act, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits
brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act. As noted above, our bylaws provide that, unless we
consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the
resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act except where the provision or its
application is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in which case the exclusive forum for the action will be the Delaware
Court of Chancery. While we believe the risk of a court declining to enforce our forum selection provisions is low, if a court
were to determine either forum selection provision to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in a particular action, we may incur
additional costs in conjunction with our efforts to resolve the dispute in an alternative jurisdiction or multiple jurisdictions,
which could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition and result in a diversion of the time and
resources of our management and board of directors.
We face substantial legal and operational risks in safeguarding personal information.
Our businesses are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing the privacy and protection of personal
information of individuals. Individuals whose personal information may be protected by law can include our customers (and in
some cases our customers’ customers), prospective customers, job applicants, employees, and the employees of our vendors,
and third parties. Complying with the laws, rules and regulations applicable to our disclosure, collection, use, sharing and
storage of personal information can increase operating costs, impact the development of new products or services, and reduce
operational efficiency. Any mishandling or misuse or personal information by us or third party affiliated with us could expose
us to litigation or regulatory fines, penalties or other sanctions.
Additional risks could arise from our or third parties' failure to provide adequate disclosure or transparency to our
customers about the personal information collected from them and the use of such information; to receive, document, and honor
the privacy preferences expressed by our customers; to protect personal information from unauthorized disclosure; or to
maintain proper training on privacy practices for all employees or third parties who have access to personal information.
Concerns regarding the effectiveness of our measures to safeguard personal information, or even the perception that those
measures are inadequate, could cause us to lose existing or potential clients and customers, and thereby reduce our revenues.
Furthermore, any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, rules and
regulations may subject it to inquiries, examinations and investigations that could result in requirements to modify or cease
certain operations or practices, significant liabilities or regulatory fines, penalties or other sanctions. Any of these could damage
our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our businesses.
In recent years, well-publicized incidents involving the inappropriate collection, use, sharing or storage of personal
information have led to expanded governmental scrutiny of practices relating to the safeguarding of personal information by
companies. That scrutiny has in some cases resulted in, and could in the future lead to, the adoption of stricter laws, rules and
regulations relating to the collection, use, sharing and storage of personal information. We will likely be subject to new and
evolving data privacy laws in the U.S. and abroad, which could result in additional costs of compliance, litigation, regulatory
38
Table of Contents
fines, and enforcement actions. These types of laws, rules and regulations could prohibit or significantly restrict financial
services firms such as us from sharing information among affiliates or with third parties such as vendors, and thereby increase
compliance costs, or could restrict our use of personal data when developing or offering products or services to customers.
These restrictions could also inhibit our development or marketing of certain products or services, or increase the costs of
offering them to customers.
Differences in regulation can affect our ability to compete effectively.
The content and application of laws and regulations affecting financial services firms sometimes vary according to factors
such as the size of the firm, the jurisdiction in which it is organized or operates, and other criteria. Financial technology
companies and other non-traditional competitors may not be subject to banking regulation, or may be supervised by a national
or state regulatory agency that does not have the same regulatory priorities or supervisory requirements as our regulators. These
differences in regulation can impair our ability to compete effectively with competitors that are less regulated that do not have
similar compliance costs.
Talent Management Risks
Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.
Our success depends, in part, on our executive officers and other key personnel. The market for qualified individuals is
highly competitive, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or candidates to replace or succeed
members of our senior management team or other key personnel. As a large financial and banking institution, we may be
subject to limitations on compensation practices, which may or may not affect our competitors, by the Federal Reserve, the
FDIC or other regulators. These limitations could further affect our ability to attract and retain our executive officers and other
key personnel, in particular as we are more often competing for personnel with fintechs, technology companies and other less
regulated entities who may not have the same limitations on compensation as we do. The increase in remote work arrangements
and opportunities in regional, national and global labor markets has also increased competition to attract and retain skilled
personnel. Our current or future approach to in-office and remote-work arrangements may not meet the needs or expectations of
our current or prospective employees or may not be perceived as favorable as the arrangements offered by other employers,
which could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain employees.
Our operations rely on its ability, and the ability of key external parties, to maintain appropriately-staffed workforces,
and on the competence, trustworthiness, health and safety of employees.
Our ability to operate our businesses efficiently and profitably, to offer products and services that meet the expectations of
our clients and customers, and to maintain an effective risk management framework is highly dependent on our ability to staff
its operations appropriately and on the competence, integrity, health and safety of our employees. We are similarly dependent
on the workforces of other parties on which our operations rely, including vendors and other service providers. Our businesses
could be materially and adversely affected by the ineffective implementation of business decisions; any failure to institute
controls that appropriately address risks associated with business activities; or appropriately train employees with respect to
those risks and controls; staffing shortages, particularly in tight labor markets. In addition, our business could be adversely
impacted by a significant operational breakdown or failure, theft, fraud or other unlawful conduct, or other negative outcomes
caused by human error or misconduct by an employee of us or of another party on which our operations depend. Our operations
could also be impaired if the measures taken by us or by governmental authorities to help ensure the health and safety of our
employees are ineffective, or if any external party on which we rely fails to take appropriate and effective actions to protect the
health and safety of its employees.
Risks Related to Estimates and Assumptions
Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and
estimates.
Our accounting policies and assumptions are fundamental to our reported financial condition and results of operations.
Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they
comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and
results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of
which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet may result in us reporting materially different results than would have
been reported under a different alternative.
Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our reported financial condition and results of operations. They
require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different
amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. The Company’s critical
accounting estimates include: the allowance for credit losses; fair value measurements; intangible assets; residential MSRs; and
income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of the
following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the
allowance provided; recognize significant losses on assets carried at fair value; recognize significant impairment on our
39
Table of Contents
goodwill, other intangible assets or deferred tax asset balances; significantly increase our accrued income taxes; or significantly
decrease the value of our residential MSRs. Any of these actions could adversely affect our reported financial condition and
results of operations.
If the models that we use in our business perform poorly or provide inadequate information, our business or results of
operations may be adversely affected.
We utilize quantitative models, machine learning models, and artificial intelligence models to assist in measuring risks
and estimating or predicting certain financial values. Models may be used in processes such as determining the pricing of
various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, forecasting financial
performance, predicting losses, improving customer services, maintaining adherence to laws and regulations, assessing capital
adequacy, calculating regulatory capital levels, preventing fraud, strengthening customer authentication processes, generating
marketing analytics, prospecting leads, and estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly
designed, implemented, or managed models present the risk that our business decisions that consider information based on such
models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy or inaccuracy of that information, which may lead to losses, damage
our reputation and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations. Also, information we provide to
the public or to our regulators based on poorly designed, implemented, or managed models could be inaccurate or misleading.
Some of the decisions that our regulators make, including those related to capital distributions to our shareholders, could be
affected adversely due to the perception that the quality of the models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient.
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial
results and condition.
From time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the
preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and
report our financial condition and results of operations. For example, FASB’s CECL accounting standard became effective on
January 1, 2020 and substantially changed the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks,
financial institutions and other organizations. The standard had a material impact to our allowance and capital at adoption. See
Regions' impact at adoption in Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements of
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.
As of December 31, 2022, we had $5.7 billion of goodwill and $249 million of other intangible assets. A significant
decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower economic growth or a
significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock, any or all of which could be materially impacted by many of
the risk factors discussed herein, may necessitate our taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our goodwill.
Future regulatory actions and increases in income tax rates could also have a material impact on assessments of goodwill for
impairment. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, we would record the appropriate
charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill consist primarily of relationship assets, purchased credit card
relationship assets, and agency commercial real estate licenses. Adverse events or circumstances could impact the recoverability
of these intangible assets including loss of core deposits, losses of broker and contractor relationships, significant losses of
credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition and adverse changes in the economy. To the extent these intangible
assets are deemed unrecoverable, a non-cash impairment charge would be recorded, which could have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations.
Other External Risks
Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by a U.S. government debt default or the threat of
such a default.
A U.S. government debt default would have material adverse impact on our business and financial performance, including
a decrease in the value of Treasury bonds and other government securities held by us, which could negatively impact our capital
position and our ability to meet regulatory requirements. Other negative impacts could be volatile capital markets, an adverse
impact on the U.S. economy and the U.S. dollar, as well as increased default rates among borrowers in light of increased
economic uncertainty. Some of these impacts might occur even in the absence of an actual default but as a consequence of
extended political negotiations around the threat of such a default and a government shutdown.
Our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations have been, and will likely continue to be,
adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and may, in the future also be affected by other pandemics.
The COVID-19 pandemic created disruptions that have adversely affected our business, financial condition, liquidity,
capital and results of operations. The nature and extent of any ongoing or future adverse effects from COVID-19 or any future
similar pandemics will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and outside our control, including its impact
on our employees, clients, customers, counterparties and service providers, as well as other market participants.
40
Table of Contents
Circumstances brought about by the pandemics may include supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, increased market
volatility, credit deterioration and defaults, and increased spending on business continuity efforts, which may require that we
reduce costs and investments in other areas. We may face additional circumstances such as significant draws on credit lines
should customers seek to increase liquidity.
Weather-related events and other natural or man-made disasters could cause a disruption in our operations or lead to
other consequences that could adversely impact our financial results and condition. These impacts could be intensified by
climate change. Heightening focus on climate change may also carry transition risks that could negatively impact our
results of operations and financial condition.
Weather-related events, other natural or man-made disasters, climate change and the transition to a lower-carbon
economy pose shorter- and longer-term risks to our business and/or that of our customers, vendors and suppliers and are
expected to increase over time.
A significant portion of our operations is located in the areas bordering the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean,
regions that are susceptible to hurricanes, or in areas of the Southeastern U.S. that are susceptible to tornadoes and other severe
weather events. In particular, in recent years, a number of severe hurricanes impacted areas in our footprint. Many areas in the
Southeastern U.S. have also experienced severe droughts and floods in recent years. Any of these, or any other severe weather
event, could cause disruption to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our overall business, results of
operations or financial condition. We have taken certain preemptive measures that we believe will mitigate these adverse
effects, such as maintaining insurance that includes coverage for resultant losses and expenses. However, such measures cannot
predict the nature, timing, or level of severe weather events or prevent the disruption that a catastrophic earthquake, fire,
hurricane, tornado or other severe weather event could cause to the markets that we serve and any resulting adverse impact on
our customers, such as hindering our borrowers’ ability to timely repay their loans and diminishing the value of any collateral
held by us. Man-made disasters and other events connected with the Gulf of Mexico or Atlantic Ocean, such as oil spills, could
have similar effects.
Climate change could intensify the severity of and increase the frequency of adverse effects of weather-related events
impacting us and our customers. Namely, climate change may intensify the severity of and increase the frequency of
earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts, floods and other weather-related events, which could cause even greater
disruption to our business and operations. Longer-term changes, such as increasing average temperatures and rising sea levels,
may damage, destroy or otherwise impact the value or productivity of our properties and other assets, reduce the availability of
insurance, and/or lead to prolonged disruptions in our operations.
Responding to concerns around climate change provides us with potential new avenues through which we can support our
stakeholders but also exposes us to risks associated with the transition to a lower-carbon economy. Such risks may result from
changes in policies, laws and regulations, technologies, or market preferences that are intended to address climate change.
These changes could materially and negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and our
reputation, in addition to having a similar impact on our customers, vendors and suppliers. Federal and state regulatory
authorities, investors and other third parties have increasingly scrutinized the business activities of financial institutions and the
relationship of those activities to climate change, which may result in financial institutions facing increased pressure regarding
the disclosure and management of climate risks and related lending and investment activities. Relatedly, we may face increased
scrutiny related to our ability to demonstrate resilience to potential climate-related risks, including systemic risks posed by
operational disruptions and external demands. Ongoing legislative or regulatory uncertainties and changes regarding climate
risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory, compliance, credit and reputational risks and costs. In addition,
the transition to a lower-carbon economy could indirectly subject us to specific risks through our borrowers' exposure to
changes in commodity prices. For more information see the "We are subject to environmental, social and governance risks that
could adversely affect our reputation and the trading price of our common stock" and “Weakness in commodity businesses
could adversely affect our performance” risk factors below.
41
Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
Regions’ corporate headquarters occupy the main banking facility of Regions Bank, located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North,
Birmingham, Alabama 35203.
At December 31, 2022, Regions Bank, Regions’ banking subsidiary, operated 1,286 banking offices. At December 31,
2022, there were no significant encumbrances on the offices, equipment and other operational facilities owned by Regions and
its subsidiaries.
See Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of the states in which Regions Bank’s branches are
located.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Information required by this item is set forth in Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" in the Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
Information About Our Executive Officers
Information concerning the Executive Officers of Regions as of February 24, 2023, is set forth below.
Executive Officer
John M. Turner, Jr.
David J. Turner, Jr.
Kate R. Danella
David R. Keenan
C. Matthew Lusco
C. Dandridge Massey
Age
61
59
44
55
65
50
Position and
Offices Held with
Registrant and Subsidiaries
President and Chief Executive Officer of registrant
and Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of
Corporate Banking Group of registrant and Regions
Bank and as South Region President of Regions Bank.
Prior to joining Regions, served as President of
Whitney National Bank and Whitney Holding
Corporation.
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of registrant and Regions Bank.
Senior Executive Vice President and Head of
Consumer Banking Group of registrant and Regions
Bank. Previously served as Chief Strategy and Client
Experience Officer; Head of Strategic Planning &
Consumer Bank Products and Origination
Partnerships; and as Head of Strategic Planning and
Corporate Development of registrant and Regions
Bank. Previously served as Head of Private Wealth
Management of Regions Bank. Prior to joining
Regions, served as Vice President of Capital Group
Companies.
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief
Administrative and Human Resources Officer of
registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as
Chief Human Resources Officer of registrant and
Regions Bank.
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk
Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously
served as managing partner of KPMG LLP’s offices
in Birmingham, Alabama and Memphis, Tennessee.
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise
Operations and Technology Officer of registrant and
Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of Digital
and Contact Center Banking and Head of Enterprise
Technology Strategic Services at Truist Bank.
Executive
Officer
Since
2011
2010
2018
2010
2011
2022
42
Table of Contents
Scott M. Peters
Tara A. Plimpton
William D. Ritter
Ronald G. Smith
61
54
52
62
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief
Transformation Officer of registrant and Regions
Bank. Director of Regions Investment Services, Inc.
Previously served as Head of Consumer Banking
Group and as Consumer Services Group Head of
registrant and Regions Bank.
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer
and Corporate Secretary of registrant and Regions
Bank. Previously served as General Counsel of
registrant and Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions,
served as Vice President and General Counsel of GE
Global Operations and as General Counsel of GE
Energy Connections.
Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Wealth
Management Group of registrant and Regions Bank.
Director of Highland Associates, Inc.
Senior Executive Vice President and Head of
Corporate Banking Group of registrant and Regions
Bank. Director of Regions Equipment Finance
Corporation. Manager of RFC Financial Services
Holding LLC. Previously served as Regional
President, Mid-America Region of Regions Bank.
2010
2020
2010
2010
43
Table of Contents
PART II
Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Regions common stock, par value $.01 per share, is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
RF. Information relating to compensation plans under which Regions' equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented
in Part III, Item 12. As of February 22, 2023, there were 36,067 holders of record of Regions common stock (including
participants in the Broadridge Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan for Regions Financial Corporation).
Restrictions on the ability of Regions Bank to transfer funds to Regions at December 31, 2022, are set forth in Note 12
"Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements, which are included in Item 8. of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of Regions Bank to pay dividends to
Regions and the ability of Regions to pay dividends on its common stock is set forth in Item 1. “Business” under the heading
“Supervision and Regulation—Payment of Dividends” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On April 20, 2022, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting
purchases from the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024.
As of December 31, 2022, Regions had repurchased approximately 725 thousand shares of common stock at a total cost
of $15 million under this plan. All of these shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in
treasury stock.
44
Table of Contents
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph below compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total return of Regions common stock against
the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Banks Index for the past five years. This presentation
assumes that the value of the investment in Regions’ common stock and in each index was $100 and that all dividends were
reinvested.
Cumulative Total Return
12/31/2017
12/31/2018
12/31/2019
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
12/31/2022
$
100.00 $
100.00
100.00
79.43 $
95.61
83.56
105.88 $
125.70
117.52
104.15 $
148.81
101.35
145.18 $
191.48
137.28
148.54
156.77
110.91
Regions
S&P 500 Index
S&P 500 Banks Index
Item 6. [Reserved]
45
Period EndingRegionsS&P 500 IndexS&P 500 Banks Index12/31/201712/31/201812/31/201912/30/202012/31/202112/31/2022$50$100$150$200
Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an
understanding of the financial aspects of Regions's business, particularly regarding its 2022 results. Cross references to more
detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary
is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and
consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets
One of the primary factors influencing the credit performance of Regions’ loan portfolio is the overall economic
environment in the U.S. and the primary markets in which it operates. After full-year 2022 real GDP growth of 2.1 percent, the
January 2023 baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 1.1 percent in 2023 and 1.5 percent in 2024. As 2022 came to a
close, many of the distortions stemming from the pandemic and the policy response to it that had impacted the economy for the
prior two years were fading while interest-sensitive sectors of the economy were impacted by the effects of significant increases
in market interest rates in 2022. Regions continues to expect that by late-2024 the economy will be back on the path of growth
around 2.0 percent that prevailed prior to the pandemic. As has been the case since the onset of the pandemic, however, there
remains a heightened degree of uncertainty around current economic forecasts.
Many businesses across a broad range of industry groups are struggling to ascertain the level of underlying demand as
2023 begins. Firms who produce goods or provide services to consumers saw robust growth in demand from the second half of
2020 through much of 2022, reflecting in part financial transfers as part of the policy response to the pandemic and in part by a
faster pace of wage growth. Consumer demand for goods began to waver over the second half of 2022, and while faster growth
in consumer spending on services took up that slack, services spending is expected to slow in 2023.
Firms who produce goods or provide services to firms saw robust growth in demand from late-2020 through much of
2022, which was mainly a reflection of two factors. First, firms rushed to fill in the gaps left by production having been
disrupted by the effects of the pandemic on the labor market, supply chains, and shipping networks. Second, firms built up
inventories to levels higher than were considered normal prior to the pandemic, as a hedge against further supply chain/labor
supply disruptions. Much of that catch-up or precautionary demand began to wane in late-2022 with order backlogs having
been worked down and inventories having been built up.
With the robust growth in demand seen over much of the past two years having subsided, firms are left trying to gauge
underlying demand and, in turn, appropriate levels of staffing and capital spending. In areas such as retail trade, warehousing/
distribution, and technology, many firms were not anticipating a drop-off in demand and are now adjusting to lower than
anticipated demand by laying off workers and decreasing capital budgets. Other firms are reassessing planned levels of staffing
and capital outlays.
Subsiding demand is likely to be an ongoing challenge through much of 2023, as a period of elevated inflation and rising
interest rates has had an impact on the demand side of the economy and on consumer and business confidence. While supply
chain stresses have eased considerably, they have not yet fully cleared, but with the demand side of the economy easing, any
lingering supply chain stresses are not as disruptive to businesses as has been the case over the past two years. One sector still
being impacted is residential construction, with many builders still having difficulty sourcing building materials. While higher
mortgage interest rates contributed to steep declines in home sales, builders were still sitting on sizable backlogs of unfilled
orders and units in various phases of construction. This has put a floor under demand for construction materials and supplies,
thus helping sustain supply-side stresses.
With a slower pace of growth in consumer spending, businesses scaling down planned growth in capital expenditures, and
growth in residential construction remaining weighed down by higher mortgage interest rates, the overall pace of economic
activity in 2023 is expected to be considerably slower than the pace seen over the second half of 2022. This will be
accompanied by a marked slowdown in the pace of job growth, which will likely fall below the pace required to keep the
jobless rate steady.
The pace of job growth slowed steadily over the second half of 2022 but remained more than sufficient to keep the
unemployment rate from rising. Moreover, there were over ten million open jobs across the U.S. economy as 2022 came to a
close. Given the well below-trend pace of real GDP growth anticipated over the next several quarters, Regions expects the
demand for labor to decline, but there is uncertainty in how that will manifest itself. Regions expects a meaningfully slower
pace of job growth coupled with a significant decline in job vacancies, with firms also resorting to reducing hours worked by
current workers as a lever with which to manage total labor input. Regions believes that, given how hard and costly it has been
for firms to attract and retain labor, firms will be unlikely to lay workers off in large numbers. While there were several high-
profile announcements of layoffs as 2022 came to a close, the collective number of layoffs was a minute share of total nonfarm
employment, and those workers losing jobs were able to find new positions relatively quickly. The rate of layoffs and
discharges, measured as a share of total nonfarm employment, was still below pre-pandemic norms at year-end 2022. That
46
Table of Contents
Regions expects the unemployment rate to rise over coming quarters is more a reflection of diminished hiring than of
widespread layoffs. As labor demand becomes more closely aligned with labor supply, growth in hourly wages and in total
labor compensation costs will slow.
As measured by the CPI, inflation rose to 8.0 percent in 2022, the highest annual rate since 1981, with an intra-year peak
rate of 9.1 percent. Inflation did decelerate over the second half of the year, in part due to what by year-end 2022 were falling
prices for core consumer goods (consumer goods excluding food and energy). Services price inflation proved to be more
persistent, but there were signs that it too was decelerating by year-end 2022. While the Company expects inflation to
decelerate further over the course of 2023, it also expects it to end the year above the FOMC’s 2.0 percent target rate. The
FOMC, however, does not yet feel confident that inflation is on a one-way track lower and, to that point, as China’s economy
comes back online in 2023 there could be a new round of upward pressure on energy and commodity prices. That would in turn
push headline inflation higher but, even should that prove to be the case, Regions looks for core inflation to decelerate. Regions
expects 25-basis point increases in the Fed funds rate at the first two FOMC meetings of 2023, after which the expectation is for
the FOMC to remain on hold. At present Regions does not expect the FOMC to cut the Fed funds rate in 2023. At the same
time, the FOMC will continue to let the Fed balance sheet wind down as maturing assets are allowed to run off the balance
sheet.
A number of states within the footprint have seen heightened flows of domestic in-migration since the onset of the
pandemic, which has resulted in more rapid rates of job growth and more rapid growth in housing costs. It is likely that
migration patterns will shift in 2023 as the broader economy and the labor market slow. That Regions' footprint has an above-
average exposure to manufacturing means it could feel the contraction in the manufacturing sector more acutely, but the larger,
more industrially diverse areas of the footprint are expected to continue to outperform.
The continued economic uncertainty, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of
December 31, 2022. See the "Allowance" section for further information.
2022 Results
Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.1 billion or $2.28 per diluted share in 2022
compared to net income available to common shareholders of $2.4 billion or $2.49 per diluted share in 2021.
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $4.8 billion in 2022 compared to $4.0 billion in 2021. The net
interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.36 percent in 2022, reflecting a 51 basis point increase from 2021. The increase
in net interest income was primarily driven by an increase in market interest rates, average loan growth, which includes
consumer home improvement loans from the fourth quarter 2021 acquisition of EnerBank, and a larger average securities
portfolio. Modest increases in interest expense on deposits and long-term borrowings partially offset the increase in interest
income. The increase in net interest margin was primarily driven by higher market interest rates and the addition of higher-
yielding consumer home improvement loans from the acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021.
The provision for credit losses totaled $271 million in 2022 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $524 million in
2021. The provision for credit losses was higher than net charge-offs by $8 million in 2022. The increase in the provision for
credit losses was driven primarily by economic conditions, normalizing asset quality, and loan growth. Refer to the "Allowance
for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.
Non-interest income was $2.4 billion in 2022 compared to $2.5 billion in 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by
lower mortgage income and unfavorable market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets. Non-interest income also
includes insurance proceeds related to a settlement reached with the CFPB during the third quarter of 2022. See Table 4 "Non-
Interest Income" for further details.
Non-interest expense was $4.1 billion in 2022 and $3.7 billion in 2021. The increase was driven by several expense
categories, primarily salaries and employee benefits expense and professional, legal and regulatory expenses. The increase in
professional, legal and regulatory expenses is related to the settlement with the CFPB discussed previously. These increases
were partially offset by a loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2021. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.
Regions' effective tax rate was 22.0 percent in 2022 compared to 21.6 percent in 2021. See the "Income Taxes" section for
further details.
For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:
•
•
•
"Operating Results" section of MD&A
“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A
“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A
47
Table of Contents
Capital
Capital Actions
Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5
percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated
financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.
As part of the Company's capital plan, on April 21, 2021, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the
Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022. On April 20,
2022, The Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from
the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024. In 2022, Regions repurchased approximately 8 million shares of
common stock under these programs, which reduced shareholders' equity by $230 million.
For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:
•
•
•
"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A
"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A
Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial
statements
Regulatory Capital
Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State
banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules
maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and
10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2022, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 10.91% and
12.54%, respectively.
The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2022 was estimated to be 9.60%.
For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:
•
•
•
“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business
"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A
Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements
Loan Portfolio and Credit
During 2022, total loans increased by $9.2 billion or 10.5 percent compared to 2021. The increase was primarily driven by
an increase in the commercial portfolio of $7.0 billion, demonstrating significant growth through new loan production and an
increase in line utilization. Also contributing to the increase was growth in the investor real estate and consumer portfolios of
$1.4 billion and $876 million, respectively. The economy has been and will continue to be the primary factor which influences
Regions’ loan portfolio. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.
Net charge-offs totaled $263 million, or 0.29 percent of average loans, in 2022, compared to $204 million, or 0.24 percent
in 2021, reflecting increased net charge-offs in the other consumer loan portfolio driven by the sale of unsecured consumer
loans at the end of the third quarter of 2022 and a full year of EnerBank charge-offs. Partially offsetting the increase were
declines in the commercial and industrial and investor real estate mortgage charge-offs. The allowance was 1.63 percent of total
loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2022, a decrease from 1.79 percent at December 31, 2021. The coverage ratio of
allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 317 percent at December 31, 2022, compared to 349 percent at
December 31, 2021.
For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adjusted Net Charge-offs within the Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations"
"Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A
“Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of
MD&A
“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A
“Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” “Troubled Debt Restructurings” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions
within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A
Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements
Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements
48
Table of Contents
Liquidity
At the end of 2022, Regions Bank had $9.2 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve and the loan-to-deposit
ratio was 74 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $1.6 billion. Cash at the Federal Reserve declined
from December 31, 2021 as the Company used cash balances to fund loan growth and experienced a decline in deposits due to
normalizing pandemic liquidity.
At December 31, 2022, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $13.2 billion based on available
collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $14.5 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also
maintains a shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that can be utilized by the Company
to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10
billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.
Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as
established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.
For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:
•
•
•
•
•
“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business
“Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A
“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A
“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A
Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements
2023 Expectations
2023 Expectations (1)
Category
Total Adjusted Revenue (2)
Adjusted Non-Interest Expense
Adjusted Operating Leverage
Ending Loans
Ending Deposits
Net Charge-Offs / Average Loans
Effective Tax Rate
Expectation
Up 8-10%
Up 4.5-5.5%; expect the first half of 2023 to be higher than
the second half of 2023
~4%
Up ~4%
Down $3-$5 billion in the first half of 2023; stable to modest growth in the
second half of 2023
25-35 bps
22-23%
______
(1) Expectation for CET1 is to manage near the upper end of a 9.25-9.75% operating range over the near term.
(2) Expectation utilizes the December 31, 2022 forward interest rate curve.
The reconciliation with respect to these forward-looking non-GAAP measures is expected to be consistent with the actual
non-GAAP reconciliations within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. For more information related to
the Company's 2023 expectations, refer to the related sub-sections discussed in more detail within Management's Discussion
and Analysis of this Form 10-K.
GENERAL
The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and
results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2022 and 2021; in addition, financial
information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.
Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from
net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest
income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the
FRB, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net
interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest
earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit
accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital
markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit
losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, equipment and software expenses, occupancy,
professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income
taxes.
49
Table of Contents
Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services
industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial
institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business
spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among
financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing
products in Regions’ market areas.
Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality
customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with
offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.
Recent Acquisitions
On December 17, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Clearsight Advisors, Inc., a leading-edge mergers
and acquisitions firm headquartered in McLean, Virginia. The transaction closed on December 31, 2021.
On October 4, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, a diversified financial
services firm that facilitates lending in the small-balance commercial real estate market headquartered in Irvine, California. The
transaction closed on December 1, 2021. Refer to the "Sabal Acquisition" section for more detail.
On June 8, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire EnerBank, a consumer lending institution specializing in
home improvement lending headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. The transaction closed on October 1, 2021, and resulted in
the addition of approximately $3.1 billion in loans to consumers. Refer to the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more detail.
Business Segments
Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the
fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its
strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth
Management, with the remainder in Other.
See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’
business segments.
NON-GAAP MEASURES
The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which excludes certain
adjustments that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures
include "adjusted net loan charge-offs", "adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percent of average loans, annualized", “adjusted
non-interest expense", "adjusted non-interest income", "adjusted total revenue", "adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent
basis", and "adjusted operating leverage ratio". Regions believes that excluding certain items provides a meaningful base for
period-to-period comparison, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the
Company and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by management to assess the
performance of Regions’ business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be
indications of ongoing operations. Regions believes that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit
investors to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the
Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:
• Preparation of Regions’ operating budgets
• Monthly financial performance reporting
• Monthly close-out reporting of consolidated results
• Presentations to investors of Company performance
• Metrics for incentive compensation
Net loan charge-offs (GAAP) are presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted net loan-charge offs (non-GAAP).
Adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans (non-GAAP) are calculated as adjusted net loan charge-offs
(non-GAAP) divided by average loans (GAAP) and annualized. Non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding
adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP). Net interest income (GAAP) is presented with taxable-
equivalent adjustments to arrive at net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP). Non-interest income (GAAP) is
presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP). Net interest income (GAAP) and
adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) are added together to arrive at adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP). Net interest
income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP) and adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) are added together to arrive at
adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP). The adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP), which is
a measure of productivity, is calculated as the year over year percentage change in adjusted total revenue on a taxable-
50
Table of Contents
equivalent basis (non-GAAP) less the year over year percentage change in adjusted total non-interest expense (non-GAAP).
Management uses this ratio to monitor performance and believes it provides meaningful information to investors.
Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited.
Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have
limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported
under GAAP. In particular, a measure of earnings that excludes selected items does not represent the amount that effectively
accrues directly to shareholders.
The following table provides: 1) a reconciliation of net loan charge-offs (GAAP) to adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-
GAAP), 2) a computation of adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (non-GAAP), 3) a
reconciliation of non-interest expense (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), 4) a reconciliation of non-interest
income (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), 5) a computation of adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP), 6) a
computation of adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP) and 7) presentation of the operating leverage
ratio (GAAP) and the adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP).
Table 1—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations
ADJUSTED NET CHARGE-OFFS AND RATIO
Net loan charge-offs (GAAP)
Less: charge-offs associated with the sale of unsecured consumer loans (1)
Adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP)
Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(Dollars in millions)
$
263
$
204
$
512
63
—
—
$
200
$
204
$
512
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period (GAAP)
$ 92,282
$ 84,802
$ 87,813
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (GAAP) (2)
Adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (non-GAAP) (2)
0.29 %
0.22 %
0.24 %
0.24 %
0.58 %
0.58 %
_____
(1) At the end of the third quarter of 2022, the Company made the strategic decision to sell certain unsecured consumer loans. These loans were marked down
to fair value through net charge-offs.
(2) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.
51
Table of Contents
ADJUSTED OPERATING LEVERAGE RATIOS
Non-interest expense (GAAP)
Adjustments:
Contribution to Regions Financial Corporation foundation
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses (1)
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Salaries and employee benefits—severance charges
Acquisition expenses
Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)
Net interest income (GAAP)
Taxable-equivalent adjustment (GAAP)
Net interest income, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)
Non-interest income (GAAP)
Adjustments:
Securities (gains) losses, net
Gains on equity investment
Bank-owned life insurance (2)
Leveraged lease termination gains
Insurance proceeds (1)
Adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP)
Total revenue (GAAP)
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)
Total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)
Adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP)
Operating leverage ratio (GAAP) (3)
Adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP) (3)
Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(Dollars in millions)
A $
4,068
$
3,747
$
3,643
B $
C $
D $
E $
—
(179)
(3)
—
—
—
3,886
4,786
47
4,833
2,429
1
—
—
(1)
(50)
F $
2,379
C+E=G $
7,215
C+F=H $
7,165
D+E=I $
7,262
D+F=J $
7,212
(3)
(15)
(5)
(20)
(6)
—
3,698
3,914
44
3,958
2,524
(3)
(3)
(18)
(2)
—
2,498
6,438
6,412
6,482
6,456
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(10)
(7)
(31)
(22)
(31)
(1)
3,541
3,894
48
3,942
2,393
(4)
(50)
(25)
(2)
—
2,312
6,287
6,206
6,335
6,254
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3.46 %
6.63 %
(0.55) %
(1.23) %
2.71 %
2.56 %
_________
(1) The 2022 professional, legal and regulatory expense is related to the settlement of a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received
insurance proceeds related to this settlement. The 2021 and 2020 professional, legal and regulatory expenses are related to professional and legal expenses
for acquisitions.
(2) The 2021 amount is related to an individual BOLI claim benefit. The 2020 amount is related to a gain on the exchange of BOLI policies.
(3) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES
In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by
Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general
banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit
losses, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), residential MSRs and
income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve
for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees
and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable
regulatory guidance.
See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated
financial statements for information about areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.
The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as modifications in the mix and level of loan balances
outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the
general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, inflation, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real
52
Table of Contents
estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, health pandemics, government stimulus, and the
effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes.
Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the
allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated
amounts.
Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new
information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as
part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates.
Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits,
commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or
other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated
amounts. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the
judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current
circumstances and conditions.
In June 2022, the FRB released its estimated modeled credit losses for Regions based on the December 31, 2021 balance
sheet. The FRB estimated credit losses in its severely adverse scenario of $6.0 billion, or 6.9 percent. See the Federal Reserve
stress test disclosures at "Item 1. Business - Capital Requirements" for more information regarding their assumptions in this
stress test.
It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a
wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at
the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be
directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the
impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was 1 standard
deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an
allowance approximately 16 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.
Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the
overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in
risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a
separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by
stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for
commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario generated an increase in the modeled allowance of approximately $144
million for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.
Fair Value Measurements
A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in
earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans
held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs and derivative assets
and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the
lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and
other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated
costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third
parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management
becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts
certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other
identifiable intangible assets.
Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management
uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant
decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s
objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party
investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included
in the fair value estimates.
A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability,
including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use
of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value
may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market
53
Table of Contents
prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or
similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions
are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is
generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on
Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option
pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or
liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.
See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed
discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.
Intangible Assets
Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses
(“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily relationship assets, agency commercial real estate licenses and
purchased credit card relationships). Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and
Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and
circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated
financial statements for further discussion).
Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that
the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it
is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to
bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value,
an impairment test is performed. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including
goodwill. To the extent that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, impairment is not
indicated. Conversely, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount, a loss (which could be
material) would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated fair value. The carrying value of equity for each
reporting unit is determined from an allocation based upon risk weighted assets. Adverse changes in the economic environment,
declining operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of
goodwill.
The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2022, by performing a qualitative
assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the
qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating
performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments,
changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the
events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank,
Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative
impairment test was deemed unnecessary. Refer to Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for
additional discussion of goodwill.
Specific factors as of the date of filing the financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in
assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends
resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased
minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and
Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future
federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or a significant protraction in the
current level of interest rates.
Other identifiable intangible assets such as relationship assets, agency commercial real estate licenses and purchased
credit card relationships, are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could
impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, significant losses of
credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other
identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would be recorded to reduce the carrying amount.
These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period
but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s review indicated there was
no impairment in the value of the intangible assets.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential
MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms
54
Table of Contents
and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously
discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the
estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its residential mortgage servicing portfolio on the
basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its residential MSRs using
discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net
servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted residential mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount
rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of
residential MSRs which impacts earnings. The carrying value of residential MSRs was $812 million at December 31, 2022.
Based on a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, Regions estimates that a reduction in benchmark interest rates of 25 basis points
and 50 basis points would reduce the December 31, 2022 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 1 percent ($10
million) and 3 percent ($22 million), respectively. Conversely, 25 basis point and 50 basis point increases in these rates would
increase the December 31, 2022 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 1 percent ($9 million) and 2 percent ($17
million), respectively. Regions also estimates that an increase in servicing costs of approximately $10 per loan, or 16 percent,
would result in a decline in the value of the residential MSRs by approximately $26 million.
The pro forma fair value analyses presented above demonstrates the sensitivity of fair values to hypothetical changes in
primary mortgage rates and servicing costs. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect an expected outcome. Refer to Note 6
"Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on residential mortgage
servicing rights.
Income Taxes
Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the
consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received. The Company is subject
to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction are
complex and may be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the relevant government taxing authorities.
Therefore, the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining tax accruals and evaluating the Company’s tax
positions, including evaluating uncertain tax positions.
Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the
asset and liability method with the net balance reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated
balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence
available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable
income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable
income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated temporary differences and incorporates
assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. Determining whether deferred tax assets are
realizable is subjective and requires the use of significant judgment. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-
than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company currently maintains a valuation
allowance for certain state carryforwards.
The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any
period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates and
changes in operating activities. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial
statements for further details and discussion.
OPERATING RESULTS
NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN
Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability
to meet its overall performance goals. Both net interest income and net interest margin are influenced by market interest rates
and in 2022, the FOMC increased the Fed funds rate by 425 basis points during the twelve months ended December 31, 2022.
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased by $875 million in 2022 compared to 2021, and net interest
margin increased by 51 basis points to 3.36 percent in 2022. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were
driven primarily by higher interest rates and the addition of higher-yielding consumer home improvement loans from the
acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021. Growth in average loan and average securities portfolio balances also
contributed to the increase in net interest income. A decline in average cash balances, as a result of loan growth and a decline in
deposits due to normalizing pandemic liquidity, also contributed to the increase in net interest margin. Increases in average
interest-bearing deposit balances and costs partially offset the increases in net interest income and net interest margin, and a
decline in PPP forgiveness income in 2022 also impacted net interest income.
55
Table of Contents
Regions' asset yields in 2022 were impacted by the high interest rate environment. The loan portfolio yield increased to
4.46 percent in 2022 from 4.11 percent in 2021. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates
such as 30-day LIBOR, which averaged 1.92 percent in 2022 compared to 0.10 percent in 2021. The increase in loan yields
includes the transfer from higher cash-flow hedge income in 2021 to higher loan product yields in 2022, and is also attributable
to the rise in short-term rates. Additionally, fixed-rate lending production and investment securities portfolio reinvestment,
which contains significant residential fixed-rate exposure, benefited from higher long-term rates. The investment securities
portfolio increased in yield to 2.20 percent in 2022 from 1.86 percent in 2021.
Funding costs remained well-controlled, but increased in 2022 to 0.23 percent compared to 0.12 percent in 2021. Deposit
costs increased to 14 basis points for 2022 compared to 5 basis points for 2021 due primarily to higher interest rates coupled
with a higher interest-bearing balance mix.
See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional
information.
Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a
taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.
Table 2—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased
under agreements to resell
Debt securities (2)(3)
Loans held for sale
Loans, net of unearned income (4)(5)
Interest bearing deposits in other banks
Other earning assets
Total earning assets
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for
sale, net (2)
Allowance for loan losses
Cash and due from banks
Other non-earning assets
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings
Interest-bearing checking
Money market
Time deposits
Other deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing deposits(6)
Total funding sources
Net interest spread (2)
Other liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Noncontrolling Interest
Average
Balance
2022
Income/
Expense
$ — $ —
688
31,281
36
640
4,135
239
51
5,149
19
72
80
26
—
197
—
—
119
316
—
316
92,282
18,396
1,379
143,978
(2,166)
(1,442)
2,321
16,701
$ 159,392
$ 15,940
26,830
31,875
5,578
1
80,224
10
—
2,328
82,562
56,469
139,031
3,858
16,503
—
$ 159,392
2.20
5.63
4.46
1.30
3.69
3.56
0.12
0.27
0.25
0.47
3.52
0.25
3.73
—
5.08
0.38
—
0.23
3.18
Year Ended December 31
2021
Average
Income/
Balance
Expense
(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Average
Balance
Yield/
Rate(1)
Yield/
Rate(1)
2020
Income/
Expense
Yield/
Rate(1)
— % $
3 $ —
533
37
28,604
1,219
0.14 % $ — $ —
582
1.86
28
3.06
24,837
932
— %
2.34
2.95
4.15
0.13
2.37
3.50
3,658
9
33
4,310
14
35
51
76
4
180
1
9
178
368
—
368
0.14
0.16
0.18
1.18
1.58
0.27
1.18
1.13
2.67
0.50
—
0.31
3.00
84,802
22,810
1,289
138,727
623
(1,795)
2,027
14,687
$ 154,269
$ 13,867
25,128
30,615
5,253
2
74,865
12
—
2,823
77,700
55,838
133,538
2,525
18,201
5
$ 154,269
3,496
30
29
4,125
4.11
0.13
2.23
2.97
19
8
8
29
—
64
—
—
103
167
—
167
0.13
0.03
0.03
0.56
1.20
0.09
0.19
—
3.63
0.21
—
0.12
2.75
87,813
7,688
1,382
122,652
935
(1,944)
2,047
14,405
$ 138,095
$ 10,325
21,522
27,877
6,432
252
66,408
46
797
6,601
73,852
44,386
118,238
2,469
17,382
6
$ 138,095
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent
basis (7)
$ 4,833
3.36 %
$ 3,958
2.85 %
$ 3,942
3.21 %
_______
(1) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.
(2) Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.
56
Table of Contents
(3)
Interest income on debt securities includes hedging income of $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and zero for the years ended December
31, 2021 and 2020. Hedging income for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects strategies designed to accelerate hedge notional maturities through the
use of pay fixed swaps. Benefits will migrate to cash flow hedges from loans in the first quarter of 2023.
(4) Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.
(5)
Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, includes hedging income of $140 million, $426 million, and $260 million for the years ended
December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, also includes net loan fees of $64 million, $152
million and $75 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(6) Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing
deposits. The rates for total deposit costs equal 0.14%, 0.05% and 0.16% for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(7) The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income
taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.
Table 3 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net
interest income.
Table 3— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances
Interest income on:
Debt securities
Loans held for sale
Loans, including fees
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
Other earning assets
Total earning assets
Interest expense on:
Savings
Interest-bearing checking
Money market
Time deposits
Other deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under
agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Total interest-bearing liabilities
2022 Compared to 2021
Change Due to
2021 Compared to 2020
Change Due to
Volume
Yield/
Rate
Net
Volume
(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Yield/
Rate
Net
$
53 $
102 $
155 $
80 $
(129) $
(23)
324
(7)
2
349
2
1
—
2
—
5
—
—
(20)
(15)
22
315
216
20
675
(2)
63
72
(5)
—
128
—
—
36
164
(1)
639
209
22
1,024
—
64
72
(3)
—
133
—
—
16
149
8
(126)
21
(2)
(19)
5
5
4
(12)
(3)
(1)
—
(11)
(124)
(136)
1
(36)
—
(2)
(166)
—
(32)
(47)
(35)
(1)
(115)
(1)
2
49
(65)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
364 $
511 $
875 $
117 $
(101) $
(49)
9
(162)
21
(4)
(185)
5
(27)
(43)
(47)
(4)
(116)
(1)
(9)
(75)
(201)
16
______
Notes:
•
•
The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the
relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income
taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.
The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and
investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically
generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities or interest bearing deposits in other banks. Average earning assets in
2022 totaled $144.0 billion, an increase of $5.3 billion as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increases in loans, net of
unearned income, and securities. These increases were partially offset by a decline in cash balances as a result of loan growth
and deposit declines due to normalizing pandemic liquidity. See the "Loans", "Debt Securities", and "Cash and Cash
Equivalents" sections for further details.
Average loans as a percentage of average earning assets were 64 percent and 61 percent in 2022 and 2021, respectively.
The remaining categories of earning assets are shown in Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate
Analysis". The proportion of average earning assets to average total assets, which was 90 percent in both 2022 and 2021,
measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable earning vehicles. Funding
for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. Another significant factor affecting
the net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of average
earning assets funded by average interest-bearing liabilities was 57 percent in 2022 and 56 percent in 2021.
57
Table of Contents
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) CREDIT LOSSES
The provision for (benefit from) credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for
unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the
contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. During 2022, the provision for credit
losses totaled $271 million and net charge-offs were $263 million. This compares to a benefit from credit losses of $524 million
and net charge-offs of $204 million in 2021.
For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and
“Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated
financial statements.
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Table 4—Non-Interest Income
Year Ended December 31
Change 2022 vs. 2021
2022
2021
2020
Amount
Percent
(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts
$
641 $
648 $
621 $
Card and ATM fees
Capital markets income
Investment management and trust fee income
Mortgage income
Investment services fee income
Commercial credit fee income
Bank-owned life insurance
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets - other
Securities gains (losses), net
Insurance proceeds (1)
Gain on equity investment (2)
Other miscellaneous income
513
339
297
156
122
96
62
(45)
(1)
50
—
199
499
331
278
242
104
91
82
20
3
—
3
223
438
275
253
333
84
77
95
12
4
—
50
151
$
2,429 $
2,524 $
2,393 $
(7)
14
8
19
(86)
18
5
(20)
(65)
(4)
50
(3)
(24)
(95)
(1.1) %
2.8 %
2.4 %
6.8 %
(35.5) %
17.3 %
5.5 %
(24.4) %
(325.0) %
(133.3) %
NM
(100.0) %
(10.8) %
(3.8) %
_______
(1) In the third quarter of 2022, the Company settled a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received an insurance reimbursement in the
fourth quarter of 2022 related to the settlement.
(2) The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first
quarter 2021.
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees, corporate analysis service charges, non-sufficient fund fees,
and other customer transaction-related service charges. During the current year, service charges have been impacted by
overdraft-related policy enhancements throughout 2022 and the elimination of non-sufficient fund fees in mid-June 2022.
Capital Markets Income
Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that include securities underwriting and placement,
loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Capital markets
income increased slightly in 2022, driven primarily by higher commercial swap income, which benefited from positive credit/
debit valuation adjustments due to rate and spread movements. Additionally, capital markets income includes revenue from the
fourth quarter 2021 acquisitions of Sabal and Clearsight. Offsetting these increases were declines in securities underwriting and
placement fees and M&A advisory fees. M&A advisory fees were impacted by timing delays due to market volatility during
2022.
Mortgage Income
Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors
and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The decrease in mortgage income in 2022 was due primarily to
lower mortgage production and sales as a result of higher market interest rates. The decline in production and sales was partially
offset by an increase in servicing income and improvement in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights and related hedges.
Mortgage income for 2022 also includes approximately $12 million in gains associated with the re-securitization and sale of
Ginnie Mae loans previously repurchased from their pools in the first quarter of 2022.
Investment Services Fee Income
Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee
income increased during 2022 compared to 2021 due primarily to the rising interest rate environment, which has driven
58
Table of Contents
increases in fixed annuity rates and the related investment income. Also contributing was an increase in assets under
management due to an increase in financial advisors.
Bank-owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value
of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Bank-owned life insurance decreased in 2022 compared to
2021 primarily due to an $18 million individual BOLI claim benefit recognized in the second quarter of 2021.
Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for
certain employee benefits. Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets decreased in 2022 compared to 2021 due to
market volatility. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits and other non-interest expense.
Securities Gains (Losses), net
Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability management process. See Table 6 "Debt
Securities" section and Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for more information.
Insurance Proceeds
Insurance proceeds recognized in 2022 were related to the settlement of a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. See
Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" for more detail.
Other Miscellaneous Income
Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, valuation adjustments to equity investments
(other than the item listed separately in Table 4 above), fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous
income. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing
investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges. Other miscellaneous income
decreased in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to a decline in commercial loan and leasing related fee income, a decrease in
SBIC income, and adjustments made in 2021 to increase the values of other equity investments.
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Table 5—Non-Interest Expense
Salaries and employee benefits
Equipment and software expense
Net occupancy expense
Outside services
Marketing
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses
Credit/checkcard expenses
FDIC insurance assessments
Visa class B shares expense
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges
Other miscellaneous expenses
Salaries and Employee Benefits
Year Ended December 31
Change 2022 vs. 2021
2022
2021
2020
Amount
Percent
$
2,318 $
2,205 $
2,100
$
113
(Dollars in millions)
392
300
157
102
263
66
61
24
—
3
382
365
303
156
106
98
62
45
22
20
5
360
348
313
170
94
89
50
48
24
22
31
354
$
4,068 $
3,747 $
3,643
$
27
(3)
1
(4)
5.1 %
7.4 %
(1.0) %
0.6 %
(3.8) %
165
168.4 %
4
16
2
(20)
(2)
22
321
6.5 %
35.6 %
9.1 %
(100.0) %
(40.0) %
6.1 %
8.6 %
Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other
employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held
for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased during 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to a full
year of expense related to the additional associates from acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021. There was also growth in
full-time equivalent headcount during the year from 19,626 at December 31, 2021 to 20,073 at December 31, 2022. Also
contributing to the increase were annual merit increases that occurred in the second quarter of 2022. These increases were
partially offset by a decline in benefits expense.
59
Table of Contents
Professional, Legal and Regulatory Expenses
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and
regulatory charges. Professional, legal and regulatory expenses increased in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to a
settlement reached with the CFPB in the third quarter of 2022 related to a previously disclosed matter. See Note 23
"Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" for more detail.
FDIC Insurance Assessments
FDIC insurance assessments increased during 2022 compared to 2021 due to higher FDIC premium expenses as a result
of loan growth and declining cash balances.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
In 2021, Regions redeemed its 3.80% senior bank notes and incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges
totaling $20 million.
INCOME TAXES
The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended 2022 was $631 million compared to income tax expense of $694
million for the same period in 2021, resulting in effective tax rates of 22.0% percent and 21.6% percent, respectively. See the
"Executive Overview" for the Company's near-term expectations for future tax rates.
The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of
income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable
housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the
effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as
the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to unrecognized
tax benefits. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.
See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial
statements for additional information about income taxes.
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and
shareholders' equity categories.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
At December 31, 2022, cash and cash equivalents totaled $11.2 billion compared to $29.4 billion at December 31, 2021.
The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in cash on deposit with the FRB partially offset by an increase in cash due from
other banks. In 2022, the Company used cash balances to fund loan growth and experienced a decline in deposits. Also
contributing to the decline in cash balances was securities purchases as a part of hedging and active cash management
strategies. See the "Debt Securities", "Loans", "Liquidity", and "Deposits" sections for more information.
Debt Securities
Debt securities available for sale, which constitute the majority of the securities portfolio, are an important tool used to
manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company. Regions maintains a highly rated
securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency mortgage-backed securities. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit
quality and liquidity. Debt securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and debt securities
backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented
approximately 96 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2022. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not
backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 4 percent
of total debt securities at December 31, 2022. The “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and "Liquidity Risk" sections, found later
in this report, further explain Regions’ interest rate and liquidity risk management practices.
The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2022 was estimated to be 5.77 years, with a duration of
approximately 4.81 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 4.93 years and a duration of approximately
4.25 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2021.
The decrease in debt securities from year-end 2021 was primarily driven by declines in market valuations due to an
increase in market interest rates. Regions made purchases of debt securities available for sale, in addition to normal
reinvestment of maturities and paydowns, totaling approximately $2.8 billion consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury, federal
agency, residential agency mortgage, and commercial agency mortgage-backed securities in 2022, which partially offset the
market value declines. Approximately $2.5 billion of the purchases relate to the Company's hedging strategy with the remaining
purchases related to reinvestment of proceeds from loan sales.
60
Table of Contents
See Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Table 6 "Debt Securities" details the carrying values of debt securities, including both available for sale and held to
maturity.
Table 6—Debt Securities
U.S. Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Corporate and other debt securities
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
1,187
$
1,132
836
2
17,233
1
8,135
186
1,154
$
28,734
$
92
4
19,319
1
6,915
536
1,381
29,380
Table 7 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity
and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.
Table 7— Relative Contractual Maturities
U.S. Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Corporate and other debt securities
Weighted-average yield (1)
Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2022
After Five But
After One But
Within Ten
Within Five
Years
Years
After Ten
Years
Within One
Year
Total
$
$
10
—
—
—
—
59
—
154
223
1.37 %
$
(Dollars in millions)
$
691
582
—
154
—
3,505
—
861
479
146
—
914
1
3,891
—
128
$
7
$
1,187
108
2
16,165
—
680
186
11
836
2
17,233
1
8,135
186
1,154
$
5,793
$
5,559
$
17,159
$
28,734
2.46 %
2.60 %
2.05 %
2.23 %
_________
(1) The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in
Table 2 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole
dollar amounts.
Loans Held For Sale
At December 31, 2022, loans held for sale totaled $354 million, consisting of $160 million of residential real estate
mortgage loans, $153 million of commercial loans, $38 million of consumer and other performing loans, and $3 million of non-
performing loans. At December 31, 2021, loans held for sale totaled $1.0 billion, consisting of $680 million of residential real
estate mortgage loans, $257 million of commercial loans, $53 million of consumer and other performing loans, and $13 million
of non-performing loans. The levels of residential real estate mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's
mortgage originations fluctuate depending on production and retention levels, as well as the timing of origination and sale to
third parties. Commercial loans held for sale include commercial mortgage loans originated for sale to third parties and
commercial loans originally recorded as held for investment when management has the intent to sell. Levels of commercial
loans held for sale fluctuate based on timing of sale to third parties.
Loans
GENERAL
Loans, net of unearned income, represented 71 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2022 compared to 60
percent as of December 31, 2021. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans
(including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor
61
Table of Contents
real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home
equity lines and loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios, and other consumer loans).
Table 8 illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of
December 31, 2022 and 2021 and Table 9 provides information on selected loan maturities as of December 31, 2022:
Table 8—Loan Portfolio
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
Table 9— Loan Maturities
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
2022
2021
(In millions, net of unearned income)
$
50,905 $
5,103
298
56,306
6,393
1,986
8,379
18,810
3,510
2,489
1,248
570
5,697
32,324
$
97,009 $
43,758
5,287
264
49,309
5,441
1,586
7,027
17,512
3,744
2,510
1,184
1,071
5,427
31,448
87,784
Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2022
Within
One Year
After One
But Within
Five Years
After Five
But Within
15 Years
(In millions)
After 15
Years
Total
$
7,696 $
34,103 $
7,644 $
1,462 $
439
13
8,148
2,421
465
2,886
7
116
7
1,248
30
168
1,576
1,561
63
35,727
3,857
1,520
5,377
157
1,355
151
—
287
1,038
2,988
2,935
206
10,785
115
1
116
3,291
2,031
1,856
—
253
1,550
8,981
168
16
1,646
—
—
—
15,355
8
475
—
—
2,941
18,779
$
12,610 $
44,092 $
19,882 $
20,425 $
50,905
5,103
298
56,306
6,393
1,986
8,379
18,810
3,510
2,489
1,248
570
5,697
32,324
97,009
62
Table of Contents
Table 10- Loan Distribution by Rate Type
The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and
variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2022:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
Predetermined
Rate
Variable
Rate (1)
(In millions)
$
13,063 $
2,848
166
16,077
218
2
220
16,592
—
2,482
540
5,292
24,906
$
41,203 $
30,146
1,816
119
32,081
3,754
1,519
5,273
2,211
3,394
—
—
237
5,842
43,196
_________
(1) The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending agreements. For some lending arrangements, Regions
enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The
agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate
floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.
Loans, net of unearned income, totaled $97.0 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $9.2 billion from year-end
2021 levels. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital. Loan balances
increased year over year primarily due to increases in the commercial and industrial, commercial investor real estate mortgage
and residential first mortgage portfolio classes. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of loan growth
in 2023.
PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS
The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 8, explain
changes in balances from year-end 2021 and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is
well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to
certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of
collateral, certain types of industries, certain loan products, or certain regions of the country. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5
"Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.
Commercial
The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal
business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects. Commercial and
industrial loans increased $7.1 million or 16 percent since year-end 2021. The increase in commercial and industrial loan
balances was driven by new loan production and a continued increase in line utilization. In 2022, commercial and industrial
loan growth was broad-based and included increases in the real estate, financial services, information, manufacturing, and
wholesale goods industries. The December 31, 2022 commercial and industrial loan balance included $135 million of PPP
loans, a decrease of $613 million compared to year-end 2021, reflecting continued PPP loan forgiveness.
The commercial portfolio also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses,
which are loans for long-term financing on land and buildings, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-
occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or
construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower.
Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread
across numerous industries, as noted in the table below. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting
certain lending limits for each significant industry.
63
Table of Contents
The following table provides detail of Regions' commercial portfolio balances in selected industries as of December 31:
Table 11—Commercial Industry Exposure
Loans
2022
Unfunded
Commitments
(In millions)
Total Exposure
Administrative, support, waste and repair
$
1,531 $
930 $
Agriculture
Educational services
Energy
Financial services
Government and public sector
Healthcare
Information
Manufacturing
Professional, scientific and technical services
Real estate (1)
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging
Retail trade
Transportation and warehousing
Utilities
Wholesale goods
Other (2)
Total commercial
Agriculture
Educational services
Energy
Financial services
Government and public sector
Healthcare
Information
Manufacturing
Professional, scientific and technical services
Real estate (1)
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging
Retail trade
Transportation and warehousing
Utilities
Wholesale goods
Other (2)
Total commercial
332
3,311
1,559
6,923
3,196
3,650
2,767
5,323
2,604
9,097
1,611
1,360
2,501
3,303
2,510
4,394
334
251
978
3,132
7,681
456
2,359
1,470
4,941
1,626
8,809
648
356
2,297
1,832
2,793
3,876
2,201
336
2,975
1,361
5,582
2,845
3,918
1,929
4,629
2,235
7,343
1,733
1,658
2,247
3,030
2,131
3,756
112
253
948
2,678
5,933
526
2,270
1,233
4,270
1,409
7,720
730
433
2,307
1,538
2,895
3,189
2,425
2,461
583
4,289
4,691
14,604
3,652
6,009
4,237
10,264
4,230
17,906
2,259
1,716
4,798
5,135
5,303
8,270
2,535
2,630
589
3,923
4,039
11,515
3,371
6,188
3,162
8,899
3,644
15,063
2,463
2,091
4,554
4,568
5,026
6,945
2,537
Administrative, support, waste and repair
$
1,489 $
1,141 $
$
56,306 $
46,636 $
102,942
Loans
2021 (3)
Unfunded
Commitments
(In millions)
Total Exposure
$
49,309 $
41,898 $
91,207
_______
(1)
(2)
"Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related.
"Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not
available at the loan level.
(3) As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code
used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new
classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.
64
Table of Contents
Investor Real Estate
Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property.
This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the
sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio
segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’
markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings,
office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total investor real estate loans increased $1.4 billion in comparison
to 2021 year-end balances. The increase was primarily driven by growth in term lending commitments and fundings on
previously committed construction facilities.
Residential First Mortgage
Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed
over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. These loans
increased $1.3 billion in comparison to 2021 year-end balances. The increase is primarily due to a decline in prepayment rate
and an increase in ARM production retained on the balance sheet. The increase was partially offset by the sale of approximately
$285 million of Ginnie Mae loans in the first quarter of 2022, which had been previously repurchased from their pools.
Approximately $4.0 billion in new loan originations were retained on the balance sheet through the year ended December 31,
2022.
Home Equity Lines
Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow
against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased $234 million in comparison to 2021 year-end balances, as
payoffs and paydowns continue to outpace production. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’
branch network.
Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term.
During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From
May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to
May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon
payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.
The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home
equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2022. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon
payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.
Table 12—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028-2033
2033-2037
Thereafter
Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing
First Lien
% of Total
Second Lien
% of Total
Total
(Dollars in millions)
$
72
109
103
144
360
1,014
2
4
47
2.04 % $
3.12
2.94
4.09
10.26
28.88
0.08
0.11
1.34
53
72
110
150
298
931
3
3
35
1.52 % $
2.03
3.13
4.29
8.50
26.53
0.07
0.08
0.99
125
181
213
294
658
1,945
5
7
82
Total
$
1,855
52.86 % $
1,655
47.14 % $
3,510
Home Equity Loans
Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as
amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Substantially all of this portfolio was
originated through Regions’ branch network.
Consumer Credit Quality Data
The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first
mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third
party. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the
Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most
recent valuation and geographic area.
65
Table of Contents
The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and
home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available
due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table
below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category,
regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.
Table 13—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges
December 31, 2022
Residential
First Mortgage
Home Equity Lines of Credit
Home Equity Loans
1st Lien
2nd Lien
(In millions)
1st Lien
2nd Lien
$
64 $
1,456
17,015
275
2 $
3
1,830
20
— $
3
1,627
25
2 $
9
2,205
28
$
18,810 $
1,855 $
1,655 $
2,244 $
1
8
233
3
245
December 31, 2021
Residential
First Mortgage
Home Equity Lines of Credit
Home Equity Loans
1st Lien
2nd Lien
(In millions)
1st Lien
2nd Lien
$
5 $
1,667
15,564
276
1 $
6
2,053
29
— $
8
1,588
59
`
2 $
16
2,305
11
$
17,512 $
2,089 $
1,655 $
2,334 $
1
4
167
4
176
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%
Above 80% - 100%
80% and below
Data not available
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%
Above 80% - 100%
80% and below
Data not available
Consumer Credit Card
Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans.
Other Consumer—Exit Portfolios
Other consumer—exit portfolios includes lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through
automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to
2020 and therefore the portfolio balance has decreased $501 million from year-end 2021.
Other Consumer
Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other
consumer loans increased $270 million from year-end 2021 primarily driven by by increases in consumer home improvement
loans partially offset by the sale of $1.2 billion of unsecured consumer loans at the end of the third quarter of 2022.
Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, and geography as credit
quality indicators for consumer loans. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the
Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for
Credit Losses".
Allowance
The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit
commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded
loan commitments.
The allowance totaled $1.6 billion at both of December 31, 2022 and 2021, which represents management's best estimate
of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios. Key drivers of the change in the allowance by
66
Table of Contents
quarter from year-end 2021 to year-end 2022 are presented in Table 14 below. While many of these items overlap regarding
impact, they are included in the category most relevant.
Table 14— Allowance Changes
Allowance for credit losses, January 1, 2022
Net charge-offs
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative
Other portfolio changes (1)
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs
Allowance for credit losses, March 31, 2022
Allowance for credit losses, April 1, 2022
Net charge-offs
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative (2)
Other portfolio changes (1)
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs
Allowance for credit losses, June 30, 2022
Allowance for credit losses, July 1, 2022
Net charge-offs (4)
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative (3)
Net provision benefit from the sale of unsecured consumer loans (4)
Other portfolio changes (1)
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs
Allowance for credit losses, September 30, 2022
Allowance for credit losses, October 1, 2022
Net charge-offs
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative (3)
Other portfolio changes (1)
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2022
Allowance for Credit Losses
(In millions)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,574
(46)
(54)
18
(82)
1,492
1,492
(38)
(2)
62
22
1,514
1,514
(110)
40
(31)
126
25
1,539
1,539
(69)
1
111
43
1,582
_______
(1) This line item includes the net impact of portfolio growth, portfolio run-off, pay-downs, changes in the mix of total outstanding loans, and credit quality
changes. This line item excludes the impact of PPP loans of $135 million as of December 31, 2022, $177 million as of September 30, 2022, $254 million
as of June 30, 2022 and $437 million as of March 31, 2022, which are fully backed by the U.S. government and have an immaterial associated allowance.
Includes pandemic-related qualitative adjustments.
Includes an incremental provision for estimated hurricane-related loan losses of $20 million for the third quarter of 2022. The hurricane-related allowance
was released in the fourth quarter of 2022.
(2)
(3)
(4) At the end of the third quarter of 2022, the Company sold certain unsecured consumer loans with an associated allowance of $94 million at the time of the
sale. There was a $63 million fair value mark recorded through charge-offs in conjunction with the sale, which resulted in a net provision benefit of $31
million associated with the sale.
67
Table of Contents
The table below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the Base forecast over the two-year R&S forecast
period as of December 31, 2022. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the allowance
models. The unemployment rate in the fourth quarter continued to be lower than the pre-pandemic levels with forecasted
periods expected to remain relatively consistent.
Table 15— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast
Real GDP, annualized % change
Unemployment rate
HPI, year-over-year % change
S&P 500
CPI, year-over-year % change
Pre-R&S
Period
Base R&S Forecast
December 31, 2022
4Q2022
1Q2023
2Q2023
3Q2023
4Q2023
1Q2024
2Q2024
3Q2024
4Q2024
1.1 %
3.7 %
6.1 %
3,881
7.3 %
0.3 %
3.8 %
0.6 %
4.0 %
0.9 %
4.2 %
1.3 %
4.3 %
1.6 %
4.4 %
(0.2) %
(3.8) %
(3.7) %
(2.7) %
(0.5) %
4,067
6.0 %
4,108
4.4 %
4,278
3.7 %
4,434
3.3 %
4,548
2.8 %
2.3 %
4.4 %
1.2 %
4,647
2.4 %
2.2 %
4.4 %
2.6 %
4,727
2.2 %
2.4 %
4.3 %
3.9 %
4,793
2.1 %
In deriving its December 2022 forecast, Regions benchmarked its internal forecast with external forecasts and external
data available. Regions' December 2022 baseline forecast weakened slightly compared to the September 2022 forecast driven
by a slight decline in real GDP growth. The December 2022 baseline forecast continues to anticipate real GDP growth in 2023
supported primarily by consumer spending and business investments in equipment, machinery and intellectual property. While
the baseline forecast continues to anticipate a strong HPI, quarter over quarter growth is expected to decelerate in 2023
compared to double-digit levels experienced in recent quarters. As measured by CPI, inflation is expected to remain above the
FOMC's 2.0 percent target into 2024. Furthermore, ongoing disruptions in supply chains and shipping networks, monetary
policy tightening, and heightened financial volatility provide significant uncertainty over the near-term forecast. See the
"Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" discussion in the "Executive Overview" section for additional
information.
Credit metrics are monitored throughout each quarter in order to understand external macro-views, trends and industry
outlooks, as well as Regions' internal specific views of credit metrics and trends. In the fourth quarter of 2022, asset quality
continued to normalize, as expected, within certain select sectors of the commercial and consumer portfolios. Total net charge-
offs declined $41 million, but increased $22 million excluding the impact of the consumer loan sale in the third quarter of 2022.
Commercial and investor real estate criticized balances increased approximately $378 million, which included an increase in
classified balances of $254 million compared to the third quarter of 2022. Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, and
non-performing assets both increased approximately $5 million compared to the third quarter of 2022. This normalization
resulted in a modest increase to the modeled results in the allowance for credit losses.
Loan growth in the fourth quarter, much of which was in high quality risk rating categories, also contributed to the
increase in the allowance for credit losses modeled results. Additionally, the fourth quarter allowance reflects the full release of
the $20 million adjustment to the modeled results for Hurricane Ian established in the third quarter of 2022.
While Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions
and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. The qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which
is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. The December 31, 2022 general
imprecision allowance decreased slightly compared to the third quarter of 2022 and reflects balanced risk in the economic
forecast.
Based on the overall analysis performed, management deemed an allowance of $1.6 billion to be appropriate to absorb
expected credit losses in the loan and credit commitment portfolios as of December 31, 2022.
68
Table of Contents
Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from previous years' totals, are
included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit Losses".
Table 16—Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for loan losses at January 1
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans
Allowance for loan losses at December 31
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 1
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, as adjusted for change in accounting guidance (1)
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 31
Allowance for credit losses at December 31
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period
69
2022
2021
2020
(Dollars in millions)
$ 2,167
$
—
2,167
$ 1,479
—
1,479
869
438
1,307
102
5
—
5
1
5
1
40
18
198
375
47
3
—
2
5
12
2
8
5
28
112
55
2
—
3
(4)
(7)
(1)
32
13
170
263
248
—
124
3
1
20
2
6
1
43
31
97
328
56
3
—
3
5
14
4
11
5
23
124
68
—
1
17
(3)
(8)
(3)
32
26
74
204
(493)
9
1,464
1,479
95
—
95
23
118
$ 1,582
$ 97,009
$ 92,282
126
—
126
(31)
95
$ 1,574
$ 87,784
$ 84,802
358
10
—
1
6
12
3
58
61
104
613
38
5
—
3
3
12
3
10
9
18
101
320
5
—
(2)
3
—
—
48
52
86
512
1,312
60
2,167
45
63
108
18
126
$ 2,293
$ 85,266
$ 87,813
Table of Contents
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized (2):
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total
Ratios (2):
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale
2022
2021
2020
(Dollars in millions)
0.11 %
0.04 %
(0.03) %
0.11 %
0.06 %
0.04 %
(0.02) %
(0.19) %
(0.05) %
2.72 %
1.75 %
2.99 %
0.29 %
1.63 %
1.51 %
317 %
293 %
0.16 %
— %
0.42 %
0.14 %
0.30 %
0.23 %
(0.02) %
(0.20) %
(0.11) %
2.83 %
1.70 %
2.41 %
0.24 %
1.79 %
1.69 %
349 %
328 %
0.71 %
0.09 %
0.27 %
0.64 %
(0.03) %
(0.03) %
0.02 %
(0.01) %
0.01 %
3.84 %
1.86 %
3.26 %
0.58 %
2.69 %
2.54 %
308 %
291 %
_______
(1) Regions adopted accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance. See Note 1 for
additional details.
(2) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.
Net charge-offs increased $59 million year-over-year, primarily driven by an increase in net charge-offs in the other
consumer portfolio due to the sale of unsecured consumer loans at the end of the third quarter of 2022. See Table 1 "GAAP to
Non-GAAP Reconciliations" for further details. Also contributing to the increase in other consumer net charge offs is $39
million in net charge-offs from the addition of the EnerBank portfolio for 2022 compared to $7 million in 2021. Partially
offsetting the increase in net charge-offs were declines in the commercial and industrial and commercial investor real estate
mortgage portfolios. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for net charge-offs in 2023.
Allocation of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows:
Table 17—Allowance Allocation
2022
2021
Loan
Balance
Allowance
Allocation
Allowance to
Loans %(1)
Loan
Balance
Allowance
Allocation
Allowance to
Loans %(1)
Commercial and industrial
$
50,905 $
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
Total
_____
(1) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.
5,103
298
56,306
6,393
1,986
8,379
18,810
3,510
2,489
1,248
570
5,697
32,324
628
102
7
737
114
28
142
124
77
29
134
39
300
703
(Dollars in millions)
1.2 % $
43,758 $
2.0
2.3
1.3
1.8
1.4
1.7
0.7
2.2
1.2
10.7
6.8
5.3
2.2
5,287
264
49,309
5,441
1,586
7,027
17,512
3,744
2,510
1,184
1,071
5,427
31,448
613
118
9
740
77
10
87
122
83
28
120
64
330
747
1.4 %
2.2
3.5
1.5
1.4
0.6
1.2
0.7
2.2
1.1
10.2
6.0
6.1
2.4
$
97,009 $
1,582
1.6 % $
87,784 $
1,574
1.8 %
70
Table of Contents
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)
TDRs are modified loans in which a concession is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Residential
first mortgage, home equity, consumer credit card and other consumer TDRs are consumer loans modified under the CAP.
Commercial and investor real estate loan modifications are not the result of a formal program, but represent situations where
modifications were offered as a workout alternative. Renewals of classified commercial and investor real estate loans are
considered to be TDRs, even if no reduction in interest rate is offered, if the existing terms are considered to be below market.
Insignificant modifications are not considered TDRs. More detailed information is included in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit
Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.
As provided initially in the CARES Act and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act, certain
loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through January 1, 2022 were eligible for
relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required
guidelines for relief were not considered TDRs and are excluded from the December 31, 2021 disclosures below. The following
table summarizes the loan balance and related allowance for accruing and non-accruing TDRs for the periods ending December
31:
Table 18—Troubled Debt Restructurings
Accruing:
Commercial
Investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Other consumer
Non-accrual status or 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Total TDRs - Loans
2022
2021
Loan
Balance
Allowance for
Credit Losses
Loan
Balance
Allowance for
Credit Losses
(In millions)
$
98 $
12 $
81 $
13
302
26
52
1
492
90
32
3
6
$
131
623 $
1
31
4
9
—
57
11
4
—
1
16
73 $
1
220
28
58
4
392
87
31
2
6
126
518 $
4
—
31
3
8
—
46
14
5
—
1
20
66
71
Table of Contents
The following table provides an analysis of the changes in commercial and investor real estate TDRs. TDRs with
subsequent restructurings that meet the definition of a TDR are only reported as TDR additions in the period they were first
modified. Other than resolutions such as charge-offs, foreclosures, payments, sales and transfers to held for sale, Regions may
remove loans from TDR classification if the following conditions are met: the borrower's financial condition improves such that
the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, the loan has not
been restructured as an "A" note/"B" note, the loan has been reported as a TDR over one fiscal year-end and the loan is
subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms such that it qualifies as a new loan.
For the consumer portfolio, changes in TDRs are primarily due to additions from CAP modifications and outflows from
payments and charge-offs. Given the types of concessions currently being granted under the CAP as detailed in Note 5
"Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements, Regions does not expect that the market interest rate
condition will be widely achieved.
Table 19—Analysis of Changes in Commercial and Investor Real Estate TDRs
Balance, beginning of year
Additions
Charge-offs
Foreclosures
Other activity, inclusive of payments and removals(1)
Balance, end of year
2022
2021
Commercial
Investor
Real Estate
Commercial
Investor
Real Estate
$
$
(In millions)
168 $
1 $
201 $
155
(9)
(1)
(125)
51
—
—
(39)
115
(12)
—
(136)
188 $
13 $
168 $
44
71
—
—
(114)
1
_________
(1) The majority of this category consists of payments and sales. It also includes normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments, loans transferred to
held for sale, removals and reclassifications between portfolio segments and commercial and investor real estate loans refinanced or restructured as new
loans and removed from the TDR classification.
72
Table of Contents
NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:
Table 20—Non-Performing Assets
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Total consumer
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale
Non-performing loans held for sale
Total non-performing loans(1)
Foreclosed properties
Total non-performing assets(1)
Accruing loans 90 days past due:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage(2)
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties, non-marketable investments, and non-performing loans held for sale
2022
2021
(Dollars in millions)
$
347
$
305
29
6
382
53
53
31
28
6
65
500
3
503
13
516
30
1
31
40
40
47
15
8
15
1
17
$
$
52
11
368
3
3
33
40
7
80
451
13
464
10
474
5
1
6
—
—
74
21
12
12
2
13
$
$
$
$
103
174
0.52 %
0.53 %
134
140
0.53 %
0.54 %
_________
(1) Excludes accruing loans 90 days past due.
(2) Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to Ginnie Mae where Regions has the right
but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90 days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $34 million at December 31, 2022 and $49 million at
December 31, 2021.
Non-performing loans increased during 2022 driven primarily by increases in agriculture, business offices, and
professional, scientific and technical services segments which were partially offset by improvements in the energy, restaurant,
accommodation, and lodging, and utilities segments. Economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in
commodity prices, and collateral valuations will impact the future level of non-performing assets. Circumstances related to
individually large credits could also result in volatility.
73
Table of Contents
The following table provides an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:
Table 21— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans
Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2022
Commercial
Investor
Real Estate
Consumer(1)
Total
Balance at beginning of year
$
368 $
Additions
Net payments/other activity
Return to accrual
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)
Transfers to held for sale(3)
Transfers to real estate owned
Sales
Balance at end of year
440
(156)
(156)
(97)
(13)
(4)
—
(In millions)
3 $
58
(1)
—
(5)
—
—
(2)
$
80
—
(15)
—
—
—
—
—
65
$
451
498
(172)
(156)
(102)
(13)
(4)
(2)
500
$
382 $
53 $
Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Commercial
Investor
Real Estate
Consumer(1)
Total
Balance at beginning of year
$
524 $
Additions
Net payments/other activity
Return to accrual
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)
Transfers to held for sale(3)
Transfers to real estate owned
417
(291)
(141)
(114)
(25)
(2)
(In millions)
114 $
4
(1)
(1)
(19)
(94)
—
107 $
—
(27)
—
—
—
—
Balance at end of year
$
368 $
3 $
80 $
745
421
(319)
(142)
(133)
(119)
(2)
451
________
(1) All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single
net number within the net payments/other activity line.
Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.
(2)
(3) Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs recorded upon transfer.
Other Earning Assets
Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB and FHLB stock, marketable equity securities, and other
miscellaneous earning assets. The balance at December 31, 2022 totaled $1.3 billion, increasing from $1.2 billion at December
31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in other miscellaneous earning assets. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the
consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment at December 31, 2022 decreased $96 million to $1.7 billion compared to year-end 2021. This
decrease primarily resulted from depreciation expense on existing assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2022 and 2021. Refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section
earlier in this report for detailed discussions of the Company’s methodology for testing goodwill for impairment. Refer to Note
1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for the
methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis. Additionally, see the "EnerBank" and "Sabal"
sections for details on goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions in 2021.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights at Fair Value
Residential MSRs increased approximately $394 million from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022. The year-over-
year increase was primarily due to purchases of residential MSRs. Also contributing to the increase were valuation adjustments
on the MSR portfolio due to changes in market interest rates and other inputs including prepayment speeds. An analysis of
residential MSRs is presented in Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements.
74
Table of Contents
Other Assets
Other assets increased $2.0 billion to $9.0 billion as of December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to an increase
in deferred income tax assets due to increases in unrealized losses on securities available for sale and derivative instruments.
Also contributing to the increase were in-process items associated with a program which provides direct-deposit customers
access to their qualifying payroll funds up to two days early and creates in-process receivables for certain participating
employers' and federal and state government payments.
Deposits
Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability
to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets
customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high
level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations for its customers. Regions also serves customers
through providing centralized, high-quality banking services through the Company's digital channels and contact center.
Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 95 percent of average earning assets in 2022 and 94
percent of average earning assets in 2021. Table 22 "Deposits" details year-over-year deposit balance decline on a period-
ending basis. Total deposits at December 31, 2022 decreased approximately $7.3 billion compared to year-end 2021 levels
across most categories.
Deposit costs increased to 14 basis points for 2022, compared to 5 basis points for 2021. The rate paid on interest-bearing
deposits increased to 25 basis points in 2022 compared to 9 basis points for 2021. In 2022, short-term interest rates increased
rapidly throughout the year, but despite the increase in interest rates, deposit costs remained controlled. Low deposit costs are
driven primarily by the composition of the Company's deposit base, which includes a significant amount of low-cost and
relatively small account balance consumer deposits. The deposit base composition is a key component of the Company's
franchise value. Deposit balances acquired through periods of excess liquidity during 2021 have declined from year-end 2021,
as expected. See the “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” section for further discussion of these balances.
The following table summarizes deposits by category as of December 31:
Table 22—Deposits
Non-interest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing checking
Savings
Money market—domestic
Time deposits
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
51,348 $
25,676
15,662
33,285
5,772
58,369
28,018
15,134
31,408
6,143
$
131,743 $
139,072
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $7.0 billion to $51.3 billion at year-end 2022. Non-interest-bearing
demand deposits accounted for approximately 39 percent of total deposits at year-end 2022 compared to 42 percent at year-end
2021. Interest-bearing checking deposits decreased $2.3 billion to $25.7 billion and accounted for approximately 19 percent and
20 percent of total deposits for 2022 and 2021, respectively. The declines across non-interest bearing demand and interest-
bearing checking are primarily due to corporate and wealth management customers continuing to reduce excess balances
accumulated over the past two years. Additionally, as interest rates have increased corporate customers have remixed into
higher-yielding deposit accounts.
Savings accounts increased $528 million to $15.7 billion at year-end 2022 and accounted for 12 percent of total deposits
at year-end 2022 compared to 11 percent at year-end 2021. Money market accounts increased $1.9 billion to $33.3 billion at
year-end 2022 and accounted for approximately 25 percent of total deposits at year-end 2022 compared to 23 percent at year-
end 2021. The increase in money market balances is primarily due to rate-seeking behavior exhibited by corporate customers as
discussed above.
Included in time deposits are certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Time deposits decreased $371
million to $5.8 billion at year-end 2022. The decline in time deposits was driven by a decline in accounts acquired through
EnerBank as these deposits are not being replaced when they mature. Time deposits accounted for 4 percent of total deposits in
both 2022 and 2021.
See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for deposits in 2023.
The amount of estimated uninsured deposits at December 31, 2022 and 2021, totaled $49.3 billion and $56.2 billion,
respectively. The estimate of uninsured deposits was based upon methodologies used in the Company's Call Report. Time
deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $790 million and $571 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021,
respectively.
75
Table of Contents
The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2022:
Table 23—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less
Over 3 through 6 months
Over 6 through 12 months
Over 12 months
Borrowed Funds
2022
(In millions)
$
$
120
150
219
130
619
Total long-term borrowings decreased approximately $123 million to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022 due entirely to
valuation adjustments. Regions and Regions Bank did not issue or redeem any debt in 2022.
See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-
term borrowings.
Ratings
Table 24 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by
Standard and Poor's ("S&P"), Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service Morningstar ("DBRS") as of December 31,
2022.
Table 24—Credit Ratings
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debt
Subordinated debt
Regions Bank
Short-term
Long-term bank deposits
Senior unsecured debt
Subordinated debt
Outlook
As of December 31, 2022
S&P
Moody’s
Fitch
DBRS
BBB+
BBB
A-2
N/A
A-
BBB+
Stable
Baa1
Baa1
P-1
A1
Baa1
Baa1
Stable
A-
BBB+
F1
A
A-
BBB+
Stable
A
AL
R-1M
AH
AH
A
Stable
On February 17, 2022, Moody's upgraded the senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings of Regions Financial
Corporation to Baa1 from Baa2 and changed the outlook to Stable from Under Review. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior
unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were upgraded to Baa1 from Baa2, and its long-term bank deposits rating was
upgraded to A1 from A2. The upgrades reflect both the Company's improved core profitability and asset risk profile, as well as
the strength of the Company's funding and liquidity position.
On October 14, 2022, Fitch upgraded Regions' long-term issuer default rating and senior unsecured debt ratings to A-
from BBB+, subordinated debt rating to BBB+ from BBB, and changed the Outlook to Stable from Positive citing the
Company's strong earnings power and improved risk profile. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior unsecured debt rating was
upgraded to A- from BBB+, the long-term bank deposits rating was upgraded to A from A-, and the subordinated debt rating
was upgraded to BBB+ from BBB.
On November 7, 2022, DBRS upgraded the senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings of Regions Financial
Corporation to A and AL from AL and BBBH, respectively and changed the outlook to Stable from Positive. Additionally,
Regions Bank's senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were upgraded to AH and A from A and AL, and its long-term
bank deposits rating was upgraded to AH from A. The upgrades reflect both the Company's strong core profitability and risk
management practices, as well as the strength of the Company's funding and liquidity position.
In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy,
liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in
credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’
access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its
letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See the “Risk Factors”
section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.
76
Table of Contents
A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.
Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each
credit rating agency.
Shareholders' and Total Equity
Shareholders’ equity was $15.9 billion at December 31, 2022 as compared to $18.3 billion at December 31, 2021. During
2022, net income increased shareholders' equity by $2.2 billion, cash dividends on common stock and cash dividends on
preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $692 million and $99 million, respectively. Changes in AOCI decreased
shareholders' equity by $3.6 billion, primarily due to the net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale
and derivative instruments as a result of significant changes in market interest rates during 2022. Common stock repurchased
during 2022 decreased shareholders' equity $230 million. These shares were immediately retired and therefore are not included
in treasury stock.
Total equity includes noncontrolling interest of $4 million, representing the unowned portion of a low income housing tax
credit fund syndication, of which Regions held the majority interest at December 31, 2022.
See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial
statements for additional information.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
CAPITAL RULES
Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State
banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and
selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules,
Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the FRB's rules for
tailoring enhanced prudential standards.
Federal banking agencies allowed a phase-in of the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. At December 31, 2021, the
add-back to regulatory capital was calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in
the allowance. The amount is phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2022. At December 31, 2022, the net impact of
the addback on CET1 was approximately $306 million or approximately 24 basis points. The add-back amounts will decrease
by approximately $100 million each year, or approximately 8 basis points, in the first quarters of 2023, 2024, and 2025.
Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5
percent. See Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for further
details regarding CCAR results.
See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of a range for CET1.
Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the
federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and
Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section. Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding
company and bank regulatory capital requirements is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions"
to the consolidated financial statements.
LIQUIDITY
Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance
with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools
to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management
Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management
framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk
limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity
regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile.
See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors"
section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk
management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire
Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable
77
Table of Contents
assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.
The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk,
liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.
• Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices,
such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.
• Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an
inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the
Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of
inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").
• Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.
• Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from
external events.
• Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative,
regulatory, or contractual perspectives.
• Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or
regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.
• Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or
not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.
• Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor
implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating
environment.
Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's
Discussion and Analysis.
Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following
four components:
• Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and
operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to
enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The
Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the
overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a
clear expectation of executive management and the Board.
•
•
Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing
to take to achieve its objectives.
Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify,
measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.
• Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the
Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both
existing and emerging risks.
Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four
components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly
designate risk management activities within the Company.
•
•
•
1st Line of Defense activities provide for the identification, acceptance and ownership of risks.
2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of
the Company’s aggregate risk levels.
3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the
Company.
The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the
Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and
compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on
oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial
reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for
78
Table of Contents
additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk
profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles
and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is
designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the
Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business
decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the
Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.
The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’
risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities
of the Risk Management Group include:
•
•
Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;
Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;
• Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the
individual area and or product;
• Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and
mitigation processes in place; and
• Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk
controls.
As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the
Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the
Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems
and processes.
Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring
and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well
as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to
ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.
Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder
of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s
efforts.
EFFECTS OF INFLATION
The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution
differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or
inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. While the implications differ for a bank, inflation does have influence on the
growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting level of capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market
interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments.
Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of
Regions’ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. The Company was asset sensitive as of December 31, 2022,
and therefore, net interest income benefits from higher interest rates. Recent hedging activity has reduced the exposure to net
interest income due to changes in interest rates in the future. Forward starting hedges beginning in 2023 and beyond are
designed to protect net interest income and net interest margin against the potential for interest rates to move lower. Refer to
Table 25 "Interest Rate Sensitivity" for additional details on Regions’ interest rate sensitivity.
Additionally, inflation has the potential to impact credit risk. Periods of inflation could influence asset prices and business
input costs which could affect the ability of borrowers to repay loans. The Company has sound credit risk management
practices to maintain a credit portfolio through the economic cycle. Refer to the "Credit Risk" section for further details on
regions credit risk management process.
EFFECTS OF DEFLATION
A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions. Potentially, deflation could lead to lower
profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could
depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through reduced balance sheet growth and less favorable product pricing,
as well as impairment in the ability of borrowers to repay loans.
Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to Regions’ ability to
maintain a sufficient amount of capital to cushion against future market and credit related losses. However, the Company can
79
Table of Contents
utilize certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to
develop.
MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK
Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as
well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the
financial products and services that the Company offers. To quantify this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest
income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate
movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.
Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure.
Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential
impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual
characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements,
the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and
customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity
characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered,
such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as
well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.
The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest
rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing
interest rate sensitivity, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario
derived using “market forward rates.” The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the instantaneous parallel rate shifts of
plus and minus 100 and 200 basis points. In addition to parallel rate shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios
are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may
more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements.
Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—As of December 31, 2022, Regions was asset sensitive to both gradual and
instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December
2023.
The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in the table below reflects the combined
impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. Currently, net interest income is projected to benefit from
rising short-term interest rates (i.e. asset sensitive profile). An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed
Funds rate, the rate of Interest on Excess Reserves, 1 month LIBOR, SOFR and BSBY) will drive the yield on assets and
liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. Under either environment, it is expected that changes in funding costs
and balance sheet hedging income will only somewhat offset the change in asset yields.
Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate and long term yield curve tenors. While this was a headwind to net
interest income during a low rate environment, it represents a tailwind to net interest income growth as the yield curve rises. An
increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swaps and mortgage
rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed-rate, newly originated or renewed loans, increase prospective yields on certain
investment portfolio purchases, and reduce amortization of premium expense on existing securities in the investment portfolio.
The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall.
The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 25 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates
regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual
shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining
to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties
associated with the impact of tightening monetary policy on industry liquidity levels and the cost of that liquidity, management
evaluates the impact to its sensitivity analysis from these key assumptions. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should
not be considered to be predictive of future results.
The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet growth in the
coming 12 months. In the fourth quarter of 2022, Regions experienced a continuation of declining low-cost deposit balances,
both from the normalization of balances acquired from stimulative policies, as well as from late-cycle rate seeking behavior by
higher balance customers. The baseline projects between $3 billion and $5 billion of additional deposit runoff over the first half
of 2023, before balances stabilize and begin to modestly expand. An additional deposit outflow of $1 billion would reduce net
interest income by $26 million over 12 months in the parallel +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Conversely, if an
additional $1 billion are retained a positive benefit of $26 million would be expected over 12 months in the parallel +100 basis
point scenario in Table 25.
80
Table of Contents
In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of legacy deposits will change versus the base case as
informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Management assumes that in rising rate scenarios, some shift from non-interest-
bearing to interest-bearing products will occur. The magnitude of the shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $4
billion over 12 months in the parallel +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Furthermore, over the 12 month horizon, an
increase of $1 billion in deposit remixing would decrease net interest income by approximately $20 million, and a decrease of
$1 billion in deposit remixing would increase net interest income by $20 million.
The deposit beta is calibrated using the experience from prior rate cycles and is dynamic across both interest rate level
and time. In the base case scenario, management expects a mid-30 percent full cycle beta by year-end 2023. The parallel +100
basis point shock scenario in Table 25 also incorporates an incremental beta of approximately 40 percent above the base case
scenario. Incremental deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5 percent in the parallel +100 basis point shock
would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $40 million.
The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e.,
including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. Some forward-starting swaps
have starting dates beyond the next 12 months. Therefore, while the impact of hedges on reported exposure is limited, they will
meaningfully reduce the net interest income sensitivity to changes in market interest rates when they enter the measurement
window. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 26 and its accompanying description.
Table 25—Interest Rate Sensitivity
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points
+ 100 basis points
- 100 basis points
- 200 basis points
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points
+ 100 basis points
- 100 basis points
- 200 basis points
Estimated Annual Change
in Net Interest Income
December 31, 2022(1)(2)
(In millions)
$
$
184
101
(147)
(306)
201
121
(222)
(474)
________
(1) Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases
and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.
(2) Active cash flow hedges reflected within the measurement horizon. Forward starting cash flow hedges already transacted will reduce sensitivity levels
through 2023 as they move into the measurement horizon. See Table 27 for additional information regarding hedge start and maturity dates.
Regions' comprehensive interest rate risk management approach uses derivatives, as discussed further below, and debt
securities to manage its interest rate risk position.
During the fourth quarter of 2022, as part of its dynamic balance sheet management strategy, the Company executed
transactions to extend incremental downside rate protection over a longer horizon and modestly adjusted near-term protection,
which included adding $4 billion in forward-starting cash flow swaps.
Approximately $3 billion of cash flow swaps are forward starting, 3 year, receive-fixed swaps that become active in 2025
with a weighted average, receive-fixed rate of 3.35 percent, paying overnight SOFR. Approximately $1 billion are forward
starting, 6 month, receive-fixed swaps that become active in January 2023 with a weighted average, receive-fixed rate of 4.41
percent, paying overnight SOFR.
Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the Company entered into $1.5 billion of forward-starting, 3 year, receive-fixed swaps
that become active in January 2026 with a weighted average, received-fix rate of 3.01% percent, paying overnight SOFR.
Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact
the carrying value of shareholders’ equity.
Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which
consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity,
approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with
customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit, and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions
employs are forward rate contracts, futures contracts, interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and
floors, and forward sale commitments.
81
Table of Contents
Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield.
Futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash
settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically
entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged
but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase
or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell
market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one
currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's
customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit
risk that another party will fail to perform.
Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and floors in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion
of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities
available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate loan portfolios to
fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage
origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest
rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward
sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and
pricing.
The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage
interest rate risk:
Table 26—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed - debt securities available for sale(1)(2)
Receive fixed/pay variable - borrowed funds
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable - floating-rate loans(1)(2)(3)
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
December 31, 2022
Maturity
(Years)
Weighted-Average
Receive
Rate(3)
(Dollars in millions)
Pay Rate(3)
9.1
3.8
3.3
3.2 %
0.6 %
2.7 %
4.3 %
2.8 %
4.4 %
Notional
Amount
$
$
23
1,400
30,600
32,023
_________
(1) Floating rates represent the most recent fixing for active derivatives and the first forward fixing for future starting derivatives.
(2)
(3) Approximately $22 billion of hedges pay overnight SOFR.
Includes forward starting notional. For more information on notional by year, see Table 27.
The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the remaining annual
periods. Asset hedge notional amounts mature prior to the end of 2031, with an immaterial amount of notional maturing in early
2032.
Table 27—Schedule of Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives
Quarters Ended
Years Ended
Average Active Notional Amount
3/31/2023 6/30/2023 9/30/2023 12/31/2023
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
(in millions)
Asset Hedging
Relationships:
Receive fixed/pay
variable swaps
Receive variable/pay
fixed swaps
Net receive fixed/pay
variable swaps
$ 10,706 $ 10,850 $ 15,741 $
18,749 $ 14,038 $ 20,535 $ 18,989 $ 13,784 $ 8,958 $ 3,112 $
4 $ — $ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15
23
23
23
23
$ 10,706 $ 10,850 $ 15,741 $
18,749 $ 14,038 $ 20,535 $ 18,989 $ 13,784 $ 8,943 $ 3,089 $
(19) $
(23) $
(23)
_________
(1) All cash flow hedges are reflected within the 12-month measurement horizon and included in income sensitivity levels as disclosed in Table 25.
Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios
by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer
transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial
strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting
82
Table of Contents
agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting
agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or
posted to that counterparty. Most hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing.
The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to
benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report
contains more information on the management of credit risk.
Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign
exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics
are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are
held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.
The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic
perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall
effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its
valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.
See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a
tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.
Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage
income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to
residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of
Regions’ current portfolio.
LIBOR TRANSITION
On March 5, 2021, the FCA announced that LIBOR would not be available for use after December 31, 2021 and would
not be published after June 30, 2023. Regions ceased origination of all new LIBOR-based lending on December 31, 2021.
Existing contracts referencing USD LIBOR settings must be remediated no later than June 30, 2023. Regions holds instruments
that may be impacted by the discontinuance of LIBOR, including loans, investments, derivative products, floating-rate
obligations, and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a benchmark rate. The Company has established a LIBOR
Transition Program, which includes dedicated leadership and staff, with all relevant business lines and support groups engaged.
As part of this program, the Company continues to identify, assess, and monitor risks associated with the discontinuation of
LIBOR. Steps to mitigate risks associated with the transition are being overseen by Regions’ Executive LIBOR Steering
Committee. Regions is following industry efforts to develop alternative reference rates and has been offering new benchmarks
as they are adopted by regulatory agencies and industry groups.
Regions has taken proactive steps to facilitate the transition on behalf of customers, which include:
•
•
•
The adoption and ongoing implementation of fallback provisions that provide for the determination of
replacement rates for LIBOR-linked financial products.
The adoption of new products linked to alternative reference rates, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, consistent
with guidance provided by the U.S. regulators, ARRC, and GSEs.
The discontinuation of LIBOR-based commercial lending on December 31, 2021, consistent with regulatory
guidelines.
Regions continues to evaluate its financial and operational infrastructure in its effort to transition all financial and
strategic processes, systems, and models to reference rates other than LIBOR. Regions has also implemented processes to
educate all client-facing associates and coordinate communications with customers regarding the transition.
Regions has exposure to LIBOR-based products throughout several lines of business. As of December 31, 2022, Regions
had the following exposures that reference LIBOR:
•
•
•
•
•
Approximately $13.5 billion of total commercial and investor real estate loans, of which approximately $12.0
billion mature after June 30, 2023;
Approximately $708.6 million of total consumer loans, all of which mature after June 30, 2023;
Securities within the investment portfolio of approximately $232 million, all of which mature after June 30, 2023;
Notional amount of interest rate derivatives totaling approximately $82.9 billion, of which approximately $73.9
billion mature after June 30, 2023;
Series B and C preferred stock with total carrying values of $433 million and $490 million, respectively, that
reference LIBOR when their dividend rate begins to float after LIBOR is no longer published.
83
Table of Contents
On March 15, 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate Act was signed into law with the purpose of establishing a clear and
uniform process for replacing LIBOR in existing contracts. Among the provisions of this legislation, contracts may be
transitioned to SOFR to gain a legal safe harbor. The Company has assessed the impact of this legislation and expects to allow
certain clients to fallback to SOFR upon the cessation of LIBOR, consistent with the guidelines in the legislation.
In the third quarter of 2020, Regions adopted temporary accounting relief for affected transactions that reference LIBOR.
See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Regions' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2020 for details.
MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK
Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under
different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For
example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its
obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these
funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset
yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not
having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value
of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio, the
mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of
these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due
to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain
lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing
dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The
Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks
cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form
of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest
income forecasting and interest rate risk management.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the
Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to
satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions
maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. Furthermore, Regions performs
specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available
liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.
Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets,
consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio
provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' deposit base. See Note 4 "Loans", Note 10 "Deposits", and
Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and
principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt
Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the portfolio (for example, the
agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements.
Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities (including borrowing capacity at the FHLB, as discussed below)
aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as
obligations related to potential litigation. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated
financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements. Liquidity needs can also be met by
borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the
volatility that can affect such markets.
The balance with the FRB is the primary component of the balance sheet line item, “interest-bearing deposits in other
banks.” At December 31, 2022, Regions had approximately $9.2 billion in cash on deposit with the FRB and other depository
institutions, a decrease from approximately $28.1 billion at December 31, 2021, as cash balances have been used to fund loan
growth and for securities purchases throughout 2022 and as the Company has experienced deposit declines as a result of
normalizing pandemic liquidity. The average balance held with the FRB was approximately $18.4 billion and $22.8 billion
during 2022 and 2021, respectively. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" section for more information.
Regions’ borrowing availability with the FRB as of December 31, 2022, based on assets pledged as collateral on that
date, was $13.2 billion.
84
Table of Contents
Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position.
As of December 31, 2022, Regions had no FHLB borrowings and its total borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled
approximately $14.5 billion. FHLB borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. Regions
Bank pledged certain eligible securities and loans as collateral for FHLB advances and future borrowing capacity. Additionally,
investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to
continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial
statements for additional information.
Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or
equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal
amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements
for additional information.
Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated
debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for
retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to
the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
In addition to the liquidity sources and obligations discussed above, the Company also has other contractual obligations,
which include unused commitments to extend credit, property leases, employee benefit obligations, and commitments to fund
low income housing tax partnerships. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees", Note 13 "Leases", Note 17
"Employee Benefit Plans", and Note 2 "Variable Interest Entities" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion
regarding these obligations.
Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of
debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding
company totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk
Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the
established limits.
CREDIT RISK
Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with
acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In
order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and
classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the
"Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each
loan type. See further discussion of the current U.S. economic environment in the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking
Markets" section and counterparty risk below.
Management Process
Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the
levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties
has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which
engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces
by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides
credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to
promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy
and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.
Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting
of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk
governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of
communication.
Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and
manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications,
and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb
expected losses in the portfolio.
For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical
Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance
for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit
85
Table of Contents
Losses". Also, refer to Table 17 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to
each loan category.
Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies
with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the
risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of
defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and
risk profile of the Company.
Counterparty Risk
Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its
contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company,
a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.
Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The
Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution
counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of
counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk
management of client side counterparties.
Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the
Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company.
Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business.
Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.
INFORMATION SECURITY RISK
Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against
financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. Such attempts have increased in recent years,
and the trend is expected to continue for a number of reasons, including increases in technology-based products and services
used by us and our customers, the growing use of mobile, cloud, and other emerging technologies, and the increasing
sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties or fraud on
the part of employees.
Regions devotes significant financial and non-financial resources to identify and mitigate threats to the confidentiality,
availability and integrity of its information systems. Regions regularly assesses the threats and vulnerabilities to its environment
so it can update and maintain its systems and controls to effectively mitigate these risks. Layered security controls are designed
to complement each other to protect customer information and transactions. Regions regularly tests its control environment
utilizing practices such as penetration testing and more targeted assessments to ensure its controls are working as expected.
Regions will continue to commit the resources necessary to mitigate these growing cyber risks, as well as continue to develop
and enhance controls, processes and technology to respond to evolving disruptive technology and to protect its systems from
attacks or unauthorized access. In addition, Regions maintains a strong commitment to a comprehensive risk management
program that includes due diligence and oversight of third-party relationships with vendors.
Regions’ system of internal controls also incorporates an organization-wide protocol for the appropriate reporting and
escalation of information security matters to management and the Board, to ensure effective and efficient resolution and, if
necessary, disclosure of any matters. The Board is actively engaged in the oversight of Regions’ continuous efforts to reinforce
and enhance its operational resilience and receives education to ensure that their oversight efforts accommodate for the ever-
evolving information security threat landscape. The Board monitors Regions’ information management risk policies and
practices primarily through its Risk Committee, which oversees areas of operational risk such as information technology
activities; risks associated with development, infrastructure, and cybersecurity; approval and oversight of internal and third-
party information security risk assessments, strategies, policies and programs; and disaster recovery, business continuity, and
incident response plans. Additionally, the Board’s Audit Committee regularly reviews Regions’ cybersecurity practices, mainly
by receiving reports on the cybersecurity management program prepared by the Chief Information Security Officer, Risk
Management, and Internal Audit. The Board’s Technology Committee, formed in February 2022, is charged with oversight of
the overall role of technology in executing Regions’ business strategy and coordinates with the Risk Committee on risk
assessment and management associated with technology-related strategic investments, major technology vendor relationships,
and risks associated with information technology and security activities. The Board annually reviews the information security
program and, through its various committees, is briefed at least quarterly on information security matters.
Regions participates in information sharing organizations such as FS-ISAC to gather and share information with peer
banks and other financial institutions to better prepare and protect its information systems from attack. FS-ISAC is a nonprofit
organization whose objective is to protect the financial services sector against cyber and physical threats and risk. It acts as a
trusted third party that provides anonymity to allow members to submit threat, vulnerability and incident information in a non-
86
Table of Contents
attributable and trusted manner so information that would normally not be shared is instead made available to other members
for the greater good of the membership. In addition to FS-ISAC, Regions is a member of BITS. BITS serves the financial
community and its members by providing industry best practices on a variety of security and fraud topics.
Regions has contracts with vendors to provide denial of service mitigation. These vendors have also committed the
necessary resources to support Regions in the event of a cyber event. Even though Regions devotes significant resources to
combat cyber security risks, there is no guarantee that these measures will provide absolute security. As an additional security
measure, Regions has engaged a computer forensics firm and an industry-leading consulting firm on retainer in case of a cyber
event. Regions has also developed and maintains robust business continuity and disaster recovery plans that it could implement
in the event of a cyber event to mitigate the effects of any such event and minimize necessary recovery time. Some of Regions'
financial risk exposure with respect to data breaches may be offset by applicable insurance.
Even when Regions successfully prevents cyber-attacks to its own network, the Company may still incur losses that result
from customers' account information being obtained through breaches of retailers' networks that enable customer transactions.
The related fraud losses, as well as the costs of re-issuing new cards, may impact Regions' financial results. In addition, Regions
also relies on some vendors to provide certain business infrastructure components, and although Regions actively assesses and
monitors the information security capabilities of these vendors, Regions' reliance on them may also increase exposure to
information security risk.
In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with
respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and
addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.
ACQUISITIONS
EnerBank
On October 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of home improvement lender EnerBank. The acquisition of
EnerBank allows Regions to provide customers with home improvement financing solutions using EnerBank's loan programs
and digital solutions to support a wide range of home improvement needs.
As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $3.3 billion of assets of which $3.1 billion were loans that
are included in Regions' other consumer loan portfolio. Regions also assumed $2.8 billion of liabilities, consisting almost
entirely of time deposits that the Company expects will attrite over time. The premiums recorded related to the acquired assets
and assumed liabilities were immaterial.
Regions recorded PCD loans of $198 million as a result of the acquisition. Regions recorded an immaterial ALLL related
to these loans, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition.
In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized initial goodwill of $361 million and other intangible assets of
$176 million. The other intangible assets were primarily comprised of customer relationship intangibles and will be amortized
over the expected useful life of each recognized asset.
Sabal
On December 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of Sabal, a financial services firm that leverages technology to
facilitate off-balance-sheet lending in the small balance commercial real estate market.
As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $360 million of assets, which included loans held for sale
totaling $82 million, as well as a commercial mortgage servicing asset and securities that were immaterial. Regions also
assumed $114 million of liabilities, consisting primarily of borrowings that were paid off following closing.
In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized initial goodwill of $146 million and other intangible assets that
were immaterial.
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the
preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal
controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are
controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks,
control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal
control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback
mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.
Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and
procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be
disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such
87
Table of Contents
information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management,
accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to
determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO
meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk
management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior
executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal
controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the
Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal
control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective
internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the
Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the
Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other
financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make
certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of
disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review
committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and
internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.
COMPARISON OF 2021 WITH 2020
Refer to the “2021 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, for comparisons of 2021 with 2020.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
This information is set forth in the Risk Management section of Item 7 and is incorporated herein by reference.
88
Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
We, as members of the Management of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), are responsible
for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Regions’ internal control system was
designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and
fair presentation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to
correct deficiencies as they are identified.
All internal controls systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect
misstatements in the Company’s financial statements, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies
or procedures may deteriorate.
Regions’ management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2022. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in its 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we
believe and assert that, as of December 31, 2022, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on
those criteria.
Regions’ independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the following page.
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
by
by
/S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
John M. Turner, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
/S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR.
David J. Turner, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer
89
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Regions Financial
Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2022 and
2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes and our report dated February 24, 2023
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of
Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Birmingham, Alabama
February 24, 2023
90
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss),
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) and our report dated February 24, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether
due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex
judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a
separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosures to which it relates.
91
Table of Contents
Description of
the Matter
Allowance for credit losses
The allowance for credit losses consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the
reserve for unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2022, the allowance for credit losses (ACL)
was $1.6 billion. The provision for credit losses was $271 million for the year ended December 31,
2022. As discussed in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the ACL is established to
absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loans measured at amortized cost,
including unfunded commitments. Management’s measurement of expected losses is driven by loss
forecasting models which utilize relevant quantitative information about historical experience, current
conditions and the reasonable and supportable economic forecast that affects the collectability of the
reported amount. Management’s estimate for the expected credit losses is established through these
quantitative factors, as well as qualitative considerations to account for the imprecision inherent in the
estimation process. As a result, management may adjust the ACL for the potential impact of
qualitative factors through their established framework. Management’s qualitative framework provides
for specific model and general imprecision adjustments for such factors as the economic forecast
imprecision, potential model imprecision, process imprecision and specific issues or events that
Management believes are not adequately captured in the modeled outcomes.
Auditing management’s ACL estimate and related provision for credit losses involved a high degree
of complexity in evaluating the expected loss forecasting models and subjectivity in evaluating
management’s measurement of the economic forecast used during the reasonable and supportable
period and the qualitative factors.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the
Company’s process for establishing the ACL, including management’s controls over: 1) expected loss
forecasting models including model validation, monitoring, the completeness and accuracy of key
inputs and assumptions used in the models; 2) the development and application of the reasonable and
supportable economic forecast; 3) the identification and measurement of qualitative factors.
With respect to expected loss forecasting models, with the support of specialists, we evaluated the
conceptual soundness of the model methodology and replicated a sample of models. We also tested
the appropriateness of key inputs and assumptions used in these models by agreeing a sample of inputs
to supporting information.
Regarding the reasonable and supportable economic forecast, with the support of specialists, we
assessed the forecasted economic scenario by, among other procedures, evaluating management’s
methodology for developing the forecast and comparing a sample of key economic variables
developed to external sources.
With respect to the identification of qualitative factors, we evaluated the potential impact of
imprecision in the quantitative models and hence the need to consider a qualitative adjustment to the
ACL. Regarding measurement of the qualitative factors, we evaluated the methodology applied and
data utilized by management to estimate the appropriate level of the qualitative factors. We also
considered if qualitative adjustments were consistent with external macroeconomic factors
independently obtained during the audit and the results produced by the Company’s Credit Review,
Internal Audit and Model Validation groups.
We evaluated the overall ACL amount, including model estimates and qualitative factor adjustments,
and whether the recorded ACL appropriately reflects expected credit losses on the loan portfolio and
unfunded credit commitments. We reviewed historical loss statistics, peer-bank information,
subsequent events and transactions and considered whether they corroborate or contradict the
Company’s measurement of the ACL.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1971.
Birmingham, Alabama
February 24, 2023
92
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31
2022
2021
(In millions, except share data)
$
1,997 $
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
Assets
Debt securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of $751 and $950, respectively)
Debt securities available for sale (amortized cost of $31,367 and $28,263, respectively)
Loans held for sale (includes $196 and $783 measured at fair value, respectively)
Loans, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan losses
Net loans
Other earning assets
Premises and equipment, net
Interest receivable
Goodwill
Residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value
Other identifiable intangible assets, net
Liabilities and Equity
$
$
Other assets
Total assets
Deposits:
Non-interest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Total deposits
Borrowed funds:
Long-term borrowings
Total borrowed funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Equity:
9,230
801
27,933
354
97,009
(1,464)
95,545
1,308
1,718
511
5,733
812
249
9,029
155,220 $
51,348 $
80,395
131,743
2,284
2,284
5,242
1,350
28,061
899
28,481
1,003
87,784
(1,479)
86,305
1,187
1,814
319
5,744
418
305
7,052
162,938
58,369
80,703
139,072
2,407
2,407
3,133
139,269
144,612
Preferred stock, authorized 10 million shares, par value $1.00 per share:
Non-cumulative perpetual, including related surplus, net of issuance costs; issued—1,403,500
shares
1,659
1,659
Common stock, authorized 3 billion shares, par value $0.01 per share:
Issued including treasury stock—975,524,168 and 982,940,601 shares, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Treasury stock, at cost— 41,032,676 shares
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net
Total shareholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interest
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity
10
11,988
7,004
(1,371)
(3,343)
15,947
4
15,951
$
155,220 $
10
12,189
5,550
(1,371)
289
18,326
—
18,326
162,938
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
93
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Interest income on:
Loans, including fees
Debt securities
Loans held for sale
Other earning assets
Total interest income
Interest expense on:
Deposits
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts
Card and ATM fees
Investment management and trust fee income
Capital markets income
Mortgage income
Securities gains (losses), net
Other
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits
Equipment and software expense
Net occupancy expense
Other
Total non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Net income available to common shareholders
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Earnings per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(In millions, except per share data)
$
4,088 $
3,452 $
688
36
290
5,102
197
—
119
316
4,786
271
4,515
641
513
297
339
156
(1)
484
2,429
2,318
392
300
1,058
4,068
2,876
631
533
37
59
4,081
64
—
103
167
3,914
(524)
4,438
648
499
278
331
242
3
523
2,524
2,205
365
303
874
3,747
3,215
694
$
$
$
2,245 $
2,146 $
2,521 $
2,400 $
935
942
956
963
2.29 $
2.28
2.51 $
2.49
3,610
582
28
42
4,262
180
10
178
368
3,894
1,330
2,564
621
438
253
275
333
4
469
2,393
2,100
348
313
882
3,643
1,314
220
1,094
991
959
962
1.03
1.03
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
94
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
2,245 $
2,521 $
1,094
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity during the period (net of zero,
zero and zero tax effect, respectively)
Less: reclassification adjustments for amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred
to held to maturity (net of ($1), ($2) and ($2) tax effect, respectively)
Net change in unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity, net of tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period (net of ($927), ($212) and $200 tax
effect, respectively)
Less: reclassification adjustments for securities gains (losses) realized in net income (net of
zero, $1 and $1 tax effect, respectively)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period (net of ($292), ($89)
and $363 tax effect, respectively)
Less: reclassification adjustments for gains (losses) on derivative instruments realized in net
income (net of $36, $108 and $65 tax effect, respectively)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits:
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period (net of $7, $46 and ($36) tax effect,
respectively)
Less: reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial loss and settlements realized in
net income (net of ($11), ($16) and ($11) tax effect, respectively)
Net change from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits, net of tax
—
(2)
2
(2,725)
(1)
(2,724)
(866)
104
(970)
33
(27)
60
—
(5)
5
(629)
2
(631)
(265)
318
(583)
134
(49)
183
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Comprehensive income (loss)
(3,632)
(1,026)
$
(1,387) $
1,495 $
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
—
(6)
6
592
3
589
1,077
195
882
(108)
(36)
(72)
1,405
2,499
95
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock,
At Cost
(In millions, except per share data)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss),
Net
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total
2 $ 1,310
957 $
10 $ 12,685 $ 3,751 $ (1,371) $
(90) $ 16,295 $ —
Net income
—
—
—
—
—
1,094
(377)
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1,
2020
Cumulative effect from change in
accounting guidance
Other comprehensive income (loss),
net of tax
Cash dividends declared
Preferred stock dividends
Net proceeds from issuance of
Series D preferred stock
Impact of common stock
transactions under compensation
plans, net
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2020
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss),
net of tax
Cash dividends declared
Net proceeds from issuance of
Series E preferred stock
Redemption of Series A preferred
stock
Impact of common stock share
repurchases
Impact of common stock
transactions under compensation
plans, net
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2021
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss),
net of tax
Cash dividends declared
Impact of common stock share
repurchases
Impact of common stock
transactions under compensation
plans, net
Other
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2022
—
—
—
—
—
—
(377)
1,094
—
1,405
1,405
—
—
—
—
(595)
(103)
346
46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,521
(1,026)
(1,026)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(620)
(108)
390
(500)
(467)
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,245
(3,632)
(3,632)
—
—
—
—
—
(692)
(99)
(230)
29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
4
2 $ 1,656
960 $
10 $ 12,731 $ 3,770 $ (1,371) $
1,315 $ 18,111 $
—
—
—
—
—
2,521
Preferred stock dividends
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
346
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
46
—
(595)
(103)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
390
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(620)
(108)
—
—
(387)
—
—
(100)
(13)
—
—
(21)
—
(467)
—
—
3
—
25
—
—
2 $ 1,659
942 $
10 $ 12,189 $ 5,550 $ (1,371) $
289 $ 18,326 $
—
—
—
—
—
2,245
Preferred stock dividends
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(692)
(99)
—
—
(8)
—
(230)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
29
—
—
—
—
2 $ 1,659
934 $
10 $ 11,988 $ 7,004 $ (1,371) $
(3,343) $ 15,947 $
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
96
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
2022
Year Ended December 31
2021
(In millions)
2020
$
2,245 $
2,521 $
1,094
271
353
1
22
(4,630)
5,221
(30)
—
(124)
(2,242)
2,092
(77)
3,102
98
1,309
4,433
(8,991)
(4)
1,793
(876)
(10,325)
(288)
(90)
—
(12,941)
(7,329)
—
—
—
(663)
(99)
—
—
(230)
(24)
—
(8,345)
(18,184)
29,411
(524)
371
(3)
165
(6,747)
7,728
(273)
20
13
(231)
(76)
66
3,030
222
83
5,848
(8,360)
(2)
522
(1,314)
1,481
(72)
(91)
(1,182)
(2,865)
13,836
(102)
647
(1,779)
(608)
(108)
390
(500)
(467)
(22)
3
11,290
11,455
17,956
1,330
421
(4)
(158)
(6,634)
5,865
(241)
22
313
(246)
459
103
2,324
209
304
4,921
(8,956)
(1)
256
(1,558)
546
(59)
(134)
(381)
(4,853)
25,004
(2,050)
4,698
(10,918)
(595)
(103)
346
—
—
(8)
(3)
16,371
13,842
4,114
$
11,227 $
29,411 $
17,956
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net
Securities (gains) losses, net
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Originations and purchases of loans held for sale
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
(Gain) loss on sale of loans, net
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Other earning assets
Interest receivable and other assets
Other liabilities
Other
Net cash from operating activities
Investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities of debt securities held to maturity
Proceeds from sales of debt securities available for sale
Proceeds from maturities of debt securities available for sale
Purchases of debt securities available for sale
Net (payments for) proceeds from bank-owned life insurance
Proceeds from sales of loans
Purchases of loans
Net change in loans
Purchases of mortgage servicing rights
Net purchases of other assets
Payment for acquisition of businesses, net of cash received
Net cash from investing activities
Financing activities:
Net change in deposits
Net change in short-term borrowings
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Payments on long-term borrowings
Cash dividends on common stock
Cash dividends on preferred stock
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
Payment for redemption of preferred stock
Repurchases of common stock
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards
Other
Net cash from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
97
Table of Contents
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Regions Financial Corporation (“Regions” or the “Company”) provides a full range of banking and bank-related services
to individual and corporate customers through its subsidiaries and branch offices located across the South, Midwest and Texas
as well as delivering specialty capabilities nationwide. Regions is subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and
undergoes periodic examinations by certain of those regulatory authorities.
The accounting and reporting policies of Regions and the methods of applying those policies that materially affect the
consolidated financial statements conform with GAAP and with general financial services industry practices. In preparing the
financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities as of the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses for the periods presented. Actual results could differ from the
estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements including, but not limited to, the estimates and
assumptions related to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangibles, residential MSRs and income taxes.
Regions has evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through the filing date of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
During 2022, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to several topics. All prior period amounts impacted
by guidance that required retrospective application have been revised.
Certain amounts in prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation,
except as otherwise noted. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, comprehensive income
(loss), total assets or total shareholders’ equity as previously reported.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Regions, its subsidiaries and certain VIEs. Significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Regions considers a voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and
consolidates it if Regions has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIEs are consolidated if Regions has the power to
direct the activities of the VIE that significantly impact financial performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the
right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., Regions is the primary beneficiary). The
determination of whether Regions is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is reassessed on an ongoing basis. Investments in
companies which are not VIEs but in which Regions has more than minor influence over the operating and financial policies,
are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in VIEs, where Regions is not the primary beneficiary of
a VIE, are accounted for using either the proportional amortization method or the equity method of accounting. These
investments are included in other assets. The maximum potential exposure to losses relative to investments in VIEs is generally
limited to the sum of the outstanding balance, future funding commitments and any related loans to the entity. Loans to these
entities are underwritten in substantially the same manner as are other loans and are generally secured. Refer to Note 2 for
additional disclosures regarding Regions’ significant VIEs.
CASH EQUIVALENTS AND CASH FLOWS
Cash equivalents represent assets that can be converted into cash immediately. At Regions, these assets include cash and
due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to
resell. Cash flows from loans, either originated or acquired, are classified at that time according to management’s intent to
either sell or hold the loan for the foreseeable future. When management’s intent is to sell the loan, the cash flows of that loan
are presented as operating cash flows. When management’s intent is to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, the cash flows
of that loan are presented as investing cash flows.
The following table summarizes supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest on deposits and borrowed funds
Income taxes, net
Non-cash transfers:
2022
2021
(In millions)
2020
$
303 $
336
185 $
367
Loans held for sale and loans transferred to other real estate
Loans transferred to loans held for sale
Loans held for sale transferred to loans
Properties transferred to held for sale
21
22
24
6
14
240
277
38
98
408
132
31
275
1
33
Table of Contents
SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER
AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as
collateralized financing transactions. It is Regions’ policy to take possession of securities purchased under resell agreements
either through direct delivery or a tri-party agreement.
DEBT SECURITIES
Management determines the appropriate accounting classification of debt securities at the time of purchase, based on
intent, and periodically re-evaluates such designations. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity when the Company has
the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Debt securities held to maturity are presented at amortized cost. Debt
securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as available for sale. Debt securities available for sale are presented at
estimated fair value with changes in unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss). See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for discussion of determining fair value.
The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale is adjusted for amortization of
premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, or first call date when applicable, using the effective interest method. Such
amortization or accretion is included in interest income on securities. Realized gains and losses are included in net securities
gains (losses). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
For debt securities available for sale, the Company reviews its securities portfolio for impairment and determines if
impairment is related to credit loss or non-credit loss. In making the assessment of whether a loss is from credit or other factors,
management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a
rating agency, and adverse conditions related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss
exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the
security. If the present value of cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance is created,
limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis.
Subsequent activity related to the credit loss component (e.g. write-offs, recoveries) is recognized as part of the allowance
for credit losses on debt securities available for sale. Securities held to maturity are evaluated under the allowance for credit
losses model. For securities which have an expectation of zero nonpayment of the amortized cost basis (e.g. U.S. Treasury
securities or agency securities), the expected credit loss is zero. Refer to Note 3 for further detail and information on securities.
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Regions’ loans held for sale primarily includes commercial loans, investor real estate loans, and residential real estate
mortgage loans. Loans held for sale are recorded at either estimated fair value, if the fair value option is elected, or the lower of
cost or estimated fair value. Regions has elected to account for residential real estate mortgages originated with the intent to sell
at fair value. Intent is established for these conforming residential real estate mortgage loans when Regions enters into an
interest rate lock commitment. Gains and losses on these residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the fair value option
has been elected are included in mortgage income. Management has elected the fair value option for certain commercial loans
originated with the intent to sell and gains and losses on those loans are included in capital markets income. Regions also
transfers certain commercial, investor real estate, and residential real estate mortgage portfolio loans that were originally
recorded as held for investment to held for sale when management has the intent to sell in the near term. These loans held for
sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. At the time of transfer, write-downs on the loans are recorded as
charge-offs when credit related and non-interest expense or non-interest income (dependent on loan type) when not credit
related and a new cost basis is established. Any subsequent lower of cost or market adjustment is determined on an individual
loan basis. Gains and losses on the sale of non-performing commercial and investor real estate loans are included in other non-
interest expense. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for discussion of determining estimated fair value.
LOANS
Regions' loans balance is comprised of commercial, investor real estate and consumer loans. Loans that management has
the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered loans held for investment (or
portfolio loans). Loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost (the principal amount outstanding, net of premiums,
discounts, unearned income and deferred loan fees and costs). Regions elected to exclude accrued interest receivable balances
from the amortized cost basis. Interest receivable is included as a separate line item on the balance sheet. Interest income on all
types of loans is accrued based on the contractual interest rate and the principal amount outstanding using methods that
approximate the interest method, except for those loans classified as non-accrual. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans
and non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, are deferred and
recognized over the contractual or estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the loans’ constant effective yield,
which is included in interest income on loans. Direct financing, sales-type and leveraged leases are included within the
commercial portfolio segment. See Note 4 for further detail and information on loans and Note 13 for further detail and
information on leases.
99
Table of Contents
Regions determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms.
Commercial and investor real estate loans are placed on non-accrual if any of the following conditions occur: 1) collection
in full of contractual principal and interest is no longer reasonably assured (even if current as to payment status), 2) a partial
charge-off has occurred, unless the loan has been brought current under its contractual terms (original or restructured terms) and
the full originally contracted principal and interest is considered to be fully collectible, or 3) the loan is delinquent on any
principal or interest for 90 days or more unless the obligation is secured by collateral having a net realizable value (estimated
fair value less costs to sell) sufficient to fully discharge the obligation and the loan is in the legal process of collection. Factors
considered regarding full collection include assessment of changes in borrower’s cash flow, valuation of underlying collateral,
ability and willingness of guarantors to provide credit support, and other conditions. Charge-offs on commercial and investor
real estate loans are primarily based on the facts and circumstances of the individual loan and occur when available information
confirms the loan is not or will not be fully collectible. Factors considered in making these determinations are the borrower’s
and any guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay, the status of the account in bankruptcy court (if applicable), and collateral
value. Commercial and investor real estate loan relationships of $250,000 or less are subject to charge-off or charge down to
estimated fair value at 180 days past due, based on collateral value. Certain equipment finance loans are subject to charge-off at
120 days past due.
Non-accrual and charge-off decisions for consumer loans are dictated by the FFIEC's Uniform Retail Credit Classification
and Account Management Policy which establishes standards for the classification and treatment of consumer loans. The
charge-off process drives consumer non-accrual status. If a consumer loan secured by real estate in a first lien position
(residential first mortgage or home equity) becomes 180 days past due, Regions evaluates the loan for non-accrual status and
potential charge-off based on net loan to value exposure. For home equity loans and lines of credit in a second lien position, the
evaluation is performed at 120 days past due. If a loan is secured by collateral having a net realizable value sufficient to fully
discharge the obligation, then a partial write-down is not necessary and the loan remains on accrual status, provided it is in the
process of legal collection. If a partial charge-off is necessary as a result of the evaluation, then the remaining balance is placed
on non-accrual. Consumer loans not secured by real estate are generally charged-off at either 120 days past due for closed-end
loans, 180 days past due for open-end loans other than credit cards or the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days
past due for credit cards.
When loans are placed on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premium, accretion of loan
discount and amortization/accretion of deferred net loan fees/costs are discontinued. When a commercial or investor real estate
loan is placed on non-accrual status, uncollected interest accrued in the current year is reversed and charged to interest income.
Uncollected interest accrued from prior years on commercial and investor real estate loans placed on non-accrual status in the
current year is charged against the allowance for loan losses. When a consumer loan is placed on non-accrual status, all
uncollected interest accrued is reversed and charged to interest income due to immateriality. Interest collections on commercial
and investor real estate non-accrual loans are applied as principal reductions. Interest collections on consumer non-accrual loans
are recorded using the cash basis, due to immateriality.
All loans on non-accrual status may be returned to accrual status and interest accrual resumed if all of the following
conditions are met: 1) the loan is brought contractually current as to both principal and interest, 2) future payments are
reasonably expected to continue being received in accordance with the terms of the loan and repayment ability can be
reasonably demonstrated, and 3) the loan has been performing for at least six months.
Purchased Loans
Purchased loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Purchased loans are evaluated and classified as
either PCD, which indicates that the loan has experienced more than insignificant credit deterioration since origination, or non-
PCD loans. For PCD loans, the sum of the loans' purchase price and allowance for credit losses, which is determined using the
same methodology as originated loans, becomes their initial amortized cost basis. For non-PCD loans, the difference between
the fair value and the par value is considered the fair value mark. The non-credit discount or premium related to PCD loans and
the fair value mark on non-PCD loans is accreted or amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loan using
the effective interest method. Subsequent changes in the allowance to the PCD and non-PCD loans are recognized in the
provision for credit losses.
TDRs
TDRs are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the time of restructuring, and Regions has
granted a concession to the borrower. TDRs are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery on the loan and may
take the form of modifications made with the stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar
risk, other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside of normal underwriting policies and procedures, or in
limited circumstances forgiveness of principal and/or interest. Insignificant delays in payments are not considered TDRs. TDRs
can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the
individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. TDRs are subject to policies governing accrual/non-accrual evaluation
consistent with all other loans of the same product type as discussed in the “Loans” section above.
100
Table of Contents
The CAP was designed to evaluate potential consumer loan participants as early as possible in the life cycle of the
troubled loan (as described in Note 5). Many of the modifications are finalized without the borrower ever reaching the
applicable number of days past due, and therefore the loan may never be placed on non-accrual. Accordingly, given the positive
impact of the restructuring on the likelihood of recovery of cash flows due under the modified terms, accrual status continues to
be appropriate for these loans.
As provided in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, and subsequently extended through the Consolidated
Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic
beginning March 1, 2020, through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022, were eligible for
relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required
guidelines for relief were not considered TDRs.
ALLOWANCE
Regions adopted CECL on January 1, 2020, which replaced the incurred loss methodology to estimate the allowance with
the expected loss methodology. Regions elected not to estimate an allowance on interest receivable balances because the
Company has non-accrual polices in place that provide for the accrual of interest to cease on a timely basis when all contractual
amounts due are not expected.
The allowance is intended to cover expected credit losses over the contractual life of loans measured at amortized cost,
including unfunded commitments. Management’s measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about
past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and R&S forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported
amount. For periods beyond which Regions makes or obtains such R&S forecasts, Regions reverts to historical credit loss
information. Regions maintains an appropriate level of allowance that falls within an acceptable range of estimated losses,
measured in accordance with GAAP. Management's determination of the appropriateness of the allowance is based on many
factors, including, but not limited to, an evaluation and rating of the loan portfolio; historical loan loss experience; current
economic conditions; collateral values securing loans; levels of problem loans; volume, growth, quality and composition of the
loan portfolio; regulatory guidance; R&S economic forecasts; and other relevant factors. Changes in any of these factors,
assumptions, or the availability of new information, could require that the allowance be adjusted in future periods, perhaps
materially. Loss forecasting models are built on historical loss information and then applied to the current portfolio. Outputs
from the loss forecasting models in combination with Regions' qualitative framework, and other analyses are used to inform
management in its estimation of Regions' expected credit losses. Actual losses could vary, perhaps materially, from
management’s estimates. The entire allowance is available to cover all charge-offs that arise from the loan portfolio.
Regions' allowance calculation is a significant estimate. Regions uses its best judgment to assess economic conditions and
loss data in estimating the allowance and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes in underlying
external or internal data. Therefore, assumptions and decisions driving the estimate may change as conditions change. These
assumptions and estimates are detailed below.
R & S forecast period
During the two-year R&S forecast period, Regions incorporates forward-looking information by utilizing its internally
developed and approved Base economic forecast. The scenario is developed by the Chief Economist and approved through a
formal governance process. The Base forecast considers market forward/consensus information and is consistent with the
Company's organization-wide economic outlook. When appropriate, additional scenarios, including externally created
scenarios, are considered as part of the determination of the allowance.
Reversion period
Regions utilizes an exponential reversion approach that reverts to TTC rates derived from the simple average of all
historical quarterly observations for PD, LGD, EAD and prepayment rates. The length of the reversion period differs by class of
financing receivable.
Historical loss period
Regions does not adjust historical loss information for existing economic conditions or expectations of future economic
conditions for periods that are beyond the R&S period. Regions utilizes internal historical loss information; however, there are
certain loan portfolios that also benefit from the use of external or other reference data due to identified limitations with internal
historical data.
Contractual life
Regions estimates expected credit losses over the contractual life of a loan. Regions defines contractual life for non-
revolving loans as contractual maturity, net of estimated prepayments and excluding expected extensions, renewals and
modifications unless 1) Regions has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that it will execute a TDR with the borrower
101
Table of Contents
("RETDR") or 2) extension or renewal options are included in the original or modified contract at the reporting date and are not
unconditionally cancellable by Regions.
RETDR
Regions individually identifies commercial and investor real estate loans for inclusion as RETDRs. The identification
criteria are based on internal risk ratings and time to maturity. Regions typically does not identify consumer loans as RETDRs
due to the insignificant time period between initial contact with a customer regarding a loan modification and when a TDR
modification is consummated.
The RETDR status extends the life of the loan past the contractual maturity and includes the allowance impact of interest
rate concessions. Loans identified as RETDRs will be treated consistently from a modeling/reserving perspective as loans
identified as TDRs.
Contractual term extensions (borrower versus lender option to renew)
Regions' consumer loan contracts do not permit automatic extensions or unilateral customer extensions, and Regions
retains the right to approve or deny any extension requested from the borrower. As a result, extensions and renewal options are
not included in the life of consumer loans for the purposes of calculating the allowance. Similarly, Regions does not include
extension and renewal options in the life of commercial loans for the purposes of calculating the allowance, unless it is a
RETDR. Most commercial products do not offer borrowers a unilateral right to renew or extend.
Contractual life of credit card receivables
Regions estimates the life of credit card receivables based on the amount and timing of payments expected to be collected.
Regions' credit card allowance estimate only considers the amount of debt outstanding at the reporting date (the current
position) because undrawn balances are unconditionally cancellable. Regions classifies credit card accounts into one of three
payment patterns: dormant, transacting or revolving. The dormant accounts are idle, carry no balance, and do not contribute to
the allowance. The transacting account holders tend to pay the entire balance due every month and are, therefore, subject to
practically no interest charges. For transactor accounts, the current position balance is expected to be paid off in one quarter.
The revolving accounts tend to be subject to interest charges, and their current position balance liquidates over time. Regions'
credit card portfolio is comprised primarily of revolvers.
Collateral-dependent loans
Regions' collateral-dependent consumer loans are loans secured by collateral (primarily real estate) that meet the partial
charge-down requirements disclosed within this section. Regions evaluates significant commercial and investor real estate loans
that are in financial difficulty and secured by collateral to determine if they are collateral dependent.
For any collateral-dependent loans that meet Regions' specific allowance criteria (see below), Regions will calculate the
allowance based on the fair value of collateral methodology. For collateral-dependent consumer, commercial and investor real
estate loans that do not meet Regions' specific allowance criteria (as described below), Regions considers the value of the
collateral through the LGD component of the loss model based on collateral type.
Credit enhancements
Regions' estimate of credit losses reflects how credit enhancements, other than those that are freestanding contracts,
mitigate expected credit losses on financial assets. In the event that a credit enhancement arrangement is considered to be a
freestanding contract, Regions excludes the credit enhancement from the related loan when estimating expected credit losses.
Unfunded commitments and other off-balance sheet items
Regions records a liability or allowance for credit losses for the unfunded portion of a loan commitment in the event that
the issuer does not have the unconditional right to cancel the commitment. For an unfunded commitment to be considered
unconditionally cancellable, Regions must be able to, at any time, with or without cause, refuse to extend credit. The liability is
measured over the full contractual period for which Regions is exposed to credit risk through a current obligation to extend
credit. In determining the liability, management considers the likelihood that funding will occur, and if funded, the related
expected credit losses under the allowance model.
Regions' off-balance sheet unfunded commitments in the form of home equity lines, standby letters of credit, commercial
letters of credit and commercial revolving products that are deemed to be conditionally cancellable will include unfunded
balances within the allowance estimate. Future advances from certain unfunded commitments and other revolving products
where Regions does have the unconditional right to cancel these agreements will not be included.
CALCULATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
Pooled allowances
The allowance is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. Segmentation variables for
commercial and investor real estate segments include product, loan size, collateral type, risk rating and term. Segmentation
102
Table of Contents
variables considered for consumer segments include product, FICO, LTV, age, TDR status, etc. The allowance is estimated for
most portfolios and classes using econometric models to estimate expected credit losses. In general, discounted cash flow
models are not used for the purpose of estimating expected losses for the purpose of the ACL. Most of the econometric models
include PD, LGD, and EAD components. Less complex estimation methods are used for smaller loan portfolios.
Specific allowances
Due to their size, complexity and individualized risk characteristics and monitoring, the allowance for significant non-
accrual commercial and investor real estate loans (including TDRs) and unfunded commitments is measured on an individual
basis. Loans evaluated individually are not included in the collective evaluation. Regions generally measures the allowance for
these loans based on the present value of estimated cash flows, considering all facts and circumstances specific to the borrower
and market and economic conditions. The allowance measurement for collateral-dependent loans that meet the individually
evaluated threshold is based on the fair value of collateral methodology.
TDRs and RETDRs
Loans identified as TDRs and RETDRs are included in their respective loan pools (if they do not qualify for specific
evaluation) and losses are determined by allowance models. The effect of the interest rate concession on these loans is
considered through a post-model adjustment.
Qualitative framework
While quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and
uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. Imprecision exists in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag
between obtaining information, performing the calculation, as well as variations between estimates and actual outcomes.
Regions adjusts the allowance considering quantitative and qualitative factors which may not be directly measured in the
modeled calculations. Regions' qualitative framework provides for specific quantitatively supported model adjustments and
general imprecision adjustments. Specific model adjustments capture highly specific issues or events that Regions believes are
not adequately captured in model outcomes. General imprecision adjustments address other sources of imprecision that are not
specifically identifiable or quantifiable to a particular loan portfolio and have not been captured by the model or by a specific
model adjustment. Regions considers general imprecision in three dimensions; economic forecast imprecision, model
imprecision, and process imprecision.
Refer to Note 5 for further discussion regarding the calculation of the allowance for credit losses.
LEASES
LESSEES
Regions' lease portfolio is primarily composed of property leases that are classified as either operating or finance leases
with the majority classified as operating leases. Property leases, which primarily include office locations and retail branches,
typically have original lease terms ranging from 1 year to 20 years, some of which may also include an option to extend the
lease beyond the original lease term. In some circumstances, Regions may also have an option to terminate the lease early with
advance notice. Regions includes renewal and termination options within the lease term if deemed reasonably certain of
exercise. As most leases do not state an implicit rate, Regions utilizes the incremental borrowing rate based on information
available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. Leases with a term of 12 months or
less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Regions continues to recognize lease payments as an expense over the lease term as
appropriate.
Operating leases vary in term and, from time to time, include incentives and/or rent escalations. Examples of incentives
include periods of “free” rent and leasehold improvement incentives. Regions recognizes incentives and escalations on a
straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction of or increase to rent expense, as applicable, within net occupancy expense
in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 13 "Leases" for additional information.
LESSORS
Regions engages in both direct financing and sales-type leasing. Regions also has a portfolio of leveraged leases. These
arrangements provide equipment financing for leased assets, such as vehicles and aircraft. At the commencement date, Regions
(lessor) enters into an agreement with the customer (lessee) to lease the underlying equipment for a specified lease term. The
lease agreements may provide customers the option to terminate the lease by buying the equipment at fair market value at the
time of termination or at the end of the lease term. Regions' equipment finance asset management group performs due diligence
procedures on the lease residual and overall equipment values as part of the origination process. Regions performs lease
residual value reviews on an ongoing basis. In order to manage the residual value risk inherent in some of its direct financing
leases, Regions purchases residual value insurance from an independent third party.
103
Table of Contents
Sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases are recorded within loans on the consolidated balance sheet. The net
investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned
income. Unearned income is recognized over the terms of the leases to produce a constant effective yield. The net investment in
leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments (less non-recourse debt payments) and estimated residual values, less unearned
income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.
See Note 13 "Leases" for additional information.
OTHER EARNING ASSETS
Other earning assets consist of investments in FRB stock, FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and other
miscellaneous earning assets. Ownership of FRB and FHLB stock is a requirement for all banks seeking membership into and
access to the services provided by these banking systems. These shares are accounted for at amortized cost, which approximates
fair value. Marketable equity securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net income. See Note 7
for additional information.
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, as applicable. Land is carried
at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold
improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements (or the terms of
the leases, if shorter). Generally, premises and leasehold improvements are depreciated or amortized over 7-40 years. Furniture
and equipment are generally depreciated or amortized over 3-10 years. Premises and equipment are evaluated for impairment at
least annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.
Maintenance and repairs are charged to non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Improvements that either
add functionality or extend the useful life of the asset are capitalized to the carrying value and depreciated. See Note 8 for detail
of premises and equipment.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets include goodwill, which is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses, and
other identifiable intangible assets. Other identifiable intangible assets primarily include relationship assets, agency commercial
real estate licenses, and amounts capitalized related to the value of PCCR. Other identifiable intangibles assets are primarily
amortized over their expected useful lives while agency commercial real estate licenses are non-amortizing.
The Company’s goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter, or more often if events or
circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Regions assesses the following indicators of goodwill impairment for
each reporting period:
• Recent operating performance,
• Changes in market capitalization,
• Regulatory actions and assessments,
• Changes in the business climate (including legislation, legal factors and competition),
• Company-specific factors (including changes in key personnel, asset impairments, and business dispositions), and
• Trends in the banking industry.
Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors could result in a decline in the
implied estimated fair value of goodwill. Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to
determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of
the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test
is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the
fair value is less than the carrying value, a goodwill impairment test is performed. The Company compares the estimated fair
value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its
carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its
estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in non-interest expense in an amount equal to that excess.
For purposes of performing the qualitative assessment, Regions evaluates events and circumstances which may include,
but are not limited to, events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including
reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business
climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value
of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount.
For purposes of performing the goodwill impairment test, if applicable, Regions uses both income and market approaches
to value its reporting units. The income approach, which is the primary valuation approach, consists of discounting projected
long-term future cash flows, which are derived from internal forecasts and economic expectations for the respective reporting
104
Table of Contents
units. The significant inputs to the income approach include expected future cash flows, the long-term target equity ratios, and
the discount rate.
Other identifiable intangible assets are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or
circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of core deposits, loss
of relationships, significant losses of credit card or other types of acquired customer accounts and/or balances, increased
competition, or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent other identifiable intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable,
impairment losses are recorded in non-interest expense and reduce the carrying amount of the asset.
Refer to Note 9 for further detail and discussion of the results of the goodwill and other identifiable intangibles
impairment tests.
ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
Regions accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when control over the transferred assets is surrendered. Control
is generally considered to have been surrendered when 1) the transferred assets are legally isolated from the Company or its
consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, 2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets
with no conditions that constrain the transferee and provide more than a trivial benefit to the Company, and 3) the Company
does not maintain the obligation or unilateral ability to reclaim or repurchase the assets. If these sale criteria are met, the
transferred assets are removed from the Company’s balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If not met, the
transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing, and the assets remain on the Company’s balance sheet, the proceeds from the
transaction are recognized as a liability, and gain or loss on sale is deferred until the sale criterion are achieved.
Regions has elected to account for its residential MSRs using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value
measurement method, residential MSRs are measured at estimated fair value each period with changes in fair value recorded as
a component of mortgage income. The fair value of residential MSRs is calculated using various assumptions including future
cash flows, market discount rates, expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. A significant change in
prepayments of residential mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant valuation adjustments, thus creating
potential volatility in the carrying amount of residential MSRs. The valuation method relies on an OAS to consider prepayment
risk and equate the asset's discounted cash flows to its market price. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for
additional discussion regarding determination of fair value.
Regions is a DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. Regions' related
commercial MSRs are recorded in other assets at the lower of cost or estimated fair value and are amortized in proportion to,
and over the estimated period that net servicing income is expected to be received based on projections of the amount and
timing of estimated future net cash flows. The amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows are updated based on actual
results and updated projections. Regions periodically evaluates these commercial MSRs for impairment. Regions has a one-
third loss share guarantee associated with the majority of the DUS servicing portfolio. The other two-thirds loss share guarantee
is retained by Fannie Mae. The estimated fair value of the loss share guarantee is recorded in other liabilities.
Refer to Note 6 for further information on servicing of financial assets.
FORECLOSED PROPERTY AND OTHER REAL ESTATE
Other real estate and certain other assets acquired in satisfaction of indebtedness (“foreclosure”) are carried in other assets
at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. At the date of
transfer from the loan portfolio, if the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s estimated fair value less estimated
costs to sell, a write-down is recorded against the allowance. Regions allows a period of up to 60 days after the date of transfer
to record finalized write-downs as charge-offs against the allowance in order to properly accumulate all related invoices and
updated valuation information, if necessary. Subsequent to transfer, Regions obtains valuations from professional valuation
experts and/or third party appraisers on at least an annual basis. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for
additional discussion regarding determination of fair value. Subsequent to transfer and the additional 60 days, any further write-
downs are recorded as other non-interest expense. Gain or loss on the sale of foreclosed property and other real estate is
included in other non-interest expense.
From time to time, assets classified as premises and equipment are transferred to held for sale for various reasons. These
assets are carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the asset or estimated fair value less estimated cost to
sell based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of transfer. Any adjustments to property held for sale are recorded as
other non-interest expense.
OTHER INVESTMENT ASSETS
Regions has investments of approximately $223 million and $207 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively,
that are recognized in other assets and accounted for using either the equity method of accounting or the measurement
alternative to fair value for equity investments without a readily determinable fair value.
105
Table of Contents
Equity method investments consist primarily of investments in SBICs and private equity funds. Under the equity method
of accounting, Regions records its proportionate share of the profits or losses of the investment entity as an adjustment to the
carrying value of the investment and as a component of other non-interest income. Dividends and distributions received or
receivable from these investments are recorded as reductions to the carrying value of the investments. The net balances of
equity method investments were approximately $153 million and $136 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Equity investments that do not meet the criteria to be accounted for under the equity method and do not have a readily
determinable fair value are accounted for at cost under the measurement alternative to fair value with adjustments for
impairment and observable price changes as applicable. Dividends received or receivable and observable price changes from
these investments are included as components of other non-interest income. These investments consist primarily of investments
in strategic partners and certain CRA projects. The carrying amounts of these investments were $70 million and $71 million at
December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management
strategies and manage other exposures. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps,
options including interest rate caps and floors, Eurodollar futures, forward rate contracts and forward sale commitments. All
derivative financial instruments are recognized as other assets or other liabilities, as applicable, at estimated fair value. Regions
enters into master netting agreements with counterparties and/or requires collateral to cover exposures. In at least some cases,
counterparties post collateral at a zero threshold regardless of credit rating. The majority of interest rate derivatives traded by
Regions with dealing counterparties are subject to mandatory clearing through a central clearinghouse. The variation margin
payments made for derivatives cleared through a central clearinghouse are legally characterized as settlements of the
derivatives. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing
Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse.
Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange interest payments based upon notional amounts. Interest rate swaps subject
Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, changes in interest rate volatility, as well as the credit risk that
the counterparty will fail to perform. Option contracts involve rights to buy or sell financial instruments on a specified date or
over a period at a specified price. These rights do not have to be exercised. Some option contracts such as interest rate floors,
involve the exchange of cash based on changes in specified indices. Interest rate floors are contracts to hedge interest rate
declines based on a notional amount, generally associated with a principal balance at risk. Interest rate floors subject Regions to
market risk associated with changes in interest rates, changes in interest rate volatility, as well as the credit risk that the
counterparty will fail to perform. Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at
a specified price or yield. Regions primarily enters into forward rate contracts on marketable instruments, which expose
Regions to market risk associated with changes in the value of the underlying financial instrument, as well as the credit risk that
the counterparty will fail to perform. Eurodollar futures are futures contracts on Eurodollar deposits. Eurodollar futures subject
Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily through a
margining process in an exchange, there is minimal credit risk associated with Eurodollar futures. Forward sale commitments
are sales of securities at a specified price at a future date. Forward sale commitments subject Regions to market risk associated
with changes in market value, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform.
The Company elects to account for certain derivative financial instruments as accounting hedges which, based on the
exposure being hedged, are either fair value or cash flow hedges.
Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of the hedged risk in an asset, liability or firm
commitment. Certain fair value hedges may be entered into using the portfolio layer method, which allows the Company to
hedge the interest rate risk of non-prepayable and prepayable financial assets by designating as the hedged item a stated amount
of a closed portfolio that is expected to be outstanding for the designated hedge period(s). Under the fair value hedging model,
gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to
the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in interest income or interest expense in the same income statement
line item with the hedged item in the period in which the change in fair value occurs. To the extent the changes in fair value of
the derivative do not offset the changes in fair value of the hedged item, the difference is recognized. The corresponding
adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the corresponding change in the fair
value of the derivative instrument is recorded as an adjustment to other assets or other liabilities, as applicable.
Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions.
For cash flow hedge relationships, the entire change in the fair value of the hedging instrument would be recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) except for amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are recognized in earnings in the same income statement
line item where the earnings effect of the hedged item is presented in the period or periods during which the hedged item
impacts earnings.
106
Table of Contents
The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for
entering into various hedge transactions. The Company performs periodic qualitative and quantitative assessments to determine
whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items
and whether the relationship is expected to continue to be highly effective in the future.
If a hedge relationship is de-designated or if hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer exists,
or does not meet the definition of a firm commitment, or because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, the
derivative will continue to be recorded as an other asset or other liability in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair
value, with changes in fair value recognized in other non-interest expense. Any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to
recognition of the firm commitment is removed from the consolidated balance sheets and recognized in other non-interest
expense. Gains and losses that were unrecognized and aggregated in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant
to the hedge of a forecasted transaction are recognized immediately in other non-interest expense.
Derivative contracts for which the Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting are classified as other assets or
liabilities with gains and losses related to the change in fair value recognized in capital markets income or mortgage income, as
applicable, in the statements of income during the period. These positions, as well as non-derivative instruments, are used to
mitigate economic and accounting volatility related to customer derivative transactions, the mortgage pipeline and the fair value
of residential MSRs.
Regions enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the
interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Accordingly, such
commitments are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income or capital markets
income, as applicable. Regions also has corresponding forward sale commitments related to these interest rate lock
commitments, which are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income or capital
markets income, as applicable. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional information related to the
valuation of interest rate lock commitments.
Regions enters into various derivative agreements with customers desiring protection from possible future market
fluctuations. Regions manages the market risk associated with these derivative agreements. The contracts in this portfolio for
which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting are marked-to-market through capital markets income and
included in other assets and other liabilities.
Concurrent with the election to use fair value measurement for residential MSRs, Regions began using various derivative
instruments to mitigate the impact of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs in the statements of income. This effort may
involve the use of various derivative instruments, including, but not limited to, forwards, futures, swaps, options, and TBA's
designed as derivative instruments. These derivatives are carried at estimated fair value, with changes in fair value reported in
mortgage income.
Refer to Note 20 for further discussion and details of derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.
INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Accrued income taxes and the net balance
of deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, as
appropriate. The Company reflects the expected amount of income tax to be paid or refunded during the year as current income
tax expense or benefit, as applicable. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that the
Company expects will apply at the time when the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized. Deferred tax
assets are also recorded for any tax attributes, such as tax credit and net operating loss carryforwards. The Company determines
the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, and a valuation allowance is
recorded for any deferred tax assets that are not more-likely-than-not to be realized. Any effect of a change in federal and state
tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company will evaluate and recognize income tax benefits related to any uncertain tax positions using the recognition
and cumulative-probability measurement thresholds. If the Company does not believe that it is more likely than not that an
uncertain tax position will be sustained, the Company records a liability for the uncertain tax position. If a tax benefit is more-
likely-than-not of being sustained based on the technical merits, the Company utilizes the cumulative probability measurement
and records an income tax benefit equivalent to the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be
realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits within current income tax expense.
The Company applies the proportional amortization method in accounting for its qualified affordable housing
investments. This method recognizes the amortized cost of the investment as a component of income tax expense.
The deferral method of accounting is used for investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the
investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction of the related asset.
107
Table of Contents
Refer to Note 19 for further discussion regarding income taxes.
TREASURY STOCK AND SHARE REPURCHASES
The purchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of repurchase, shareholders' equity is
reduced by the repurchase price. Upon retirement, or upon purchase for constructive retirement, treasury stock would be
reduced by the cost of such stock with the excess of repurchase price over par or stated value recorded in additional paid-in
capital. If the Company subsequently reissues treasury shares, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock with
differences recorded in additional paid-in capital or retained earnings, as applicable.
Pursuant to recent share repurchase programs, shares repurchased were immediately retired, and therefore were not
included in treasury stock. The Company's policy related to these share repurchases is to reduce its common stock based on the
par value of the shares repurchased and to reduce its additional paid-in capital for the excess of the repurchase price over the par
value.
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
Regions sponsors stock plans which most commonly include restricted stock (i.e., unvested common stock) units,
restricted stock awards and performance stock units. The Company accounts for share-based payments under the fair value
recognition provisions whereby compensation cost is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date
and is recognized in the consolidated financial statements on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for service-
based awards. The fair value of restricted stock units, restricted stock awards or performance stock units is determined based on
the closing price of Regions common stock on the date of grant. Historical data is also used to estimate future employee
attrition, which is considered in calculating estimated forfeitures. Estimated forfeitures are adjusted when actual forfeitures
differ from estimates, resulting in the recognition of compensation cost only for awards that vest. The effect of a change in
estimated forfeitures is recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment that is included in salaries and employee benefits
expense in the period of the change in estimate. As compensation cost is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that
represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time the share-based awards
are exercised, cancelled, have expired, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to
tax expense depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock. Prior to 2021, Regions' sponsored plans also
included stock options. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 16 "Share-Based Payments" of
the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, for additional information regarding the accounting
and reporting policies related to stock options.
See Note 16 for further discussion and details of share-based payments.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Regions uses an expected long-term rate of return applied to the fair market value of assets as of the beginning of the year
and the expected cash flows during the year for calculating the expected investment return on all pension plan assets. At a
minimum, amortization of the net gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from experience
different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost if, as of
the beginning of the year, that net gain or loss exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market
value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the minimum amortization is that excess divided by the average remaining
service period of active participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plans. Regions records the service cost
component of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost in salaries and employee benefits expense. The other
components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost are recorded in other non-interest expense. Regions uses a
third-party actuary to compute the remaining service period of active participating employees. This period reflects expected
turnover, pre-retirement mortality, and other applicable employee demographics.
See Note 17 for further discussion and details of employee benefit plans.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company records revenue when control of the promised products or services is transferred to the customer, in an
amount that reflects the consideration Regions expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those products or services.
Related to contract costs, Regions expenses sales commissions and any related contract costs when incurred because the
amortization period would be one year or less. Related to remaining performance obligations, Regions does not disclose the
value of unsatisfied performance obligations for 1) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and 2)
contracts for which revenue is recognized at the amount to which Regions has the right to invoice for services performed.
Interest Income
The largest source of revenue for Regions is interest income. Interest income is recognized using the interest method
driven by nondiscretionary formulas based on written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts.
108
Table of Contents
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees and other service charges. When a depositor presents an item
for payment in excess of available funds, overdraft fees are earned when Regions, at its discretion, provides the necessary funds
to complete the transaction. Prior to mid-2022, service charges on deposit accounts also included non-sufficient fund fees,
which were earned when a depositor presented an item for payment in excess of available funds and an item was returned
unpaid.
Regions generates other service charges by providing depositors proper safeguard and remittance of funds as well as by
providing optional services for depositors, such as check imaging or treasury management, that are performed upon the
depositor’s request. Charges for the proper safeguard and remittance of funds are recognized monthly, as the customer retains
funds in the account. Regions recognizes revenue for other optional services when the customer uses the selected service to
execute a transaction (e.g., execute an ACH wire).
Card and ATM Fees
Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card, debit card, and ATM related revenue. The majority of
the fees are card interchange where Regions earns a fee for remitting cardholder funds (or extends credit) via a third party
network to merchants. Regions satisfies performance obligations for each transaction when the card is used and the funds are
remitted. The network establishes interchange fees that the merchant remits to Regions for each transaction, and Regions incurs
costs from the network for facilitating the interchange with the merchant. Due to its inability to establish prices and direct
activities of the related processing network’s service, Regions is deemed the agent in this arrangement and records interchange
revenues net of related costs. Regions also pays consideration to certain commercial card holders based on interchange fees and
contractual volume. These costs are recognized as a reduction to interchange income.
Card and ATM fees also include ATM fee income generated from allowing a Regions cardholder to withdraw funds from
a non-Regions ATM and from allowing a non-Regions cardholder to withdraw funds from a Regions ATM. Regions satisfies
performance obligations for each transaction when the withdrawal is processed. Regions does not direct activities of the related
processing network’s service and recognizes revenue on a net basis as the agent in each transaction.
Investment Management and Trust Fee Income
Investment management and trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to
individuals, businesses, and institutions. Regions has a fiduciary responsibility to the beneficiary of the trust to perform agreed
upon services which can include investing the assets, periodic reporting to the beneficiaries, and providing tax information
regarding the trust. In exchange for these trust and custodial services, Regions collects fee income from beneficiaries as
contractually determined via fee schedules. Regions’ performance obligations to customers are primarily satisfied over time as
the services are performed and provided to the customer.
Mortgage Income
Mortgage income is recognized when earned or as each transaction occurs through the origination and servicing of
residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. Mortgage
income also includes any fair value adjustments for mortgage loans Regions has elected to measure under the fair value option
and fair value adjustments related to mortgage servicing rights.
Capital Markets Income
Regions generates capital markets fee revenue through capital raising activities which include revenue streams such as
securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and
acquisition and other advisory services. For those revenue streams, revenue is primarily recognized at a point in time which
coincides with the satisfaction of a single performance obligation, typically the transaction closing.
Securities underwriting and placement fees involve the issuing and distribution of securities for an underwriting fee from
customers. The underwriting fee is a single performance obligation which is satisfied at the time that the transaction is closed,
and the amount of the fee is either a fixed or variable percentage based on the deal value which is determinable at the time of
deal closing.
Regions generates revenue from affordable housing investments through the syndication of investment funds to third
parties. Regions transfers the primary benefits of the investment to the customer and recognizes syndication revenue on the
closing date of the transaction.
109
Table of Contents
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value
of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Regions recognizes revenue each period in the amount of the
appreciation of the cash surrender value of the insurance policies. Revenue from the proceeds of insurance benefits is
recognized at the time a claim is confirmed.
Commercial Credit Fee Income
Commercial credit fee income includes letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Regions recognizes
revenue for letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees over time.
Investment Services Fee Income
Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Through the use of third
party carriers, Regions provides its customers with access to investment products that meet customers’ financial needs and
investment objectives. Upon selection of an investment product, the customer enters into a policy with the carrier. Regions’
performance obligation is satisfied by fulfilling its responsibility to place customers in investment vehicles for which Regions
earns commissions from the carrier based on agreed-upon fee percentages. In addition, Regions has a contractual relationship
with a third party broker dealer to provide full service brokerage and investment advisory activities. As the principal in the
arrangement, Regions recognizes the investment services commissions on a gross basis.
Securities Gains (Losses), Net
Net securities gains or losses result from Regions’ asset/liability management process. Gains or losses on the sale of
securities are recognized as each sales transaction occurs with the cost of securities sold based on the specific identification
method.
Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets
Regions holds assets for certain employee benefit assets, both defined and other. Those assets are recorded at estimated
fair value and the market value variations are recognized each period.
Other Miscellaneous Income
Other miscellaneous income includes miscellaneous revenue from affordable housing, income from SBIC investments,
valuation adjustments to equity investments, commercial loan and leasing related income, fees from safe deposit boxes, check
fees, and other miscellaneous income including unusual gains. Regions recognizes the related fee or gain in a manner that
reflects the timing of when transactions occur or as services are provided.
PER SHARE AMOUNTS
Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by dividing
net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the
period, plus the effect of restricted and performance stock awards, and in periods prior to 2021, outstanding stock options, if
dilutive. Refer to Note 15 for additional information.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value guidance establishes a framework for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities and defines fair value as
the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be
paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions
that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a
particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Required
disclosures include stratification of balance sheet amounts measured at fair value based on inputs the Company uses to derive
fair value measurements. These strata include:
•
•
•
Level 1 valuations, where the valuation is based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in
active markets (which include exchanges and over-the-counter markets with sufficient volume),
Level 2 valuations, where the valuation is based on quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active
markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation
techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, and
Level 3 valuations, where the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions
not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data. These unobservable assumptions
reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or
liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar
techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the
subject asset or liability.
110
Table of Contents
ITEMS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
Debt securities available for sale, certain mortgage loans held for sale, marketable equity securities, residential MSRs,
derivative assets and derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Below is a description of valuation
methodologies for these assets and liabilities.
Debt securities available for sale consist of U.S. Treasuries, obligations of states and political subdivisions, mortgage-
backed securities (including agency securities), and other debt securities.
•
U.S. Treasuries are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges. Pricing received for
U.S. Treasuries from third-party services is based on a market approach using dealer quotes from multiple active
market makers and real-time trading systems. These valuations are Level 1 measurements.
• Mortgage-backed securities are valued primarily using data from third-party pricing services for similar securities as
applicable. Pricing from these third-party services is generally based on a market approach using observable inputs
such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, benchmark securities, TBA prices, issuer spreads,
bids and offers, monthly payment information, and collateral performance, as applicable. These valuations are Level
2 measurements. Where such comparable data is not available, the Company develops valuations based on
assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place; these valuations are Level 3 measurements.
Obligations of states and political subdivisions are generally based on data from third-party pricing services. The
valuations are based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, relevant trade data,
material event notices and new issue data. These valuations are Level 2 measurements.
Other debt securities are valued based on Level 1, 2 and 3 measurements, depending on pricing methodology selected
and are valued primarily using data from third-party pricing services. Pricing from these third-party services is
generally based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/
dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids and offers, and TRACE reported trades.
•
•
The majority of Regions' debt securities available for sale are valued using third-party pricing services. To validate pricing
related to liquid investment securities, which represent the vast majority of the available for sale portfolio (e.g., mortgage-
backed securities), Regions compares price changes received from the third-party pricing service to overall changes in market
factors in order to validate the pricing received. To validate pricing received on less liquid investment securities in the available
for sale portfolio, Regions receives pricing from third-party brokers-dealers on a sample of securities that are then compared to
the pricing received. The pricing service uses standard observable inputs when available, for example: benchmark yields,
reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, and bids and offers, among others. For certain
security types, additional inputs may be used, or some inputs may not be applicable. It is not customary for Regions to adjust
the pricing received for the available for sale portfolio. In the event that prices are adjusted, Regions classifies the measurement
as a Level 3 measurement.
Mortgage loans held for sale consist of residential first mortgage loans and commercial mortgages held for sale. Regions
has elected to measure certain residential and commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value by applying the fair value
option (see additional discussion under the “Fair Value Option” section in Note 21). The residential first mortgage loans held
for sale are valued based on traded market prices of similar assets where available and/or discounted cash flows at market
interest rates, adjusted for securitization activities that include servicing value and market conditions, a Level 2 measurement.
The commercial mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on traded market prices for comparable commercial mortgage-
backed securitizations, into which the loans will be placed, adjusted for movements of interest rates and credit spreads, a Level
3 measurement due to the unobservable inputs included in the credit spreads for bonds in commercial mortgage-backed
securitizations.
Marketable equity securities, which primarily consist of assets held for certain employee benefits and money market
funds, are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges; these valuations are Level 1
measurements.
Residential mortgage servicing rights are valued using an option-adjusted spread valuation approach, a Level 3
measurement. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated at least quarterly by values received from
independent third parties. See Note 6 for information regarding the servicing of financial assets and additional details regarding
the assumptions relevant to this valuation.
Derivative assets and liabilities, which primarily consist of interest rate, foreign exchange, and commodity contracts that
include forwards, futures, options and swaps, are included in other assets and other liabilities (as applicable) on the consolidated
balance sheets. Interest rate swaps are predominantly traded in over-the-counter markets and, as such, values are determined
using widely accepted discounted cash flow models, which are Level 2 measurements. These discounted cash flow models use
projections of future cash payments/receipts that are discounted at an appropriate index rate. Regions utilizes forward curves as
fair value measurement inputs for the valuation of interest rate and commodity derivatives. The projected future cash flows are
sourced from an assumed yield curve, which is consistent with industry standards and conventions. These valuations are
adjusted for the unsecured credit risk at the reporting date, which considers collateral posted and the impact of master netting
agreements. For options and futures contracts traded in over-the-counter markets, values are determined using discounted cash
111
Table of Contents
flow analyses and option pricing models based on market rates and volatilities, which are Level 2 measurements. Interest rate
lock commitments on loans intended for sale and risk participations categorized as credit derivatives are valued using option
pricing models that incorporate significant unobservable inputs, and therefore are Level 3 measurements.
ITEMS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NON-RECURRING BASIS
From time to time, certain assets may be recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These non-recurring fair value
adjustments typically are a result of the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or a write-down occurring during
the period. For example, if the fair value of an asset in these categories falls below its cost basis, it is considered to be at fair
value at the end of the period of the adjustment. In periods where there is no adjustment, the asset is generally not considered to
be at fair value. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a non-
recurring basis.
Foreclosed property and other real estate is carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or
fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. The fair value for foreclosed property that is based on either observable
transactions of similar instruments or formally committed sale prices is classified as a Level 2 measurement. If no formally
committed sale price is available, Regions also obtains valuations from professional valuation experts and/or third party
appraisers. Updated valuations are obtained on at least an annual basis. Foreclosed property exceeding established dollar
thresholds is valued based on appraisals. Appraisals are performed by third-parties with appropriate professional certifications
and conform to generally accepted appraisal standards as evidenced by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal
Practice. Regions’ policies related to appraisals conform to regulations established by the Financial Institutions Reform,
Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 and other regulatory guidance. Professional valuations are considered Level 2
measurements because they are based largely on observable inputs. Regions has a centralized appraisal review function that is
responsible for reviewing appraisals for compliance with banking regulations and guidelines as well as appraisal standards.
Based on these reviews, Regions may make adjustments to the market value conclusions determined in the appraisals of real
estate (either as other real estate or loans held for sale) when the appraisal review function determines that the valuation is based
on inappropriate assumptions or where the conclusion is not sufficiently supported by the market data presented in the
appraisal. Adjustments to the market value conclusions are discussed with the professional valuation experts and/or third-party
appraisers; the magnitude of the adjustments that are not mutually agreed upon is insignificant. Adjustments, if made, must be
based on sufficient information available to support an alternate opinion of market value. An estimated standard discount factor,
which is updated at least annually, is applied to the appraisal amount for certain commercial and investor real estate properties
when the recorded investment in the loan is transferred into foreclosed property. Internally adjusted valuations are considered
Level 3 measurements as management uses assumptions that may not be observable in the market. These non-recurring fair
value measurements are typically recorded on the date an updated offered quote, appraisal, or third-party valuation is received.
Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value are adjusted prospectively to estimated fair value when
an observable price transaction for a same or similar investment with the same issuer occurs; these valuations are Level 3
measurements.
Loans held for sale for which the fair value option has not been elected are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and
therefore may be reported at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The fair values for commercial loans held for sale are based on
Company-specific data not observable in the market. These valuations are Level 3 measurements.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments that
are not disclosed above:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash
flows approximate the estimated fair values. Because these amounts generally relate to either currency or highly liquid assets,
these are considered Level 1 valuations.
Debt securities held to maturity: The fair values of debt securities held to maturity are estimated in the same manner as
the corresponding debt securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Loans (excluding sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan
losses: A discounted cash flow method under the income approach is utilized to estimate the fair value of the loan portfolio. The
discounted cash flow method relies upon assumptions about the amount and timing of scheduled principal and interest
payments, principal prepayments, and current market rates. The loan portfolio is aggregated into categories based on loan type
and credit quality. For each loan category, weighted average statistics, such as coupon rate, age, and remaining term are
calculated. These are Level 3 valuations.
Other earning assets (excluding equity investments and operating leases): The carrying amounts reported in the
consolidated balance sheets approximate the estimated fair values. While these instruments are not actively traded in the
market, the majority of the inputs required to value them are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources.
112
Table of Contents
Accordingly, these are Level 2 valuations. The fair values of certain other earning assets are estimated using quoted market
prices of identical instruments in active markets and are considered Level 1 measurements.
Deposits: The fair value of non-interest-bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts,
money market accounts and certain other time deposit accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the
carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on market
spreads to benchmark rates, and are considered Level 2 valuations.
Long-term borrowings: The fair values of certain long term borrowings are estimated using quoted market prices of
identical instruments in non-active markets and are considered Level 2 valuations. Otherwise, valuations are based on non-
binding broker quotes and are considered Level 3 valuations.
Loan commitments and letters of credit: The fair value of these instruments is reasonably estimated by the carrying
value of deferred fees plus the unfunded loan commitments reserve related to the creditworthiness of the counterparty. Because
the valuation inputs are not observable in the market and are considered Company specific, these are Level 3 valuations.
See Note 21 for additional information related to fair value measurements.
113
Table of Contents
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
The following table provides a brief description of accounting standards adopted in 2022 and those that could have a
material impact to Regions’ consolidated financial statements upon adoption in the future.
Standard
Description
Required Date
of Adoption
Effect on Regions' financial statements or other
significant matters
for convertible
This Update
instruments by removing certain separation models.
Additionally, it revises and clarifies guidance on the
derivatives scope exception to make the exception easier to
apply.
Standards Adopted (or partially adopted) in 2022
simplifies accounting
ASU 2020-06,
Debt—Debt with
Conversion and
Other Options
(Subtopic
470-20) and
Derivatives and
Hedging—
Contracts in
Entity’s Own
Equity
(Subtopic
815-40)
ASU 2021-04,
Earnings Per
Share (Topic
260), Debt—
Modifications
and
Extinguishments
(Subtopic
470-50),
Compensation —
Stock
Compensation
(Topic 718), and
Derivatives and
Hedging —
Contracts in
Entity’s Own
Equity (Subtopic
815-40)
This Update clarifies how an issuer should account for
modifications made to equity-classified written call options
(i.e. a warrant to purchase the issuer’s common stock). The
guidance in the Update requires the issuer to treat a
modification of an equity-classified warrant that does not
cause the warrant to become liability-classified as an
exchange of the original warrant for a new warrant. This
guidance applies whether the modification is structured as
an amendment to the terms and conditions of the warrant
or as termination of the original warrant and issuance of a
new warrant.
ASU 2021-05
Leases (Topic
842): Lessors—
Certain Leases
with Variable
Lease Payments
ASU 2021-08,
Business
Combinations
(Topic 805):
Accounting for
Contract Assets
and Contract
Liabilities from
Contracts with
Customers
the
lessor
This Update amends
lease classification
guidance under ASC 842. Under the amendments, a lessor
must classify a lease that includes variable lease payments
that do not depend on an index or rate as an operating lease
if it would otherwise be classified as a sales-type or direct
financing lease and would result in the recognition of a
loss at a lease commencement. The amendments address
concerns raised during the FASB’s post implementation
review regarding recognition of an immediate loss for
these leases, as would otherwise be required.
The amendments in this Update require that an entity
(acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and
contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in
accordance with Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with
Customers, rather than using fair value. At the acquisition
date, an acquirer should account for the related revenue
contracts in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had
originated the contracts.
January 1, 2022
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material
impact.
January 1, 2022
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material
impact.
January 1, 2022
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material
impact.
January 1, 2023
The early adoption of this guidance did not have a
material impact.
Early adoption is
permitted.
114
Table of Contents
Standard
Description
Required Date
of Adoption
Effect on Regions' financial statements or other
significant matters
Standards Adopted (or partially adopted) in 2022 (continued)
ASU 2022-01—
Derivatives and
Hedging
(Topic
815): Fair Value
Hedging—
Portfolio Layer
Method
This Update represents the final amended guidance to the
fair value hedge
‘last-of-layer’ hedge model
relationships. The
for
essentially a single hedge for a given portfolio of only
prepayable assets.
last-of-layer method allowed
for
The ‘portfolio layer’ method will make the hedging asset
side of the balance sheet easier as it allows for more
flexibility in the use of derivatives and structures that best
align with management's objectives for hedging purposes.
Multiple hedged layers are permitted in fair value hedge
relationships for a closed portfolio of financial assets. Both
prepayable and non-prepayable financial instruments may
be used and included.
January 1, 2023
The early adoption of this guidance did not have a
material impact.
Early adoption is
permitted.
The Update permits reclassification of debt securities from
held-to-maturity to available-for-sale upon adoption with
restrictions. Portfolio layer method hedging must be
applied to those debt securities. Also, the decision to
reclassify must be within 30 days after the date of
adoption, and securities would need to be included in a
closed portfolio that is designed in a portfolio layer method
hedge within that 30-day period.
This Update defers the sunset date for applying reference
rate reform relief in Topic 848 to December 31, 2024 from
December 31, 2022.
Effective upon
issuance
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material
impact.
ASU 2022-06—
Reference Rate
Reform (Topic
848): Deferral of
the Sunset Date
of Topic 848
115
Table of Contents
Standard
Description
Required Date
of Adoption
Effect on Regions' financial statements or other
significant matters
Standards Not Yet Adopted
ASU 2022-02,
Financial
Instruments—
Credit Losses
(Topic 326):
Troubled Debt
Restructurings
and Vintage
Disclosures
This Update is intended to improve the decision usefulness
of information provided to investors about certain loan
refinancings, restructurings, and write-offs.
The amendments in the Update eliminate the accounting
guidance for TDRs by creditors that have adopted CECL
while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan
refinancings and restructurings by creditors made to
borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.
January 1, 2023
Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2023 with
no material impact.
The Update also requires that a public business entity
disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of
origination for financing receivables and net investment in
leases.
The amendments in this Update should be applied
prospectively, except for the transition method related to
the recognition and measurement of TDRs for which there
is an option to apply a modified retrospective transition
method, resulting in a cumulative-effect adjustment to
retained earnings in the period of adoption.
2022-03, Fair
Value
Measurement of
Equity Securities
Subject to
Contractual Sale
Restrictions
This Update clarifies how the fair value of equity securities
subject to contractual sale restrictions is determined.
January 1, 2023
Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2023 with
no material impact.
ASU 2022-03 clarifies that a contractual sale restriction
should not be considered in measuring fair value. It also
requires entities with investments in equity securities
subject to contractual sale restrictions to disclose certain
qualitative and quantitative information about such
securities.
116
Table of Contents
NOTE 2. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Regions is involved in various entities that are considered to be VIEs, as defined by authoritative accounting literature.
Generally, a VIE is a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal structure that either does not have equity investors with
substantive voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its
activities. The following discusses the VIEs in which Regions has a significant interest.
AFFORDABLE HOUSING TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS
Regions periodically invests in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects, which are funded
through a combination of debt and equity. These partnerships meet the definition of a VIE. Regions uses the proportional
amortization method to account for these investments. Due to the nature of the management activities of the general partner,
Regions is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships. See Note 1 for additional details. Additionally, Regions has loans
or letters of credit commitments with certain limited partnerships. The funded portion of the loans and letters of credit are
classified as commercial and industrial loans or investor real estate loans as applicable in Note 4.
A summary of Regions’ affordable housing tax credit investments and related loans and letters of credit, representing
Regions’ maximum exposure to loss as of December 31 is as follows:
Affordable housing tax credit investments included in other assets
Unfunded affordable housing tax credit commitments included in other liabilities
Loans and letters of credit commitments
Funded portion of loans and letters of credit commitments
Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized
Tax credit amortization expense included in provision for income taxes
2022
2021
$
(In millions)
1,238 $
511
598
282
1,045
348
410
148
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
180 $
165 $
149
139
164
133
In addition to the investments discussed above, Regions also syndicates affordable housing investments. In these
syndication transactions, Regions creates affordable housing funds in which a subsidiary is the general partner or managing
member and sells limited partnership interests to third parties. Regions' general partner or managing member interest represents
an insignificant interest in the affordable housing fund. The affordable housing funds meet the definition of a VIE. As Regions
is not the primary beneficiary and does not have a significant interest, these investments are not consolidated. At December 31,
2022 and 2021, the value of Regions’ general partnership interest in affordable housing investments was immaterial.
117
Table of Contents
NOTE 3. DEBT SECURITIES
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and
debt securities available for sale are as follows:
Recognized in OCI (1)
Not recognized in OCI
December 31, 2022
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Carrying
Value
(In millions)
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
$
$
289 $
— $
(10) $
279 $
— $
(21) $
523
—
(1)
522
—
(29)
812 $
— $
(11) $
801 $
— $
(50) $
258
493
751
$
1,310 $
— $
(123) $
1,187
$
1,187
898
2
19,477
1
8,262
198
1,219
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
(62)
—
836
2
(2,523)
16,954
—
(649)
(12)
(66)
1
7,613
186
1,154
836
2
16,954
1
7,613
186
1,154
$
31,367 $
1 $
(3,435) $
27,933
$
27,933
Recognized in OCI (1)
Not recognized in OCI
December 31, 2021
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Carrying
Value
(In millions)
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
$
$
370 $
— $
(13) $
357 $
20 $
— $
543
—
(1)
542
31
—
913 $
— $
(14) $
899 $
51 $
— $
377
573
950
$
1,137 $
2 $
(7) $
1,132
$
1,132
94
4
18,873
1
6,271
532
1,351
1
—
287
—
163
4
36
(3)
—
92
4
(198)
18,962
—
(61)
—
(6)
1
6,373
536
1,381
92
4
18,962
1
6,373
536
1,381
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Commercial agency
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Corporate and other debt securities
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Commercial agency
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Corporate and other debt securities
$
28,263 $
493 $
(275) $
28,481
$
28,481
_________
(1) The gross unrealized losses recognized in OCI on securities held to maturity resulted from a transfer of securities available for sale to held to maturity
in the second quarter of 2013.
Debt securities with carrying values of $8.8 billion and $9.2 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, were
pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits and other borrowing arrangements.
118
Table of Contents
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale at
December 31, 2022, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Commercial agency
Debt securities available for sale:
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
(In millions)
$
$
$
289 $
523
812 $
165 $
2,276
841
147
19,477
1
8,262
198
$
31,367 $
258
493
751
164
2,134
753
128
16,954
1
7,613
186
27,933
The following tables present gross unrealized losses and the related estimated fair value of debt securities held to
maturity at December 31, 2022 and debt securities available for sale are presented at December 31, 2022 and 2021. For debt
securities transferred to held to maturity from available for sale, the analysis in the tables below compares the securities'
original amortized cost to its current estimated fair value; there were no unrealized losses on debt securities held to maturity
using this analysis at December 31, 2021. All securities in an unrealized loss position are segregated between investments
that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or more.
Less Than Twelve Months
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2022
Twelve Months or More
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In millions)
Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Commercial agency
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Corporate and other debt securities
$
$
$
251 $
469
720 $
276 $
766
(29) $
(26)
(55) $
7 $
24
31 $
(1) $
(4)
(5) $
258 $
493
751 $
(30)
(30)
(60)
(8) $
903 $
(115) $
1,179 $
(50)
53
(12)
819
9,350
6,110
141
736
(1,005)
(400)
(8)
(36)
7,578
1,503
45
354
(1,518)
(249)
(4)
(30)
16,928
7,613
186
1,090
$
17,379 $
(1,507) $
10,436 $
(1,928) $
27,815 $
(3,435)
119
(123)
(62)
(2,523)
(649)
(12)
(66)
Table of Contents
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency
Commercial agency
Corporate and other debt securities
Less Than Twelve Months
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2021
Twelve Months or More
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In millions)
Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$
1,010
$
63
9,528
1,333
444
(7) $
(3)
$
—
—
(171)
(29)
(6)
686
760
—
—
—
(27)
(32)
—
$
1,010
$
63
10,214
2,093
444
$
12,378
$
(216) $
1,446
$
(59) $
13,824
$
(7)
(3)
(198)
(61)
(6)
(275)
The number of individual debt positions in an unrealized loss position in the tables above increased from 479 at
December 31, 2021 to 1,806 at December 31, 2022. The increase in the number of securities and the total amount of
unrealized losses from year-end 2021 was primarily due to changes in market interest rates. In instances where an unrealized
loss existed, there was no indication of an adverse change in credit on the underlying positions in the tables above. As it
relates to these positions, management believes no individual unrealized loss represented credit impairment as of those dates.
The Company does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the positions
before the recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity.
Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of debt securities available for sale were immaterial for 2022.
2021 and 2020. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. As part of the Company's normal
process for evaluating impairment, management did not identify any positions where impairment was believed to exist in
2022 or 2021 or 2020.
120
Table of Contents
NOTE 4. LOANS
The following table presents the distribution of Regions' loan portfolio by segment and class, net of unearned income as of
December 31:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolio
Other consumer
Total consumer
Total loans, net of unearned income (1)
2022
2021
$
(In millions)
50,905 $
5,103
298
56,306
6,393
1,986
8,379
18,810
3,510
2,489
1,248
570
5,697
32,324
$
97,009 $
43,758
5,287
264
49,309
5,441
1,586
7,027
17,512
3,744
2,510
1,184
1,071
5,427
31,448
87,784
_________
(1) Loans are presented net of unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums and deferred loan fees and costs of $894 million and $630 million at
December 31, 2022 and 2021,
See Note 13 for details regarding Regions’ investment in sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases included within
the commercial and industrial loan portfolio.
121
Table of Contents
NOTE 5. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
Regions determines the appropriate level of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The methodology is described in Note 1.
Additionally, refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements to the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for a description of the methodology prior to the adoption of CECL on
January 1, 2020.
Reflected in the allowance is the impact of the sale of $1.2 billion of unsecured consumer loans at the end of the third quarter
of 2022 with an associated allowance of $94 million. In conjunction with the sale, the Company recognized a $63 million fair value
mark recorded through charge-offs resulting in a net provision benefit of $31 million.
ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The following tables present analyses of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31,
2022, 2021 and 2020.
Commercial
Investor Real
Estate
Consumer
Total
2022
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2022
$
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses
Loan losses:
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net loan (losses) recoveries
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2022
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2022
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2022
682 $
40
(107)
50
(57)
665
58
14
72
(In millions)
79 $
45
718 $
163
(5)
2
(3)
121
8
13
21
(263)
60
(203)
678
29
(4)
25
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2022
$
737 $
142 $
703 $
Commercial
Investor Real
Estate
Consumer
Total
2021
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2021
$
1,196 $
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans
Loan losses:
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net loan losses
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2021
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2021
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2021
(445)
—
(128)
59
(69)
682
97
(39)
58
(In millions)
183 $
(87)
—
(20)
3
(17)
79
14
(6)
8
788 $
39
9
(180)
62
(118)
718
15
14
29
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2021
$
740 $
87 $
747 $
1,479
248
(375)
112
(263)
1,464
95
23
118
1,582
2,167
(493)
9
(328)
124
(204)
1,479
126
(31)
95
1,574
122
Table of Contents
Commercial
Investor Real
Estate
Consumer
Total
2020
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2019
$
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (Note 1)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2020 (adjusted for change in
accounting guidance)
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans
Loan losses:
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net loan losses
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2020
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2019
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (Note 1)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2020
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2020
537 $
(3)
534
927
60
(368)
43
(325)
1,196
41
36
77
20
97
(In millions)
45 $
287 $
7
52
129
—
(1)
3
2
183
4
13
17
(3)
14
434
721
256
—
(244)
55
(189)
788
—
14
14
1
15
869
438
1,307
1,312
60
(613)
101
(512)
2,167
45
63
108
18
126
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2020
$
1,293 $
197 $
803 $
2,293
PORTFOLIO SEGMENT RISK FACTORS
The following describe the risk characteristics relevant to each of the portfolio segments.
Commercial—The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in
normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases or other expansion projects. Commercial also
includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on
land and buildings, and are repaid by cash flow generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate
construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the
repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. Collection risk in this portfolio is driven by the
creditworthiness of underlying borrowers, particularly cash flow from customers’ business operations, and is impacted by sensitivity
to several other factors, such as market fluctuations in commodity prices.
Investor Real Estate—Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flow related to the operation, sale or
refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where
repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor
real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans)
within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment
buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Loans in this portfolio segment are particularly sensitive to the
valuation of real estate.
Consumer—The consumer portfolio segment includes residential first mortgage, home equity lines, home equity loans,
consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios and other consumer loans. Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to
consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to
borrowers to finance their primary residence. Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines of credit. This type of
lending, which is secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity
in their home. Real estate market values as of the time the loan or line is secured directly affect the amount of credit extended and,
in addition, changes in these values impact the depth of potential losses. Consumer credit card lending includes Regions branded
consumer credit card accounts. Other consumer—exit portfolios includes lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans
made through automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these
businesses prior to 2020. Other consumer loans include other revolving consumer accounts, indirect and direct consumer loans, and
overdrafts. Loans in this portfolio segment are sensitive to unemployment, inflation, and other key consumer economic measures.
123
Table of Contents
CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS
The following tables present credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale,
as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.
The commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments' primary credit quality indicator is internal risk ratings which are
detailed by categories related to underlying credit quality and probability of default. Regions assigns these risk ratings at loan
origination and reviews the relationship utilizing a risk-based approach on, at minimum, an annual basis or at any time management
becomes aware of information affecting the borrowers' ability to fulfill their obligations. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are
considered in this review process. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for credit losses.
•
•
•
•
Pass—includes obligations where the probability of default is considered low;
Special Mention—includes obligations that have potential weakness that may, if not reversed or corrected, weaken the
credit or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. Obligations in this category may also be
subject to economic or market conditions that may, in the future, have an adverse effect on debt service ability;
Substandard Accrual—includes obligations that exhibit a well-defined weakness that presently jeopardizes debt
repayment, even though they are currently performing. These obligations are characterized by the distinct possibility that
the Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are not corrected;
Non-accrual—includes obligations where management has determined that full payment of principal and interest is in
doubt.
Substandard accrual and non-accrual loans are often collectively referred to as “classified.” Special mention, substandard
accrual, and non-accrual loans are often collectively referred to as “criticized and classified.”
Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, accrual status, days past due status, unemployment rates,
home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for the consumer loan portfolio. FICO scores are obtained at origination as
part of Regions' formal underwriting process. Refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for all consumer loans,
including residential first mortgage loans. Current FICO data is not available for certain loans in the portfolio for various reasons;
for example, if customers do not use sufficient credit, an updated score may not be available. These categories are utilized to
develop the associated allowance for credit losses. The higher the FICO score the less probability of default and vice versa.
The disclosure of credit quality indicators for loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, is presented
by credit quality indicator by vintage year. Regions defines the vintage date for the purposes of disclosure as the date of the most
recent credit decision. In general, renewals are categorized as new credit decisions and reflect the renewal date as the vintage date.
Loans that are modified as a TDR are considered to be a continuation of the original loan, therefore the origination date of the
original loan is reflected as the vintage date. The following tables present applicable credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio
segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. Classes in the commercial and investor real
estate portfolio segments are disclosed by risk rating. Classes in the consumer portfolio segment are disclosed by current FICO
scores.
Term Loans
Origination Year
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Revolving
Loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Amortizing
Unallocated (1)
Total
December 31, 2022
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial:
Risk Rating:
Pass(2)
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
$ 11,948 $ 7,167 $ 3,277 $ 2,297 $ 1,026 $ 3,283 $
19,599 $
— $
313 $ 48,910
85
248
95
120
114
55
70
39
11
30
57
9
32
53
36
1
17
6
282
500
135
—
—
—
—
—
—
620
1,028
347
Total commercial and industrial
$ 12,376 $ 7,456 $ 3,397 $ 2,393 $ 1,147 $ 3,307 $
20,516 $
— $
313 $ 50,905
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial real estate
mortgage—owner-occupied:
$ 1,058 $ 1,175 $
929 $
479 $
519 $
626 $
89 $
— $
(5) $ 4,870
7
10
1
32
16
2
17
36
9
10
35
1
15
5
5
12
6
11
2
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
95
109
29
$ 1,076 $ 1,225 $
991 $
525 $
544 $
655 $
92 $
— $
(5) $ 5,103
124
Table of Contents
Term Loans
Origination Year
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Revolving
Loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Amortizing
Unallocated (1)
Total
December 31, 2022
(In millions)
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial real estate
construction—owner-occupied:
$
115 $
79 $
22 $
15 $
15 $
38 $
1 $
— $
— $
285
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
2
1
—
—
1
2
—
—
—
1
4
—
—
—
$
117 $
79 $
25 $
16 $
17 $
43 $
1 $
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
—
2
5
6
— $
298
308 $ 56,306
Total commercial
$ 13,569 $ 8,760 $ 4,413 $ 2,934 $ 1,708 $ 4,005 $
20,609 $
Commercial investor real estate mortgage:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial investor real
estate mortgage
$ 2,332 $ 1,321 $
634 $
466 $
257 $
94 $
490 $
— $
(7) $ 5,587
229
107
52
75
—
—
—
74
—
18
138
—
—
68
—
3
3
1
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
363
390
53
$ 2,720 $ 1,396 $
708 $
622 $
325 $
101 $
528 $
— $
(7) $ 6,393
Commercial investor real estate construction:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial investor real
estate construction
$
458 $
402 $
205 $
112 $ — $
1 $
722 $
— $
(16) $ 1,884
25
3
—
52
—
—
—
17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
—
—
$
486 $
454 $
222 $
112 $ — $
1 $
727 $
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
—
82
20
—
(16) $ 1,986
(23) $ 8,379
Total investor real estate
$ 3,206 $ 1,850 $
930 $
734 $
325 $
102 $
1,255 $
Residential first mortgage:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
$ 2,485 $ 4,455 $ 4,765 $
899 $
327 $ 2,445 $
— $
— $
— $ 15,376
337
168
42
27
412
183
92
45
313
129
77
47
83
53
52
13
42
34
40
4
300
295
379
98
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
1,487
862
682
403
Total residential first mortgage
$ 3,059 $ 5,187 $ 5,331 $ 1,100 $
447 $ 3,517 $
2 $
— $
167 $ 18,810
Home equity lines:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
$
— $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $
2,620 $
47 $
— $ 2,667
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
369
212
99
97
12
11
8
4
—
—
—
31
381
223
107
132
Total home equity lines
$
— $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $
3,397 $
82 $
31 $ 3,510
Home equity loans
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
$
436 $
466 $
250 $
117 $
106 $
582 $
— $
— $
— $ 1,957
75
29
4
4
62
28
8
3
26
11
4
3
17
12
5
3
14
9
7
4
67
58
38
24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17
261
147
66
58
Total home equity loans
$
548 $
567 $
294 $
154 $
140 $
769 $
— $
— $
17 $ 2,489
125
Table of Contents
Consumer credit card:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
Term Loans
Origination Year
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Revolving
Loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Amortizing
Unallocated (1)
Total
December 31, 2022
(In millions)
$
— $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $
719 $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
246
204
86
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16)
719
246
204
86
(7)
Total consumer credit card
$
— $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $
1,264 $
— $
(16) $ 1,248
Other consumer—exit portfolios:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
Total Other consumer- exit
portfolios
Other consumer:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
Total other consumer
Total consumer loans
Total Loans
$
— $ — $ — $
102 $
172 $
96 $
— $
— $
— $
370
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30
17
7
1
40
30
17
3
23
17
10
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
93
64
34
9
$
— $ — $ — $
157 $
262 $
149 $
— $
— $
2 $
570
$ 2,072 $
674 $
382 $
215 $
99 $
80 $
119 $
— $
— $ 3,641
493
348
102
61
200
153
69
6
106
73
38
5
50
34
20
130
23
19
12
73
20
15
8
5
66
55
23
2
$ 3,076 $ 1,102 $
604 $
449 $
226 $
128 $
265 $
$ 6,683 $ 6,856 $ 6,229 $ 1,860 $ 1,075 $ 4,563 $
4,928 $
$ 23,458 $ 17,466 $ 11,572 $ 5,528 $ 3,108 $ 8,670 $
26,792 $
—
—
—
—
— $
82 $
82 $
—
—
—
(153)
958
697
272
129
(153) $ 5,697
48 $ 32,324
333 $ 97,009
December 31, 2021
Term Loans
Origination Year
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Amortizing
Revolving
Loans
Unallocated (1)
Total
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial:
Risk Rating:
Pass(2)
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial and
industrial
$ 11,098 $ 5,231 $ 3,711 $ 1,781 $ 1,625 $ 2,611 $
15,794 $
— $
(60) $ 41,791
54
83
70
43
76
22
177
57
45
147
90
9
25
17
11
77
12
15
383
421
133
—
—
—
—
—
—
906
756
305
$ 11,305 $ 5,372 $ 3,990 $ 2,027 $ 1,678 $ 2,715 $
16,731 $
— $
(60) $ 43,758
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial real
estate mortgage—owner-
occupied:
$ 1,404 $ 1,095 $
671 $
663 $
381 $
724 $
122 $
— $
(7) $ 5,053
7
3
3
48
8
6
12
34
7
11
11
10
12
6
12
16
12
14
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
107
75
52
$ 1,417 $ 1,157 $
724 $
695 $
411 $
766 $
124 $
— $
(7) $ 5,287
126
Table of Contents
December 31, 2021
Term Loans
Origination Year
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Amortizing
Revolving
Loans
Unallocated (1)
Total
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied:
(In millions)
$
68 $
61 $
24 $
30 $
20 $
42 $
1 $
— $
— $
246
—
—
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
2
2
—
1
—
1
2
—
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
2
11
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial real
estate construction—
owner-occupied:
Total commercial
$ 12,791 $ 6,591 $ 4,738 $ 2,756 $ 2,111 $ 3,533 $
16,856 $
$
69 $
62 $
24 $
34 $
22 $
52 $
1 $
— $
— $
— $
264
(67) $ 49,309
Commercial investor real estate mortgage:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial investor
real estate mortgage
$ 1,783 $
808 $
900 $
580 $
144 $
95 $
487 $
— $
(4) $ 4,793
23
52
—
84
85
—
223
94
—
21
31
1
1
15
—
9
—
2
—
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
361
284
3
$ 1,858 $
977 $ 1,217 $
633 $
160 $
106 $
494 $
— $
(4) $ 5,441
Commercial investor real estate construction:
Risk Rating:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard Accrual
Non-accrual
Total commercial investor
real estate construction
$
135 $
343 $
404 $
82 $
1 $
1 $
593 $
— $
(11) $ 1,548
—
—
—
12
—
—
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
135 $
355 $
430 $
82 $
1 $
1 $
593 $
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
—
38
—
—
(11) $ 1,586
(15) $ 7,027
Total investor real estate
$ 1,993 $ 1,332 $ 1,647 $
715 $
161 $
107 $
1,087 $
Residential first mortgage:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
Total residential first
mortgage
Home equity lines:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
$ 4,020 $ 5,280 $ 1,106 $
426 $
612 $ 2,601 $
— $
— $
— $ 14,045
449
246
39
56
366
161
58
46
108
78
49
20
57
50
47
7
69
44
47
11
353
378
451
111
—
—
—
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
157
1,402
957
691
417
$ 4,810 $ 5,911 $ 1,361 $
587 $
783 $ 3,894 $
9 $
— $
157 $ 17,512
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
2,761 $
49 $
— $ 2,810
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
380
254
132
105
12
11
8
5
—
—
—
27
392
265
140
137
Total home equity lines
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
3,632 $
85 $
27 $ 3,744
127
Table of Contents
Home equity loans
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
December 31, 2021
Term Loans
Origination Year
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Amortizing
Revolving
Loans
Unallocated (1)
Total
(In millions)
$
544 $
320 $
155 $
144 $
217 $
588 $
— $
— $
— $ 1,968
82
34
6
2
35
14
3
3
26
13
6
3
22
12
7
4
23
15
11
5
71
59
46
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18
259
147
79
57
Total home equity loans
$
668 $
375 $
203 $
189 $
271 $
786 $
— $
— $
18 $ 2,510
Consumer credit card:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
Total consumer credit
card
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
675 $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
240
194
81
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(14)
675
240
194
81
(6)
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
1,198 $
— $
(14) $ 1,184
Other consumer- exit portfolios:
$
— $
— $
157 $
318 $
135 $
81 $
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
47
28
10
2
71
50
31
5
32
24
16
4
20
17
13
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
691
170
119
70
21
— $
— $
244 $
475 $
211 $
134 $
— $
— $
7 $ 1,071
$ 1,555 $
844 $
543 $
222 $
66 $
76 $
116 $
— $
— $ 3,422
381
232
66
62
203
125
50
7
131
72
33
156
58
37
20
91
19
15
8
4
18
13
7
4
56
40
17
2
Total other consumer
$ 2,296 $ 1,229 $
935 $
428 $
112 $
118 $
231 $
Total consumer loans
$ 7,774 $ 7,515 $ 2,743 $ 1,679 $ 1,377 $ 4,932 $
5,070 $
Total Loans
$ 22,558 $ 15,438 $ 9,128 $ 5,150 $ 3,649 $ 8,572 $
23,013 $
—
—
—
—
— $
85 $
85 $
—
—
—
78
866
534
201
404
78 $ 5,427
273 $ 31,448
191 $ 87,784
________
(1)
These amounts consist of fees that are not allocated at the loan level and loans serviced by third parties wherein Regions does not receive FICO or vintage
information.
Commercial and industrial lending includes PPP lending in the 2021 vintage year.
(2)
128
Data not available
Total other consumer- exit
portfolios
$
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Other consumer:
FICO scores
Above 720
681-720
620-680
Below 620
Data not available
Table of Contents
AGING AND NON-ACCRUAL ANALYSIS
The following tables include an aging analysis of DPD and loans on non-accrual status for each portfolio segment and class as
of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Loans on non-accrual status with no related allowance are comprised of commercial
loans that totaled $151 million and $127 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Non–accrual loans with no related
allowance typically include loans where the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient to recover all remaining principal. Loans that
have been fully charged-off do not appear in the tables below.
Accrual Loans
2022
30-59 DPD
60-89 DPD
90+ DPD
Total
30+ DPD
(In millions)
Total
Accrual
Non-accrual
Total
Commercial and industrial
$
36 $
20 $
30 $
86 $
50,558 $
347 $
50,905
Commercial real estate mortgage—
owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—
owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate
mortgage
Commercial investor real estate
construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
7
—
43
—
—
—
87
18
8
9
7
46
175
2
—
22
—
—
—
45
12
3
7
3
21
91
1
—
31
40
—
40
81
15
8
15
1
17
137
10
—
96
40
—
40
213
45
19
31
11
84
403
5,074
292
55,924
6,340
1,986
8,326
18,779
3,482
2,483
1,248
570
5,697
32,259
29
6
382
53
—
53
31
28
6
—
—
—
65
$
218 $
113 $
208 $
539 $
96,509 $
500 $
5,103
298
56,306
6,393
1,986
8,379
18,810
3,510
2,489
1,248
570
5,697
32,324
97,009
Accrual Loans
2021
30-59 DPD
60-89 DPD
90+ DPD
Total
30+ DPD
(In millions)
Total
Accrual
Non-accrual
Total
Commercial and industrial
$
35 $
29 $
5 $
69 $
43,453 $
305 $
43,758
Commercial real estate mortgage—
owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—
owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate
mortgage
Commercial investor real estate
construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
3
—
38
—
—
—
73
15
7
9
10
31
145
1
—
30
—
—
—
31
6
4
6
4
15
66
1
—
6
—
—
—
123
21
12
12
2
13
183
5
—
74
—
—
—
227
42
23
27
16
59
5,235
253
48,941
5,438
1,586
7,024
17,479
3,704
2,503
1,184
1,071
5,427
394
31,368
52
11
368
3
—
3
33
40
7
—
—
—
80
$
183 $
96 $
189 $
468 $
87,333 $
451 $
5,287
264
49,309
5,441
1,586
7,027
17,512
3,744
2,510
1,184
1,071
5,427
31,448
87,784
129
Table of Contents
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS
Regions regularly modifies commercial and investor real estate loans in order to facilitate a workout strategy. Typical
modifications include accommodations, such as renewals and forbearances. The majority of Regions’ commercial and investor real
estate TDRs are the result of renewals of classified loans at an interest rate that is not considered to be a market interest rate. For
smaller dollar commercial loans, Regions may periodically grant interest rate and other term concessions, similar to those under the
consumer program described below.
Regions works to meet the individual needs of consumer borrowers to stem foreclosure through its CAP. Regions designed the
program to allow for customer-tailored modifications with the goal of keeping customers in their homes and avoiding foreclosure
where possible. Modification may be offered to any borrower experiencing financial hardship regardless of the borrower’s payment
status. Consumer TDRs primarily involve an interest rate concession, however under the CAP, Regions may also offer a short-term
deferral, a term extension, a new loan product, or a combination of these options. For loans restructured under the CAP, Regions
expects to collect the original contractually due principal. The gross original contractual interest may be collectible, depending on
the terms modified. All CAP modifications are considered TDRs regardless of the term because they are concessionary in nature
and because the customer documents a financial hardship in order to participate.
As provided initially in the CARES Act and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act, certain loan
modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through January 1, 2022 were eligible for relief from
TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief
are not considered TDRs and are excluded from the 2021 disclosures below.
The following tables present the end of period balance for loans modified in a TDR during the periods presented by portfolio
segment and class, and the financial impact of those modifications. The tables include modifications made to new TDRs, as well as
renewals of existing TDRs.
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer—exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
2022
Number of
Obligors
Recorded
Investment
Financial Impact
of Modifications
Considered TDRs
Increase in
Allowance at
Modification
(Dollars in millions)
$
174 $
5
3
182
48
—
48
135
6
14
—
—
—
50
11
—
61
5
—
5
983
94
208
4
—
5
1294
1360
$
155
385 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
4
—
—
—
—
10
10
130
Table of Contents
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Total commercial
Commercial investor real estate mortgage
Commercial investor real estate construction
Total investor real estate
Residential first mortgage
Home equity lines
Home equity loans
Consumer credit card
Other consumer- exit portfolios
Other consumer
Total consumer
2021
Number of
Obligors
Recorded
Investment
Financial Impact
of Modifications
Considered TDRs
Increase in
Allowance at
Modification
(Dollars in millions)
$
116 $
65
28
2
95
8
—
8
492
7
72
1
—
11
2
129
77
—
77
85
1
6
—
—
3
95
$
301 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
—
—
—
—
—
8
8
80
652
755
131
Table of Contents
NOTE 6. SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES
The fair value of residential MSRs is calculated using various assumptions including future cash flows, market discount
rates, expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. A significant change in prepayments of mortgages in the
servicing portfolio could result in significant changes in the valuation adjustments, thus creating potential volatility in the
carrying amount of residential MSRs. The Company compares fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data
where available, and also considers recent market activity and actual portfolio experience.
The table below presents an analysis of residential MSRs under the fair value measurement method for the years ended
December 31:
Carrying value, beginning of year
Additions
Purchases (1)
Increase (decrease) in fair value:
Due to change in valuation inputs or assumptions
Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments (2)
2022
2021
(In millions)
2020
$
418 $
296 $
44
301
127
(78)
77
72
43
(70)
Carrying value, end of year
$
812 $
418 $
_________
(1) Purchases of residential MSRs can be structured with cash hold back provisions, therefore the timing of payment may be made in future periods.
(2)
Includes both total loan payoffs as well as partial paydowns. Regions' MSR decay methodology is a discounted net cash flow approach.
345
49
59
(89)
(68)
296
Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation, as well as the valuation’s sensitivity to rate fluctuations, related to
residential MSRs (excluding related derivative instruments) as of December 31 are as follows:
Unpaid principal balance
Weighted-average CPR (%)
Estimated impact on fair value of a 10% increase
Estimated impact on fair value of a 20% increase
Option-adjusted spread (basis points)
Estimated impact on fair value of a 10% increase
Estimated impact on fair value of a 20% increase
Weighted-average coupon interest rate
Weighted-average remaining maturity (months)
Weighted-average servicing fee (basis points)
$
$
$
$
$
2022
2021
(Dollars in millions)
$
$
$
$
$
54,603
7.4 %
(50)
(89)
507
(19)
(37)
3.6 %
308
27.1
36,769
10.5 %
(29)
(52)
451
(8)
(16)
3.5 %
295
27.3
The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance.
Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the
change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular
assumption on the fair value of the residential MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality
changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. The
derivative instruments utilized by Regions would serve to reduce the estimated impacts to fair value included in the table above.
Servicing related fees, which include contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and other ancillary income resulting
from the servicing of residential mortgage loans totaled $137 million, $102 million, and $95 million for the years ended
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.
Residential mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with standard representations and warranties regarding
certain characteristics such as the quality of the loan, the absence of fraud, the eligibility of the loan for sale and the future
servicing associated with the loan. Regions may be required to repurchase these loans at par, or make-whole or indemnify the
purchasers for losses incurred when representations and warranties are breached.
Regions maintains an immaterial repurchase liability related to residential mortgage loans sold with representations and
warranty provisions. This repurchase liability is reported in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and reflects
management’s estimate of losses based on historical repurchase and loss trends, as well as other factors that may result in
anticipated losses different from historical loss trends. Adjustments to this reserve are recorded in other non-interest expense on
the consolidated statements of income.
132
Table of Contents
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES
Regions is an approved DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. In
connection with the DUS program, Regions services commercial mortgage loans, retains commercial MSRs and intangible
assets associated with the DUS license, and assumes a loss share guarantee associated with the loans. Regions' related DUS
commercial MSRs are recorded in other assets at the lower of cost or estimated fair value and are amortized in proportion to,
and over the estimated period that net servicing income is expected to be received based on projections of the amount and
timing of estimated future net cash flows. See Note 1 for additional information. Also see Note 23 for additional information
related to the guarantee.
Regions' DUS portfolio totaled $81 million, $86 million, and $74 million at December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. Regions periodically evaluates DUS MSRs for impairment based on fair value. The estimated fair value of the
DUS commercial MSRs was approximately $96 million at both December 31, 2022 and 2021 and $81 million at December 31,
2020.
Servicing related fees in connection with the DUS program, which include contractually specified servicing fees, late fees
and other ancillary income resulting from the servicing of DUS commercial mortgage loans totaled $24 million, $25 million,
and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.
NOTE 7. OTHER EARNING ASSETS
Other earning assets consist of investments in FRB stock, FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and other
miscellaneous earning assets.
FRB AND FHLB STOCK
The following table presents the amount of Regions' investments in FRB and FHLB stock as of December 31:
FRB stock
FHLB stock
MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
438 $
15
492
16
Marketable equity securities carried at fair value, which primarily consist of assets held for certain employee benefits and
money market funds, are reported in other earning assets. Total marketable equity securities were $529 million and $464
million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Unrealized losses recognized in earnings for marketable equity securities
still being held by the Company were $45 million during 2022. Unrealized gains recognized in earnings for marketable equity
securities still being held by the Company were $20 million during 2021 and $12 million during 2020.
OTHER MISCELLANEOUS EARNING ASSETS
Other miscellaneous earning assets consist of long-term certificates of deposit at other institutions and other receivables,
and, in periods prior to 2022, included operating lease assets. Other miscellaneous earning assets were $326 million and
$215 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
NOTE 8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
A summary of premises and equipment, net at December 31 is as follows:
Land
Premises and improvements
Furniture and equipment
Software
Leasehold improvements
Construction in progress
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
420 $
1,680
1,056
969
455
101
4,681
(2,963)
$
1,718 $
419
1,651
1,056
926
434
152
4,638
(2,824)
1,814
133
Table of Contents
NOTE 9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
GOODWILL
Goodwill allocated to each reportable segment (each a reporting unit) at December 31 is presented as follows:
Corporate Bank
Consumer Bank
Wealth Management
2022
2021
(In millions)
3,006 $
2,334
393
5,733 $
3,012
2,339
393
5,744
$
$
Regions assessed the indicators of goodwill impairment for all three reporting units as part of its annual impairment test,
as of October 1, 2022, and through the date of the filing of this Annual Report, by performing a qualitative assessment of
goodwill at the reporting unit level. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances
since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market
capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors and trends in the
banking industry. The results of the qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value
of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount as of the test date; therefore, the quantitative goodwill impairment tests
were deemed unnecessary.
OTHER IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents other identifiable intangible assets and related accumulated amortization as of December 31:
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
Gross Carrying Amount
Accumulated Amortization
Net Carrying Amount
(In millions)
Core deposit intangibles
$
1,011 $
1,011 $
1,006
$
1,000
$
5 $
Purchased credit card relationship assets
Relationship assets (1)
Other—amortizing (2)
Agency commercial real estate licenses (3)
Other—non-amortizing (4)
175
267
26
16
3
175
267
26
20
3
$
1,498 $
1,502 $
164
58
21
—
—
1,249
$
157
22
18
—
—
1,197
11
209
5
16
3
$
249 $
11
18
245
8
20
3
305
_________
(1)
(2)
(3)
Includes intangible assets related to broker and contractor origination networks, vendor networks, and customer relationships.
Includes intangible assets primarily related to acquired trust services, trade names, intellectual property, and employee agreements.
Includes a DUS license acquired in 2014 and commercial real estate licenses acquired in 2021 that are non-amortizing intangible assets. In 2022, an
immaterial purchase accounting adjustment resulted in an update to commercial real estate licenses. Refer to Note 6 for additional information related to
the DUS license.
Includes non-amortizing intangible assets related to other acquired trust services.
(4)
Core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationships and relationship assets are amortized in other non-interest
expense on an accelerated basis over their expected useful lives. Other amortizing intangibles are amortized in other non-
interest expense on a straight line basis over their expected useful lives.
The aggregate amount of amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets is estimated as follows:
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Year Ended December 31
(In millions)
$
44
36
30
25
21
Identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed at least annually, usually in the fourth quarter, for events or
circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. Regions concluded that no impairment for any
identifiable intangible assets occurred during 2022, 2021 or 2020.
134
Table of Contents
NOTE 10. DEPOSITS
The following schedule presents a detail of interest-bearing deposits at December 31:
Interest-bearing checking
Savings
Money market—domestic
Time deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
25,676
$
15,662
33,285
5,772
$
80,395
$
28,018
15,134
31,408
6,143
80,703
At December 31, 2022, the aggregate amounts of maturities of all time deposits (deposits with stated maturities,
consisting primarily of certificates of deposit and IRAs) were as follows:
December 31, 2022
(In millions)
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
NOTE 11. BORROWED FUNDS
LONG-TERM BORROWINGS
Long-term borrowings at December 31 consist of the following:
Regions Financial Corporation (Parent):
2.25% senior notes due May 2025
1.80% senior notes due August 2028
7.75% subordinated notes due September 2024
6.75% subordinated debentures due November 2025
7.375% subordinated notes due December 2037
Valuation adjustments on hedged long-term debt
Regions Bank:
6.45% subordinated notes due June 2037
Other long-term debt
$
$
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
747 $
646
100
153
298
(158)
1,786
496
2
498
Total consolidated
$
2,284 $
3,201
1,510
526
296
218
21
5,772
746
645
100
154
298
(34)
1,909
496
2
498
2,407
As of December 31, 2022, Regions had three issuances and Regions Bank had one issuance of subordinated notes totaling
$551 million and $496 million, respectively, with stated interest rates ranging from 6.45% to 7.75%. All issuances of these
notes are, by definition, subordinated and subject in right of payment of both principal and interest to the prior payment in full
of all senior indebtedness of the Company, which is generally defined as all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company
to its creditors, except subordinated indebtedness. Payment of the principal of the notes may be accelerated only in the case of
certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or reorganization of the Company. The subordinated notes
described above qualify as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve guidelines, subject to diminishing credit as the respective
maturity dates approach and subject to certain transition provisions. None of the subordinated notes are redeemable prior to
maturity, unless there is an occurrence of a qualifying capital event.
Regions and Regions Bank did not issue or redeem any debt in 2022.
In the first quarter of 2021, Regions and Regions Bank redeemed senior notes due February 2021 and April 2021 in their
entirety. In the third quarter of 2021, Regions issued $650 million of 1.80% senior notes due August 2028. Also in the third
quarter of 2021, Regions redeemed senior notes due August 2023 in their entirety. In conjunction with the redemptions,
Regions incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges totaling $20 million.
135
Table of Contents
Regions uses derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, to manage interest rate risk by converting a portion of
its fixed-rate debt to a variable-rate. The effective rate adjustments related to these hedges are included in interest expense on
long-term borrowings. The weighted-average interest rate on total long-term debt, including the effect of derivative instruments,
was 5.1 percent, 3.6 percent, and 2.7 percent for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Further
discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 20.
The aggregate amount of contractual maturities of all long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter is as
follows:
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Year Ended December 31
Regions
Financial
Corporation
(Parent)
Regions
Bank
$
$
(In millions)
— $
100
833
—
—
853
1,786 $
—
—
—
—
—
498
498
Regions Bank maintains borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the FRB. Short and long-term funding from the FHLB and
FRB are secured by pledged assets, primarily certain loan portfolios which are also subject to blanket lien arrangements with
the FHLB and FRB. Borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB is contingent on the amount of collateral available to be
pledged. At both December 31, 2022 and 2021 there were no outstanding borrowings with the FHLB or FRB.
On February 24, 2022, Regions filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC. This shelf registration does not have a
capacity limit and can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. The registration statement will
expire in February 2025.
Regions Bank may issue bank notes from time to time, either as part of a bank note program or as stand-alone issuances.
Notes issued by Regions Bank may be senior or subordinated notes. Notes issued by Regions Bank are not deposits and are not
insured or guaranteed by the FDIC.
Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated
debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some
securities.
136
Table of Contents
NOTE 12. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS
Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State
banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and
selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules,
Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the FRB's rules for
tailoring enhanced prudential standards.
Banking regulations identify five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, Regions and Regions Bank
exceeded all current regulatory requirements, and were classified as "well-capitalized." Management believes that no events or
changes have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2022 that would change this designation.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require institutions to maintain minimum
ratios of common equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and
of Tier 1 capital to average tangible assets (the "Leverage" ratio).
Federal banking agencies allowed a phase-in of the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. At December 31, 2021, the
add-back to regulatory capital was calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in
the allowance. The amount is phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2022. At December 31, 2022, the net impact of
the add-back on CET1 was approximately $306 million, or approximately 24 basis points. The add-back amounts will decrease
by approximately $100 million each year, or approximately 8 basis points, in the first quarters of 2023, 2024, and 2025.
Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5
percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated
financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.
The following tables summarize the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements:
Common equity Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Total capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Leverage capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Common equity Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Total capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
Leverage capital:
Regions Financial Corporation
Regions Bank
December 31, 2022 (1)
Amount
Ratio
Minimum
Requirement
(Dollars in millions)
Minimum
Requirement
plus SCB (2)
To Be Well
Capitalized
12,066
13,509
13,725
13,509
15,767
15,172
13,725
13,509
9.60 %
10.77
10.91 %
10.77
12.54 %
12.10
8.90 %
8.80
4.50 %
4.50
6.00 %
6.00
8.00 %
8.00
4.00 %
4.00
7.00 %
7.00
8.50 %
8.50
10.50 %
10.50
4.00 %
4.00
N/A
6.50 %
6.00 %
8.00
10.00 %
10.00
N/A
5.00 %
December 31, 2021
Amount
Ratio
Minimum
Requirement
Minimum
Requirement
plus SCB (2)
To Be Well
Capitalized
(Dollars in millions)
10,844
12,478
12,503
12,478
14,441
13,985
12,503
12,478
9.57 %
11.05
11.03 %
11.05
12.74 %
12.38
8.08 %
8.09
4.50 %
4.50
6.00 %
6.00
8.00 %
8.00
4.00 %
4.00
7.00 %
7.00
8.50 %
8.50
10.50 %
10.50
4.00 %
4.00
N/A
6.50 %
6.00 %
8.00
10.00 %
10.00
N/A
5.00 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
_________
(1) The 2022 Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, Total capital, and Leverage capital ratios are estimated.
(2) Reflects Regions' SCB of 2.50%. SCB does not apply to leverage capital ratios.
137
Table of Contents
Substantially all net assets are owned by subsidiaries. The primary source of operating cash available to Regions is
provided by dividends from subsidiaries. Statutory limits are placed on the amount of dividends the subsidiary bank can pay
without prior regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory authorities require the maintenance of minimum capital-to-asset ratios
at banking subsidiaries. Under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation H, Regions Bank may not, without approval of the Federal
Reserve, declare or pay a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of
(a) Regions Bank’s net income for that year and (b) its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years, less any
required transfers to additional paid-in capital or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock. Under Alabama law, Regions
Bank may not pay a dividend to Regions in excess of 90 percent of its net earnings until the bank’s surplus is equal to at least
20 percent of capital. Regions Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of
Banking prior to paying a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared by Regions Bank in any calendar year will
exceed the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years,
less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as “the remainder of all earnings from current operations
plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating
expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes.” In addition to
dividend restrictions, Federal statutes also prohibit unsecured loans from banking subsidiaries to the parent company.
In addition, Regions must adhere to various HUD regulatory guidelines including required minimum capital to maintain
their HUD approved status. Failure to comply with the HUD guidelines could result in withdrawal of this certification. As of
December 31, 2022, Regions was in compliance with HUD guidelines. Regions is also subject to various capital requirements
by secondary market investors.
NOTE 13. LEASES
LESSEE
As of December 31, 2022, assets and liabilities recorded under operating leases for properties were $474 million and $553
million, respectively, and $459 million and $529 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. The difference between the
asset and liability balance is largely driven by increases in rent over the lease term and any strategic decisions to exit a lease
location early, resulting in derecognition of the asset. The asset is recorded within other assets, and the lease liability is recorded
within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense, which is operating lease costs recorded within net
occupancy expense, was $86 million, $87 million, and $85 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020,
respectively.
Other information related to operating leases at December 31 is as follows:
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Weighted-average discount rate (%)
Future, undiscounted minimum lease payments on operating leases are as follows:
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: Imputed interest
Total present value of lease liabilities
2022
10.0 years
2.6 %
2021
9.9 years
2.5 %
December 31, 2022
(In millions)
$
$
95
86
78
64
53
277
653
100
553
138
Table of Contents
LESSOR
The following tables present a summary of Regions' sales-type, direct financing and leveraged leases for the years ended
December 31. Due to the immaterial nature of operating leases on the consolidated financial statements, prior periods have been
revised to reflect the December 31, 2022 presentation.
Sales-Type and Direct Financing
Leveraged(1)
Net Interest Income
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
$
52 $
12
64 $
59 $
14
73 $
67
14
81
_________
(1) Leveraged lease income is shown pre-tax with related tax expense of $7 million for December 31, 2022 and $8 million for both December 31, 2021 and
2020, respectively. Leveraged lease termination gains excluded from amounts presented above were immaterial for all periods presented.
Lease receivable
Unearned income
Guaranteed residual
Unguaranteed residual
Total net investment
Lease receivable
Unearned income
Guaranteed residual
Unguaranteed residual
Total net investment
As of December 31, 2022
Sales-Type and
Direct Financing
Leveraged
(In millions)
Total
$
$
1,236 $
140 $
(189)
71
173
1,291 $
(62)
—
134
212 $
As of December 31, 2021
Sales-Type and
Direct Financing
Leveraged
(In millions)
Total
$
$
1,231 $
159 $
(198)
49
213
(76)
—
137
1,295 $
220 $
1,376
(251)
71
307
1,503
1,390
(274)
49
350
1,515
The following table presents the minimum future payments due from customers for sales-type and direct financing leases:
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
December 31, 2022
Sales-Type and
Direct Financing
(In millions)
$
289
211
166
125
101
344
$
1,236
139
Table of Contents
NOTE 14. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
PREFERRED STOCK
The following table presents a summary of the non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock as of December 31:
Issuance
Date
Earliest
Redemption
Date
Dividend
Rate (1)
Liquidation
Amount
Liquidation
preference
per Share
2022
2021
Liquidation
preference
per
Depositary
Share
Ownership
Interest
per
Depositary
Share
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Carrying
Amount
Carrying
Amount
(Dollars in millions, except for share and per share amounts)
Series B 4/29/2014
9/15/2024
Series C 4/30/2019
5/15/2029
Series D 6/5/2020
Series E
5/4/2021
9/15/2025
6/15/2026
6.375 % (2)
5.700 % (3)
5.750 % (4)
4.450 %
$
500 $
1,000 $
500
350
400
1,000
100,000
1,000
$
1,750
25
25
1,000
25
1/40th
1/40th
1/100th
1/40th
500,000
$
433 $
500,000
3,500
400,000
490
346
390
433
490
346
390
1,403,500 $
1,659 $
1,659
_________
(1) Dividends on all series of preferred stock, if declared, accrue and are payable quarterly in arrears.
(2) Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to September 15, 2024, 6.375%, and (ii) for
each period beginning on or after September 15, 2024, three-month LIBOR plus 3.536%.
(3) Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to August 15, 2029, 5.700%, and (ii) for each
period beginning on or after August 15, 2029, three-month LIBOR plus 3.148%.
(4) Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to September 15, 2025, 5.750%, and (ii) for
each period beginning on or after September 15, 2025, the five-year treasury rate as of the most recent reset dividend determination date plus 5.426%.
All series of preferred stock have no stated maturity and redemption is solely at Regions' option, subject to regulatory
approval, in whole, or in part, after the earliest redemption date or in whole, but not in part, at any time following a regulatory
capital treatment event for the Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E preferred stock.
The Board of Directors declared a total of $81 million in cash dividends on Series B, and Series C and Series D Preferred
Stock during both 2022 and 2021. The Board declared $18 million and $11 million in cash dividends on Series E preferred
stock during 2022 and 2021, respectively; the initial quarterly dividend for Series E was declared in the third quarter of 2021.
Additionally, total cash dividends for 2021 includes $16 million in cash dividends on Series A preferred stock, which were fully
redeemed during the second quarter of 2021. In total the Board of Directors declared $99 million and $108 million in cash
dividends on preferred stock in 2022 and 2021, respectively.
In the event Series B, Series C, Series D or Series E preferred shares are redeemed at the liquidation amounts, $67 million,
$10 million, $4 million, or $10 million in excess of the redemption amount over the carrying amount will be recognized,
respectively. Approximately $52 million of Series B preferred dividends that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock,
including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to common shareholders' equity. The remaining amounts listed
represent issuance costs that were recorded as reductions to preferred stock, including related surplus, and will be recorded as
reductions to net income available to common shareholders.
COMMON STOCK
As a result of Regions' voluntary participation in 2021 CCAR, effective October 1, 2021, Regions' SCB requirement for
the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 was floored at 2.5 percent. Regions' 2022 stress testing results from
the FRB reflected that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels and the SCB will continue to be floored at 2.5 percent
for the fourth quarter of 2022 through the third quarter of 2023.
On April 20, 2022, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting
purchases from the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024. As of December 31, 2022, Regions had
repurchased approximately 725 thousand shares of common stock at a total cost of $15 million under this plan. All of these
shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock.
Prior to the new common stock repurchase plan, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the
Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022. During the
year ended December 31, 2021, Regions repurchased approximately 20.8 million shares of common stock under this plan which
reduced shareholder's equity by $467 million. Included in these share repurchases were approximately 1.0 million shares that
were repurchased as part of the amendment to the Company’s deferred investment plan for its directors. During the three
months ended March 31, 2022, Regions repurchased an additional 9.1 million shares at a total cost of $215 million under this
plan and concluded the plan in the first quarter of 2022.
Regions declared $0.74 per share in cash dividends for 2022, $0.65 for 2021, and $0.62 for 2020.
140
Table of Contents
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following tables present the balances and activity in AOCI on a pre-tax and net of tax basis for the years ended
December 31:
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Beginning balance
Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2)
Ending balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Beginning balance
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3)
Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period
Ending balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Beginning balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2)
Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period
Ending balance
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans:
Beginning balance
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and
settlements realized in net income (4)
Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment
benefits activity in the period
Ending balance
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Pre-tax AOCI
Activity
2022
Tax Effect (1)
(In millions)
Net AOCI Activity
387 $
(98) $
289
(14) $
3
(11) $
218 $
(3,652)
1
(3,651)
(3,433) $
3 $
(1)
2 $
(55) $
927
—
927
872 $
830 $
(209) $
(1,158)
(140)
(1,298)
292
36
328
(468) $
119 $
(647) $
163 $
40
38
78
(7)
(11)
(18)
(11)
2
(9)
163
(2,725)
1
(2,724)
(2,561)
621
(866)
(104)
(970)
(349)
(484)
33
27
60
(569) $
145 $
(424)
(4,868)
(4,481) $
1,236
1,138 $
(3,632)
(3,343)
141
Table of Contents
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Beginning balance
Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized (gains) losses (2)
Ending balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Beginning balance
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3)
Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period
Ending balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Beginning balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2)
Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period
Ending balance
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans:
Beginning balance
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and
settlements realized in net income (4)
Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment
benefits activity in the period
Ending balance
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Pre-tax AOCI
Activity
2021
Tax Effect (1)
(In millions)
Net AOCI Activity
1,759 $
(444) $
1,315
(21) $
7
(14) $
5 $
(2)
3 $
1,062 $
(268) $
(841)
(3)
(844)
212
1
213
218 $
(55) $
1,610 $
(354)
(426)
(780)
830 $
(406) $
89
108
197
(209) $
(892) $
225 $
180
65
245
(46)
(16)
(62)
(647) $
163 $
(16)
5
(11)
794
(629)
(2)
(631)
163
1,204
(265)
(318)
(583)
621
(667)
134
49
183
(484)
(1,372)
387 $
346
(98) $
(1,026)
289
142
Table of Contents
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Beginning balance
Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized (gains) losses (2)
Ending balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Beginning balance
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3)
Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period
Ending balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Beginning balance
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2)
Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period
Ending balance
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans:
Beginning balance
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and
settlements realized in net income (4)
Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment
benefits activity in the period
Ending balance
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Pre-tax AOCI
Activity
2020
Tax Effect (1)
(In millions)
Net AOCI Activity
(120) $
30 $
(90)
(29) $
8
(21) $
7 $
(2)
5 $
274 $
(69) $
792
(4)
788
(200)
1
(199)
1,062 $
(268) $
430 $
1,440
(260)
1,180
1,610 $
(795) $
(144)
47
(97)
(108) $
(363)
65
(298)
(406) $
200 $
36
(11)
25
(892) $
225 $
1,879
1,759 $
(474)
(444) $
(22)
6
(16)
205
592
(3)
589
794
322
1,077
(195)
882
1,204
(595)
(108)
36
(72)
(667)
1,405
1,315
____
(1) The impact of all AOCI activity is shown net of the related tax impact, calculated using an effective tax rate of approximately 25%.
(2) Reclassification amount is recognized in net interest income in the consolidated statements of income.
(3) Reclassification amount is recognized in securities gains (losses), net in the consolidated statements of income.
(4) Reclassification amount is recognized in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally, these accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 17 for additional details).
NOTE 15. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common
share for the years ended December 31:
Numerator:
Net income
Preferred stock dividends and other(1)
Net income available to common shareholders
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic
Potential common shares
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted
Earnings per common share:
Basic
Diluted
2022
2021
2020
(In millions, except per share data)
$
$
$
2,245 $
2,521 $
(99)
(121)
2,146 $
2,400 $
1,094
(103)
991
935
7
942
956
7
963
2.29 $
2.28
2.51 $
2.49
959
3
962
1.03
1.03
________
(1) Preferred stock dividends and other for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes $13 million of issuance costs associated with the redemption of Series
A preferred shares in 2021.
143
Table of Contents
The effects from the assumed exercise of 4 million in restricted stock units and awards and performance stock units for
both years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 were not included in the above computations of diluted earnings
per common share because such amounts would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per common share. The effect from
the assumed exercise of 7 million in stock options, restricted stock units and awards and performance stock units for the year
ended December 31, 2020 was not included in the above computations of diluted earnings per common share because such
amounts would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per common share.
NOTE 16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
Regions administers long-term incentive compensation plans that permit the granting of incentive awards in the form of
restricted stock awards, performance awards, stock options and stock appreciation rights. While Regions has the ability to issue
stock appreciation rights, none has been issued to date. The terms of all awards issued under these plans are determined by the
CHR Committee of the Board; however, no awards may be granted after the tenth anniversary from the date the plans were
initially approved by shareholders. Incentive awards usually vest based on employee service, generally within three years from
the date of the grant. The contractual lives of options, issued in periods prior to 2021, granted under these plans were typically
ten years from the date of the grant.
On April 23, 2015, the shareholders of the Company approved the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 LTIP, which
permits the Company to grant to employees and directors various forms of incentive compensation. These forms of incentive
compensation are similar to the types of compensation approved in prior plans. The 2015 LTIP authorizes 60 million common
share equivalents available for grant, where grants of options and grants of full value awards (e.g., shares of restricted stock,
restricted stock units and performance stock units) count as one share equivalent. Unless otherwise determined by the CHR
Committee of the Board, grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance stock units accrue dividends, or their
notional equivalent, as they are declared by the Board, and are paid upon vesting of the award. Upon adoption of the 2015
LTIP, Regions closed the prior long-term incentive plan to new grants, and, accordingly, prospective grants must be made
under the 2015 LTIP or a successor plan. All existing grants under prior long-term incentive plans are unaffected by adoption of
the 2015 LTIP. The number of remaining share equivalents available for future issuance under the 2015 LTIP was
approximately 28 million at December 31, 2022.
Grants of performance-based restricted stock typically have a three-year performance period, and shares vest within three
years after the grant date. Restricted stock units typically vest over three years. Grantees of restricted stock awards or units must
either remain employed with the Company for certain periods from the date of grant in order for shares to be released or issued
or retire after meeting the standards of a retiree, at which time shares would be issued and released. The terms of these plans
generally stipulate that the exercise price of options may not be less than the fair market value of Regions' common stock at the
date the options are granted. Regions issues new shares from authorized reserves upon exercise.
The following table summarizes the elements of compensation cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income
for the years ended December 31:
Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards:
Restricted and performance stock awards
Tax benefits related to share-based compensation cost
Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards, net of tax
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
$
60 $
(15)
45 $
57 $
(14)
43 $
53
(13)
40
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND PERFORMANCE STOCK AWARDS
During 2022, 2021 and 2020, Regions made restricted stock grants that vest upon satisfaction of service conditions and
restricted stock award and performance stock award grants that vest based upon service conditions and performance conditions.
Incremental shares earned above the performance target associated with previous performance stock awards are included when
and if performance targets are achieved. Dividend payments during the vesting period are deferred to the end of the vesting
term. The fair value of these restricted shares, restricted stock units and performance stock units was estimated based upon the
fair value of the underlying shares on the date of the grant. The valuation was not adjusted for the deferral of dividends.
144
Table of Contents
Activity related to restricted stock awards and performance stock awards for 2022, 2021 and 2020 is summarized as
follows:
Non-vested at December 31, 2019
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2021
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2022
Number of
Shares/Units
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
8,997,358 $
6,466,526
(3,314,572)
(467,152)
11,682,160 $
2,984,065
(3,227,513)
(231,818)
11,206,894 $
2,831,304
(3,543,152)
(331,283)
10,163,763 $
15.62
8.46
14.60
11.86
12.14
21.18
15.91
13.24
13.39
21.39
14.24
14.73
15.23
As of December 31, 2022, the pre-tax amount of non-vested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock
units not yet recognized was $60 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.71 years. The total fair
value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, was $76 million, $75 million, and $35
million, respectively. No share-based compensation costs were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, or
2020.
NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
Regions' defined benefit pension plans cover only certain employees as the pension plans are closed to new entrants.
Benefits under the pension plans are based on years of service and the employee’s highest five consecutive years of
compensation during the last ten years of employment. Regions’ funding policy is to contribute annually at least the amount
required by IRS minimum funding standards. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to
date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.
The Company also sponsors a SERP, which is a non-qualified pension plan that provides certain senior executive officers
defined benefits in relation to their compensation. Actuarially determined pension expense is charged to current operations
using the projected unit credit method. All defined benefit plans are referred to as “the plans” throughout the remainder of this
footnote.
145
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the plans’ change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status, using a December 31
measurement date, and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31:
Qualified Plans
Non-qualified Plans
Total
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
(In millions)
Change in benefit obligation
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year
$
2,281 $
2,435 $
156 $
188 $
2,437 $
2,623
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gains) losses
Benefit payments
Administrative expenses
Plan settlements
Projected benefit obligation, end of year
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Company contributions
Benefit payments
Administrative expenses
Plan settlements
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
Funded status and accrued benefit (cost) at measurement date
Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Other assets
Other liabilities
Pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive (Income) Loss:
Net actuarial loss
34
56
(568)
(108)
(3)
(69)
38
49
(73)
(165)
(3)
—
2
3
(17)
(8)
—
(9)
3
2
—
(8)
—
(29)
36
59
(585)
(116)
(3)
(78)
41
51
(73)
(173)
(3)
(29)
1,623 $
2,281 $
127 $
156 $
1,750 $
2,437
2,554 $
2,469 $
— $
— $
2,554 $
2,469
(404)
—
(108)
(3)
(69)
253
—
(165)
(3)
—
—
17
(8)
—
(9)
—
37
(8)
—
(29)
(404)
17
(116)
(3)
(78)
253
37
(173)
(3)
(29)
1,970 $
2,554 $
— $
— $
1,970 $
2,554
347 $
273 $
(127) $
(156) $
220 $
117
347 $
273 $
— $
— $
347 $
—
—
(127)
(156)
(127)
347 $
273 $
(127) $
(156) $
220 $
273
(156)
117
537 $
590 $
36 $
62 $
573 $
652
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
The accumulated benefit obligation for the qualified plans was $1.5 billion and $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2022 and
2021, respectively. Total plan assets exceeded the corresponding accumulated benefit obligation for the qualified plans as of
December 31, 2022 and 2021. The accumulated benefit obligation for the non-qualified plans was $127 million and $155
million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which exceeded all corresponding plan assets for each period. As of
December 31, 2022 and 2021, the actuarial (gains) losses related to the change in the benefit obligation were primarily driven
by changes in the discount rate.
Net periodic pension cost (benefit) included the following components for the years ended December 31:
Qualified Plans
2021
2020
2022
Non-qualified Plans
2021
2020
2022
2022
Total
2021
2020
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of actuarial loss
Settlement charge
$
34 $
38 $
34 $
2 $
3 $
5 $
36 $
41 $
56
(139)
25
4
49
(142)
46
—
64
(148)
39
—
3
—
7
2
2
—
8
11
4
—
8
—
59
(139)
32
6
51
(142)
54
11
Net periodic pension (benefit) cost
$
(20) $
(9) $
(11) $
14 $
24 $
17 $
(6) $
15 $
39
68
(148)
47
—
6
(In millions)
The service cost component of net periodic pension (benefit) cost is recorded in salaries and employee benefits on the
consolidated statements of income. Components other than service cost are recorded in other non-interest expense on the
consolidated statements of income.
146
Table of Contents
The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are as follows:
Discount rate
Rate of annual compensation increase
Qualified Plans
Non-qualified Plans
2022
2021
2022
2021
5.42 %
4.00 %
2.85 %
4.00 %
5.38 %
3.00 %
2.64 %
3.00 %
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension (benefit) cost for the years ended December 31
are as follows:
Discount rate
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Rate of annual compensation increase
Qualified Plans
Non-qualified Plans
2022
2021
2020
2022
2021
2020
2.85 %
5.62 %
4.00 %
2.48 %
5.87 %
4.00 %
3.37 %
6.65 %
4.00 %
2.72 %
N/A
3.00 %
2.20 %
N/A
3.00 %
3.00 %
N/A
3.00 %
Regions utilizes a disaggregated approach in the estimation of the service and interest components of net periodic pension
costs by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant
projected cash flows. This provides a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation
between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding spot yield curve rates.
The expected long-term rate of return on the qualified plans' assets is based on an estimated reasonable range of probable
returns. The assumption is established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the
qualified plans and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. Management chose a point within the range
based on the probability of achievement combined with incremental returns attributable to active management. For 2023, the
weighted- average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is 6.37 percent, using the weighted fair value of plan assets
as of December 31, 2022.
The qualified plans' investment strategy is continuing to shift from focusing on maximizing asset returns to minimizing
funding ratio volatility, with a planned increase in the allocation to fixed income securities. The combined target asset
allocation is 35 percent equities, 59 percent fixed income securities and 6 percent in all other types of investments. Equity
securities include investments in large and small/mid cap companies primarily located in the U.S., international equities, and
private equities. Fixed income securities include investments in corporate and government bonds, asset-backed securities and
any other fixed income investments as allowed by respective prospectuses and other offering documents. Other types of
investments may include hedge funds and real estate funds that follow several different strategies. The plans' assets are highly
diversified with respect to asset class, security and manager. Investment risk is controlled with the plans' assets rebalancing to
target allocations on a periodic basis and continual monitoring of investment managers’ performance relative to the investment
guidelines established with each investment manager.
Regions’ qualified plans have a portion of their investments in Regions' common stock. At December 31, 2022, the plans
held 2,855,618 shares, which represents a total market value of approximately $62 million, or approximately 3 percent of the
plans' assets.
147
Table of Contents
The following table presents the fair value of Regions’ qualified pension plans’ financial assets as of December 31:
2022
2021
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed income securities:
U.S. Treasury securities
Federal agency securities
Corporate bonds and other debt
Total fixed income securities
Equity securities:
Domestic
International
Total equity securities
International mutual funds
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy
Collective trust funds:
Fixed income fund (1)
Common stock fund (1)
International fund (1)
Total collective trust funds
Real estate funds measured at NAV (1)
Private equity funds measured at NAV (1)
34 $
— $
— $
34 $
116 $
— $
— $
116
(In millions)
280 $
— $
— $
280 $
346 $
— $
— $
—
—
15
354
—
—
15
354
—
—
36
509
—
—
280 $
369 $
— $
649 $
346 $
545 $
— $
135 $
— $
— $
135 $
146 $
— $
— $
130
265 $
125 $
704 $
—
— $
— $
369 $
—
— $
— $
— $
130
265 $
125 $
1,073 $
142
288 $
148 $
898 $
—
— $
— $
545 $
—
— $
— $
— $
$
$
$
$
$
340
168
40
548
177
172
1,970
$
$
$
$
$
346
36
509
891
146
142
288
148
1,443
468
204
45
717
167
227
2,554
__________
(1)
In accordance with accounting guidance, investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical
expedient are not required to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation
of amounts reported in the fair value hierarchy to amounts reported on the balance sheet.
For all investments, the plans attempt to use quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges, or Level 1
measurements. Where such quoted market prices are not available, the plans typically employ quoted market prices of similar
instruments (including matrix pricing) and/or discounted cash flows to estimate a value of these securities, or Level 2
measurements. Level 2 discounted cash flow analyses are typically based on market interest rates, prepayment speeds and/or
option adjusted spreads.
Investments held in the plans consist of cash and cash equivalents, fixed income securities, equity securities, collective
trust funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity and other assets and are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. See
Note 1 for a description of valuation methodologies related to U.S. Treasuries, federal agency securities, and equity securities.
The methodology described in Note 1 for other debt securities is applicable to corporate bonds and other debt.
Mutual funds are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges; these valuations are Level
1 measurements. Collective trust funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity funds and other assets are valued based on
net asset value or the valuation of the limited partner’s portion of the equity of the fund. Third party fund managers provide
these valuations based primarily on estimated valuations of underlying investments.
148
Table of Contents
Information about the expected cash flows for the qualified and non-qualified plans is as follows:
Expected Employer Contributions:
2023
Expected Benefit Payments:
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Next five years
OTHER PLANS
Qualified Plans
Non-qualified Plans
(In millions)
$
$
— $
125 $
127
126
127
126
601
43
43
9
10
10
10
44
Regions has a defined-contribution 401(k) plan that includes a Company match of eligible employee contributions.
Eligible employees include those who have been employed for one year and have worked a minimum of 1,000 hours. The
Company match is invested based on the employees' allocation elections. Regions provides an automatic 2 percent cash 401(k)
contribution to eligible employees regardless of whether or not they are contributing to the 401(k) plan. To receive this
contribution, employees must be employed at the end of the year and not actively accruing a benefit in the Regions’ pension
plans. Regions’ cash contribution was approximately $22 million for 2022 and 2021 and $19 million for 2020. For 2022, 2021
and 2020, eligible employees who were already contributing to the 401(k) plan received up to a 5 percent Company match plus
the automatic 2 percent cash contribution. Regions’ match to the 401(k) plan on behalf of employees totaled $67 million in
2022, $63 million in 2021, and $62 million in 2020. Regions’ 401(k) plan held 16 million shares and 17 million shares of
Regions' common stock at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The 401(k) plan received approximately $12 million,
$11 million and $12 million in dividends on Regions' common stock for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020,
respectively.
Regions also sponsors defined benefit postretirement health care plans that cover certain retired employees. For these
certain employees retiring before normal retirement age, the Company currently pays a portion of the costs of certain health
care benefits until the retired employee becomes eligible for Medicare. Certain retirees, participating in plans of acquired
entities, are offered a Medicare supplemental benefit. The plan is contributory and contains other cost-sharing features such as
deductibles and co-payments. Retiree health care benefits, as well as similar benefits for active employees, are provided through
a self-insured program in which Company and retiree costs are based on the amount of benefits paid. The Company’s policy is
to fund the Company’s share of the cost of health care benefits in amounts determined at the discretion of management.
Postretirement life insurance is also provided to a grandfathered group of employees and retirees.
NOTE 18. OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
The following is a detail of other non-interest income for the years ended December 31:
Bank-owned life insurance
Investment services fee income
Commercial credit fee income
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other
Insurance proceeds (1)
Gain on equity investment (2)
Other miscellaneous income
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
62 $
82 $
122
96
(45)
50
—
199
104
91
20
—
3
223
$
484 $
523 $
95
84
77
12
—
50
151
469
______
(1)
In the third quarter of 2022, the Company settled a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received an insurance reimbursement
related to the settlement in the fourth quarter of 2022.
(2) The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first
quarter of 2021.
149
Table of Contents
The following is a detail of other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31:
Outside services
Marketing
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses
Credit/checkcard expenses
FDIC insurance assessments
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges
Visa class B shares expense
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Other miscellaneous expenses
NOTE 19. INCOME TAXES
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
157 $
156 $
170
102
263
66
61
3
24
—
382
106
98
62
45
5
22
20
360
$
1,058 $
874 $
94
89
50
48
31
24
22
354
882
312
66
378
(142)
(16)
(158)
220
The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Current income tax expense:
Federal
State
Total current expense
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal
State
Total deferred expense (benefit)
Total income tax expense
2022
2021
(In millions)
2020
$
$
$
$
$
493 $
116
609 $
26 $
(4)
22 $
631 $
456 $
73
529 $
132 $
33
165 $
694 $
Income tax expense does not reflect the tax effects of unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity,
unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and the net
change from defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefits. Refer to Note 14 for additional information on
shareholders' equity and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
The Company accounts for investment tax credits using the deferral method. Investment tax credits generated totaled $67
million, $64 million and $94 million for 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.
Income taxes for financial reporting purposes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income
tax rate of 21 percent as shown in the following table:
Tax on income computed at statutory federal income tax rate
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
State income tax, net of federal tax effect
Non-deductible expenses
Tax-exempt interest
Affordable housing credits, net of amortization
Bank-owned life insurance
Impact of change in unrecognized tax benefits
Other, net
Income tax expense(1)
Effective tax rate
2022
2021
2020
(Dollars in millions)
$
604
$
675
$
276
88
34
(33)
(32)
(16)
—
(14)
631
$
83
18
(30)
(25)
(20)
—
(7)
42
22
(34)
(31)
(22)
(23)
(10)
$
694
$
220
22.0 %
21.6 %
16.8 %
__________
(1) Income tax expense includes gross amortization of affordable housing investments of $149 million, $139 million, and $133 million for 2022, 2021 and
2020, respectively.
150
Table of Contents
Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) at December 31 are listed below:
Deferred tax assets:
Unrealized losses included in shareholders' equity
$
1,138 $
2022
2021
(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses
Right of use liability
Accrued expenses
Other
Federal and state net operating losses, net of federal tax effect
Total deferred tax assets
Less: valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets less valuation allowance
Deferred tax liabilities:
Lease financing
Right of use asset
Mortgage servicing rights
Unrealized gains included in shareholders' equity
Goodwill and intangibles
Fixed assets
Employee benefits and deferred compensation
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
401
136
61
47
40
1,823
(21)
1,802
403
128
122
—
103
52
29
22
859
$
943 $
—
400
132
32
15
53
632
(29)
603
369
123
78
98
100
67
31
43
909
(306)
The following table provides details of the Company’s tax carryforwards at December 31, 2022, including the expiration
dates and related valuation allowance:
Net operating losses-federal
Net operating losses-federal
Net operating losses-states
Net operating losses-states
Net operating losses-states
Net operating losses-states
Expiration
Dates
Deferred Tax Asset
Balance
Valuation
Allowance
Net Deferred Tax
Asset Balance
2037
$
None
2023-2027
2028-2034
2035-2042
None
(In millions)
5 $
— $
11
16
3
3
2
—
15
2
2
2
$
40 $
21 $
5
11
1
1
1
—
19
The Company believes that a portion of the state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized due to the length of
certain state carryforward periods. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established in the amount of $21 million
against such benefits at December 31, 2022 compared to $29 million at December 31, 2021.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of UTB is as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Additions based on tax positions taken in a prior period
Reductions based on tax positions taken in a prior period
Settlements
Expiration of statute of limitations
Balance at end of year
2022
2021
(In millions)
2020
9 $
12 $
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
(2)
(1)
8 $
9 $
37
2
(25)
(1)
(1)
12
$
$
The Company files U.S. federal, state, and local income tax returns. The Company is in the IRS’s Compliance Assurance
Process program and examinations of the U.S federal consolidated income tax return for tax years through 2020 have been
completed. With some exceptions for non-footprint states, the Company is no longer subject to state and local tax examinations
for tax years prior to 2018. Currently, there are no material disputed tax positions with federal or state taxing authorities.
Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate that any adjustments relating to federal or state tax examinations will result in
material changes to its business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
151
Table of Contents
There are no expected decreases to the potential liability for UTBs during the next twelve months due to completion of
tax authority examinations and/or expirations of statutes of limitations.
As of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the balances of the Company’s UTBs that would reduce the effective tax rates,
if recognized, were $8 million, $7 million and $9 million, respectively.
Interest and penalties related to UTBs are recorded in the provision for income taxes. During the years ended December
31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized an immaterial expense (benefit) for gross interest and penalties. As of
December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had an immaterial gross liability for interest and penalties related to UTBs.
NOTE 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The following tables present the notional amount and estimated fair value of derivative instruments on a gross basis as of
December 31:
2022
2021
Notional
Amount
Estimated Fair Value
Gain(1)
Loss(1)
Notional
Amount
Estimated Fair Value
Gain(1)
Loss(1)
(In millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate swaps
$
1,423 $
1 $
158 $
7,900 $
— $
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate swaps
30,600
19
668
20,650
171
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
$
32,023 $
20 $
826 $
28,550 $
171 $
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Interest rate futures and forward commitments
Other contracts
$
94,220 $
2,315 $
2,335 $
81,327 $
748 $
12,506
985
12,173
94
8
172
85
5
127
15,990
2,739
9,456
48
11
133
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$ 119,884 $
2,589 $
2,552 $ 109,512 $
940 $
32
29
61
794
19
3
135
951
Total derivatives
$ 151,907 $
2,609 $
3,378 $ 138,062 $
1,111 $
1,012
Total gross derivative instruments, before netting
Less: Netting adjustments (2)
Total gross derivative instruments, after netting
$
$
2,609 $
2,504
105 $
3,378
1,925
1,453
$
$
1,111 $
1,012
699
412 $
932
80
_________
(1) Derivatives in a gain position are recorded as other assets and derivatives in a loss position are recorded as other liabilities on the consolidated balance
sheets. Includes accrued interest as applicable.
(2) Netting adjustments represent amounts recorded to convert derivative assets and derivative liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with
applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of cash collateral received or posted, legally enforceable master netting
agreements, and variation margin that allow Regions to settle derivative contracts with the counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net position with
the related cash collateral.
HEDGING DERIVATIVES
Derivatives entered into to manage interest rate risk and facilitate asset/liability management strategies are designated as
hedging derivatives. Derivative financial instruments that qualify in a hedging relationship are classified, based on the exposure
being hedged, as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Additional information regarding accounting policies for
derivatives is described in Note 1.
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment.
Regions enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure on the Company’s fixed-rate
borrowings. These agreements involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest payments over the
life of the agreements. Regions also enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure on certain of the
Company's fixed-rate prepayable and non-prepayable debt securities available for sale. These agreements involve the payment
of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest receipts.
CASH FLOW HEDGES
Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions.
Regions enters into interest rate swap, floors, and agreements with a combination of these instruments to manage overall
cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the
152
Table of Contents
Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay LIBOR or SOFR interest rate swaps and interest rate
floors. As of December 31, 2022, Regions is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows through 2029.
The balance of terminated cash flow hedges in AOCI will be amortized into earnings through 2026. The following table
presents the pre-tax impact of terminated cash flow hedges on AOCI for the twelve months ended December 31:
Unrealized gains on terminated hedges included in AOCI - beginning of period
Unrealized gains (losses) on terminated hedges arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of unrealized (gains) on terminated hedges into net income
Unrealized gains on terminated hedges included in AOCI - end of period
2022
2021
(In millions)
700 $
(291)
(245)
164 $
121
739
(160)
700
$
$
Regions expects to reclassify into earnings approximately $191 million in pre-tax expenses due to the net receipt/ payment
of interest and amortization on all cash flow hedges within the next twelve months. Included in this amount is $54 million in
pre-tax net gains related to the amortization of terminated cash flow hedges.
The following tables present the effect of hedging derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of income and the
total amounts for the respective line items affected for the years ended December 31:
2022
Interest Income
Interest Income
Interest Expense
Debt securities
Loans, including
fees
(In millions)
Long-term
borrowings
Total income (expense) presented in the consolidated statements of income
Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives
Recognized on derivatives
Recognized on hedged items
Income (expense) recognized on fair value hedges
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: (1)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2)
Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges
$
$
$
$
$
Total income (expense) presented in the consolidated statements of income
Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives
Recognized on derivatives
Recognized on hedged items
Income (expense) recognized on fair value hedges
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: (1)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2)
Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges
688 $
4,088 $
(119)
41 $
— $
—
—
—
—
41 $
— $
— $
— $
140 $
140 $
2021
(16)
(124)
124
(16)
—
—
Interest Income
Interest Expense
Loans, including
fees
Long-term
borrowings
$
$
$
$
$
(In millions)
3,452 $
(103)
— $
—
—
— $
426 $
426 $
19
(51)
51
19
—
—
153
Table of Contents
Total income (expense) presented in the consolidated statements of income
Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives
Recognized on derivatives
Recognized on hedged items
Income (expense) recognized on fair value hedges
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: (1)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2)
Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges
____
(1) See Note 14 for gain or (loss) recognized for cash flow hedges in AOCI.
(2) Pre-tax
2020
Interest Income
Interest Expense
Loans, including
fees
Long-term
borrowings
$
$
$
$
$
(In millions)
3,610 $
(178)
— $
—
—
— $
260 $
260 $
37
52
(51)
38
—
—
The following tables present the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of
hedge accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets and liabilities in fair value hedging relationships as of
December 31:
2022
2021
Hedged Items Currently Designated
Hedged Items Currently Designated
Carrying Amount of
Assets/(Liabilities)
Hedge Accounting
Basis Adjustment
Carrying Amount of
Assets/(Liabilities)
Hedge Accounting
Basis Adjustment
Debt securities available for sale(1)(2)
Long-term borrowings
$
(In millions)
23 $
(1,239)
—
$
158
(In millions)
9,901 $
(1,363)
—
34
_____
(1) As of December 31, 2021, the Company designated interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of debt securities available for sale under the portfolio layer
method under which the Company designated $5.8 billion as the hedged amount from a closed portfolio of prepayable financial assets with a carrying
amount of $9.1 billion.
(2) Carrying amount represents amortized cost.
DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING INSTRUMENTS
The Company holds a portfolio of interest rate swaps, option contracts, and futures and forward commitments that result
from transactions with its commercial customers in which they manage their risks by entering into a derivative with Regions.
The Company monitors and manages the net risk in this customer portfolio and enters into separate derivative contracts in order
to reduce the overall exposure to pre-defined limits. For both derivatives with its end customers and derivatives Regions enters
into to mitigate the risk in this portfolio, the Company is subject to market risk and the risk that the counterparty will default.
The contracts in this portfolio are not designated as accounting hedges and are marked-to market through earnings (in capital
markets income) and included in other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.
Regions enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the
interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. At December 31,
2022 and 2021, Regions had $118 million and $419 million, respectively, in total notional amount of interest rate lock
commitments. Regions manages market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale with
corresponding forward sale commitments. Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at fair value with changes in
fair value recorded in mortgage income. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at either the lower of cost or
market or at fair value based on management's election. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, Regions had $233 million and
$987 million, respectively, in total notional amounts related to these forward sale commitments. Changes in mark-to-market
from both interest rate lock commitments and corresponding forward sale commitments related to residential mortgage loans
are included in mortgage income. Changes in mark-to-market from both interest rate lock commitments and corresponding
forward sale commitments related to commercial mortgage loans are included in capital markets income.
Regions has elected to account for residential MSRs at fair value with any changes to fair value recorded in mortgage
income. Concurrent with the election to use the fair value measurement method, Regions began using various derivative
instruments in the form of forward rate commitments, futures contracts, swaps and swaptions to mitigate the effect of changes
in the fair value of its residential MSRs in its consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the total
notional amount related to these contracts was $3.4 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively.
154
Table of Contents
The following table presents the location and amount of gain or (loss) recognized in income on derivatives not designated
as hedging instruments for the years ended December 31:
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Capital markets income:
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Interest rate futures and forward commitments
Other contracts
Total capital markets income
Mortgage income:
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Interest rate futures and forward commitments
Total mortgage income
CREDIT DERIVATIVES
2022
2021
(In millions)
2020
$
108 $
46 $
23
10
11
152
(118)
(14)
(4)
(136)
28
15
4
93
(45)
(32)
13
(64)
$
16 $
29 $
21
36
14
1
72
83
30
(2)
111
183
Regions has both bought and sold credit protection in the form of participations on interest rate swaps (swap
participations). These swap participations, which meet the definition of credit derivatives, were entered into in the ordinary
course of business to serve the credit needs of customers. Swap participations, whereby Regions has purchased credit
protection, entitle Regions to receive a payment from the counterparty if the customer fails to make payment on any amounts
due to Regions upon early termination of the swap transaction and have maturities between 2023 and 2029. Swap
participations, whereby Regions has sold credit protection have maturities between 2023 and 2038. For contracts where
Regions sold credit protection, Regions would be required to make payment to the counterparty if the customer fails to make
payment on any amounts due to the counterparty upon early termination of the swap transaction. Regions bases the current
status of the prepayment/performance risk on bought and sold credit derivatives on recently issued internal risk ratings
consistent with the risk management practices of unfunded commitments.
Regions’ maximum potential amount of future payments under these contracts as of December 31, 2022 was
approximately $482 million. This scenario occurs if variable interest rates were at zero percent and all counterparties defaulted
with zero recovery. The fair value of sold protection at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was immaterial. In transactions where
Regions has sold credit protection, recourse to collateral associated with the original swap transaction is available to offset some
or all of Regions’ obligation.
Regions has bought credit protection in the form of credit default indices. These indices, which meet the definition of
credit derivatives, were entered into in the ordinary course of business to economically hedge credit spread risk in commercial
mortgage loans held for sale whereby the fair value option has been elected. Credit derivatives, whereby Regions has purchased
credit protection, entitle Regions to receive a payment from the counterparty if losses on the underlying index exceed a certain
threshold, dependent upon the tranche rating of the capital structure.
CONTINGENT FEATURES
Certain of Regions’ derivative instrument contracts with broker-dealers contain credit-related termination provisions and/
or credit related provisions regarding the posting of collateral, allowing those broker-dealers to terminate the contracts in the
event that Regions’ and/or Regions Bank’s credit ratings falls below specified ratings from certain major credit rating agencies.
The aggregate fair values of all derivative instruments with any credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability
position on December 31, 2022 and 2021, were $17 million and $81 million, respectively, for which Regions had posted
collateral of $20 million and $84 million, respectively, in the normal course of business.
155
Table of Contents
NOTE 21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
See Note 1 for a description of valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and
non-recurring basis. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value rarely transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 measurements.
Marketable equity securities and debt securities available for sale may be periodically transferred to or from Level 3 valuation
based on management’s conclusion regarding the observability of inputs used in valuing the securities. Such transfers are
accounted for as if they occur at the beginning of a reporting period.
The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31:
2022
2021
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3 (1)
Total
Estimated
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3 (1)
Total
Estimated
Fair Value
(In millions)
Recurring fair value measurements
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
$
1,187 $
— $
— $
1,187
$
1,132 $
— $
— $
1,132
Federal agency securities
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities
(MBS):
Residential agency
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency
Commercial non-agency
Corporate and other debt
securities
Total debt securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Marketable equity securities
Residential mortgage servicing rights
Derivative assets (2):
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Interest rate futures and forward
commitments
Other contracts
Total derivative assets
Derivative liabilities (2):
Interest rate swaps
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
836
2
16,954
—
7,613
186
1,153
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
836
2
16,954
1
7,613
186
1,154
1,187 $ 26,744 $
2 $
27,933
— $
177 $
529 $
— $
— $
— $
19 $
— $
812 $
196
529
812
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
92
4
18,962
—
6,373
536
1,380
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
92
4
18,962
1
6,373
536
1,381
1,132 $ 27,347 $
2 $
28,481
— $
693 $
464 $
— $
— $
— $
90 $
— $
418 $
— $
2,335 $
— $
2,335
$
— $
919 $
— $
—
—
3
91
8
169
3
—
—
94
8
172
—
—
—
36
11
132
12
—
1
3 $
2,603 $
3 $
2,609
$
— $
1,098 $
13 $
1,111
— $
3,161 $
— $
3,161
$
— $
855 $
— $
Interest rate options
Interest rate futures and forward
commitments
Other contracts
—
—
2
85
5
124
—
—
1
85
5
127
—
—
—
19
3
132
—
—
3
Total derivative liabilities
$
2 $
3,375 $
1 $
3,378
$
— $
1,009 $
3 $
1,012
_________
(1) All following disclosures related to Level 3 recurring assets do not include those deemed to be immaterial.
(2) As permitted under U.S. GAAP, variation margin collateral payments made or received for derivatives that are centrally cleared are legally characterized
as settled. As such, these derivative assets and derivative liabilities and the related variation margin collateral are presented on a net basis on the balance
sheet.
156
783
464
418
919
48
11
133
855
19
3
135
Table of Contents
Assets and liabilities in all levels could result in volatile and material price fluctuations. Realized and unrealized gains and
losses on Level 3 assets represent only a portion of the risk to market fluctuations in Regions’ consolidated balance sheets.
Further, derivatives included in Levels 2 and 3 are used by ALCO in a holistic approach to managing price fluctuation risks.
The following tables present an analysis for residential MSRs for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. An analysis of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, that were acquired in the fourth quarter of 2021, is also
presented for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
Carrying value, beginning of period
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings (1)
Additions
Purchases
Carrying value, end of period
_______
(1)
Included in mortgage income. Amounts presented exclude offsetting impact from related derivatives.
Carrying value, beginning of period
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings (1)
Purchases
Additions (2)
Sales
Settlements
Carrying value, end of period
Residential mortgage servicing rights
For the Years Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
418 $
296
$
49
44
301
(27)
77
72
345
(157)
49
59
$
812 $
418
$
296
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale
For the Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
$
$
(In millions)
90 $
(8)
—
108
(125)
(46)
19 $
—
—
47
43
—
—
90
_______
(1)
(2) Additions represent originations after the initial fourth quarter 2021 acquisition of commercial mortgage loans held for sale.
Included in capital markets income.
RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS USING SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS
Residential mortgage servicing rights
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are OAS and CPR. This
valuation requires generating cash flow projections over multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting those cash flows at a
risk-adjusted rate. Additionally, the impact of prepayments and changes in the OAS are based on a variety of underlying inputs
including servicing costs. Increases or decreases to the underlying cash flow inputs will have a corresponding impact on the
value of the MSR asset. The net change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to MSRs held at period end are
disclosed as the changes in valuation inputs or assumptions included in the MSR rollforward table in Note 6.
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of commercial mortgage loans held for sale are
credit spreads for bonds in commercial mortgage-backed securitization. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale are valued
based on traded market prices for comparable commercial mortgage-backed securitizations, into which the loans will be placed,
adjusted for movements of interest rates and credit spreads. Increases or decreases in credit spreads would result in an inverse
impact to fair value.
157
Table of Contents
The following tables present detailed information regarding material assets and liabilities measured at fair value using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. The tables include the valuation techniques
and the significant unobservable inputs utilized. The range of each significant unobservable input as well as the weighted-
average within the range utilized at December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are included. Following the tables are descriptions of
the valuation techniques and the sensitivity of the techniques to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.
Level 3
Estimated Fair
Value at
December 31, 2022
Valuation
Technique
December 31, 2022
Unobservable
Input(s)
(Dollars in millions)
Quantitative Range of
Unobservable Inputs and
(Weighted-Average)
$812
Discounted cash flow
Weighted-average CPR (%)
6.1% - 15.1% (7.4%)
OAS (%)
4.8% - 8.2% (5.1%)
Level 3
Estimated Fair
Value at
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2021
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable
Input(s)
(Dollars in millions)
Quantitative Range of
Unobservable Inputs and
(Weighted-Average)
$418
Discounted cash flow
Weighted-average CPR (%)
7.2% - 22.2% (10.5%)
Recurring fair value
measurements:
Residential mortgage
servicing rights (1)
Recurring fair value
measurements:
Residential mortgage
servicing rights (1)
Commercial mortgage loans
held for sale
$90
Discounted cash flow
Credit spreads for bonds in the commercial
MBS
OAS (%)
Level 3
Estimated Fair
Value at
December 31, 2020
Valuation
Technique
December 31, 2020
Unobservable
Input(s)
(Dollars in millions)
3.7% - 7.7% (4.5%)
0.2% - 19.4% (1.3%)
Quantitative Range of
Unobservable Inputs and
(Weighted-Average)
Recurring fair value
measurements:
Residential mortgage
servicing rights (1)
$296
Discounted cash flow
Weighted-average CPR (%)
8.1% -31.2% (15.6%)
OAS (%)
4.8% - 9.5% (5.6%)
_________
(1) See Note 6 for additional disclosures related to assumptions used in the fair value calculation for residential mortgage servicing rights.
158
Table of Contents
FAIR VALUE OPTION
As discussed above, the Company elected the option to measure certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair
value. At December 31, 2022, the balance of these loans was immaterial. At December 31, 2021, commercial mortgage loans
held for sale at fair value had both an aggregate fair value and unpaid principal balance of $90 million.
The Company has elected the option to measure certain commercial and industrial loans held for sale at fair value, as
these loans are actively traded in the secondary market. The Company is able to obtain fair value estimates for substantially all
of these loans through a third party valuation service that is broadly used by market participants. While most of the loans are
traded in the market, the volume and level of trading activity is subject to variability and the loans are not exchange-traded. The
balance of these loans held for sale was immaterial at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
Regions has elected the fair value option for all eligible agency residential first mortgage loans originated with the intent
to sell. This election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans and the derivative instruments
used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting. Fair values of
residential first mortgage loans held for sale are based on traded market prices of similar assets where available and/or
discounted cash flows at market interest rates, adjusted for securitization activities that include servicing values and market
conditions, and are recorded in loans held for sale.
The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal
balance for mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at December 31:
2022
Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
Aggregate
Fair Value
Aggregate Fair
Value Less
Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
Aggregate
Fair Value
(In millions)
2021
Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
Aggregate Fair
Value Less
Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
Residential mortgage loans held for sale,
at fair value
$
160 $
157 $
3 $
680 $
659 $
21
Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale is recognized based on contractual rates and is reflected in interest income
on loans held for sale. The following table details net gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of residential
mortgage loans held for sale, which were recorded in mortgage income in the consolidated statements of income for the years
presented. These changes in fair value are mostly offset by economic hedging activities. An immaterial portion of these
amounts was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk.
Net gains (losses) resulting from changes in fair value of residential mortgage loans held for sale
$
NON-RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
2022
2021
(In millions)
(17) $
(56)
Items measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include loans held for sale for which the fair value option has not
been elected, foreclosed property and other real estate and equity investments without a readily determinable fair value; all of
which may be considered either Level 2 or Level 3 valuation measurements. Non-recurring fair value adjustments related to
loans held for sale and foreclosed property and other real estate are typically a result of the application of lower of cost or fair
value accounting during the period. Non-recurring fair value adjustments related to equity investments without readily
determinable fair values are the result of impairments or price changes from observable transactions. The balances of each of
these assets, as well as the related fair value adjustments during the periods, were immaterial at both December 31, 2022 and
2021.
159
Table of Contents
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s
financial instruments as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Debt securities held to maturity
Debt securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Loans (excluding leases), net of unearned income and allowance for
loan losses(2)(3)
Other earning assets
Derivative assets
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Deposits(4)
Long-term borrowings
Loan commitments and letters of credit
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair
Value(1)
2022
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In millions)
$
11,227 $
11,227 $
11,227 $
— $
801
27,933
354
94,044
1,308
2,609
3,378
131,743
2,284
153
751
27,933
354
89,540
1,308
2,609
3,378
131,668
2,376
153
—
1,187
—
—
529
3
2
—
—
—
751
26,744
335
—
779
2,603
3,375
131,668
2,375
—
—
—
2
19
89,540
—
3
1
—
1
153
_________
(1) Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a
market participant would use in a hypothetical orderly transaction. In estimating fair value, the Company makes adjustments for estimated changes in
interest rates, market liquidity and credit spreads in the periods they are deemed to have occurred.
(2) The estimated fair value of portfolio loans assumes sale of the loans to a third-party financial investor. Accordingly, the value to the Company if the loans
were held to maturity is not reflected in the fair value estimate. The fair value discount on the loan portfolio's net carrying amount at December 31, 2022
was $4.5 billion or 4.8 percent.
(3) Excluded from this table is the sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged lease carrying amount of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2022.
(4) The fair value of non-interest-bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certain other
time deposit accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit are
estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on market spreads to benchmark rates.
160
Table of Contents
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company's
financial instruments as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Debt securities held to maturity
Debt securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Loans (excluding leases), net of unearned income and allowance for
loan losses(2)(3)
Other earning assets (4)
Derivative assets
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Deposits(5)
Long-term borrowings
Loan commitments and letters of credit
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair
Value(1)
2021
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In millions)
$
29,411 $
29,411 $
29,411 $
— $
899
28,481
1,003
84,866
1,104
1,111
1,012
139,072
2,407
123
950
28,481
1,003
85,086
1,104
1,111
1,012
139,101
2,847
123
—
1,132
—
—
464
—
—
—
—
—
950
27,347
899
—
640
1,098
1,009
139,101
2,845
—
—
—
2
104
85,086
—
13
3
—
2
123
_________
(1) Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a
market participant would use in a hypothetical orderly transaction. In estimating fair value, the Company makes adjustments for estimated changes in
interest rates, market liquidity and credit spreads in the periods they are deemed to have occurred.
(2) The estimated fair value of portfolio loans assumes sale of the loans to a third-party financial investor. Accordingly, the value to the Company if the loans
were held to maturity is not reflected in the fair value estimate. The fair value premium on the loan portfolio's net carrying amount at December 31, 2021
was $220 million or 0.3 percent.
(3) Excluded from this table is the sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged lease carrying amount of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2021.
(4) Excluded from this table is the operating lease carrying amount of $83 million at December 31, 2021.
(5) The fair value of non-interest-bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certain other
time deposit accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit are
estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on market spreads to benchmark rates.
NOTE 22. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
Each of Regions’ reportable segments is a strategic business unit that serves specific needs of Regions’ customers based
on the products and services provided. The segments are based on the manner in which management views the financial
performance of the business. The Company has three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth
Management, with the remainder in Other.
The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic
enhancements. As these enhancements are made, financial results presented by each reportable segment may be periodically
revised. Accordingly, the prior periods were updated to reflect these enhancements. In the first quarter of 2021, the net interest
income allocation methodology was enhanced. All net interest income including the FTP offset, activities of the treasury
function, securities portfolio and interest rate risk activities is allocated to the three reporting segments.
The Corporate Bank segment represents the Company’s commercial banking functions including commercial and
industrial, commercial real estate and investor real estate lending. This segment also includes equipment lease financing, as well
as capital markets activities, which include securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, foreign
exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Corporate Bank customers include corporate, middle
market, and commercial real estate developers and investors. Corresponding deposit products related to these types of
customers are also included in this segment.
The Consumer Bank segment represents the Company’s branch network, including consumer banking products and
services related to residential first mortgages, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit cards and other consumer loans, as
well as the corresponding deposit relationships. These services are also provided through the Company's digital channels and
contact center.
The Wealth Management segment offers individuals, businesses, governmental institutions and non-profit entities a wide
range of solutions to help protect, grow and transfer wealth. Offerings include credit related products, trust and investment
management, asset management, retirement and savings solutions and estate planning.
Other includes the Company’s Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, interest rate risk
management activities and other corporate functions that are not related to a strategic business unit. Also within Other are
161
Table of Contents
certain reconciling items in order to translate the segment results that are based on management accounting practices into
consolidated results. Management accounting practices utilized by Regions as the basis of presentation for segment results
include the following:
•
•
•
Net interest income is presented based upon an FTP approach, for which market-based funding charges/credits are
assigned within the segments. By allocating a cost or a credit to each product based on the FTP framework,
management is able to more effectively measure the net interest margin contribution of its assets/liabilities by
segment. The summation of the interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated
net interest income.
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses is allocated to each segment based on an estimated loss methodology. The
difference between the consolidated provision for (benefit from) credit losses and the segments’ estimated loss is
reflected in Other.
Income tax expense (benefit) is calculated for the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank and Wealth Management based
on a consistent federal and state statutory rate. Any difference between the Company’s consolidated income tax
expense (benefit) and the segments’ calculated amounts is reflected in Other.
• Management reporting allocations of certain expenses are made in order to analyze the financial performance of the
segments. These allocations consist of operational and overhead cost pools and are intended to represent the total
costs to support a segment.
The following tables present financial information for each reportable segment for the year ended December 31:
Corporate
Bank
Consumer
Bank
2022
Wealth
Management
(In millions)
Other
Consolidated
Net interest income
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income
Average assets
Net interest income
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Average assets
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Average assets
$
1,961 $
2,641 $
184 $
— $
287
803
1,184
1,293
323
280
1,165
2,296
1,230
308
9
426
404
197
50
(305)
35
184
156
(50)
970 $
922 $
147 $
206 $
64,532 $
36,623 $
2,116 $
56,121 $
159,392
Corporate
Bank
Consumer
Bank
2021
Wealth
Management
(In millions)
Other
Consolidated
$
1,759 $
2,016 $
139 $
— $
295
752
1,090
1,126
282
254
1,266
2,174
854
213
10
390
387
132
33
(1,083)
116
96
1,103
166
844 $
641 $
99 $
937 $
59,132 $
34,309 $
2,046 $
58,782 $
154,269
Corporate
Bank
Consumer
Bank
2020
Wealth
Management
(In millions)
Other
Consolidated
$
1,684 $
2,070 $
140 $
— $
281
656
1,023
1,036
259
305
1,267
2,057
975
244
11
344
346
127
32
733
126
217
(824)
(315)
777 $
731 $
95 $
(509) $
61,218 $
34,530 $
2,021 $
40,326 $
138,095
162
4,786
271
2,429
4,068
2,876
631
2,245
3,914
(524)
2,524
3,747
3,215
694
2,521
3,894
1,330
2,393
3,643
1,314
220
1,094
$
$
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
NOTE 23. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES
COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS
Regions issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with lending activities. The credit risk associated
with these instruments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to Regions’ normal
credit approval policies and procedures. Regions measures inherent risk associated with these instruments by recording a
reserve for unfunded commitments based on an assessment of the likelihood that the guarantee will be funded and the
creditworthiness of the customer or counterparty. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the
creditworthiness of the customer. Credit risk is represented in unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit
and commercial letters of credit.
Credit risk associated with these instruments as of December 31 is represented by the contractual amounts indicated in the
following table:
Unused commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Commercial letters of credit
Liabilities associated with standby letters of credit
Assets associated with standby letters of credit
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments
$
2022
2021
(In millions)
65,460 $
1,962
75
35
37
118
60,935
1,779
97
28
29
95
Unused commitments to extend credit—To accommodate the financial needs of its customers, Regions makes
commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers, businesses and other entities. These commitments include
(among others) credit card and other revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing
agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment
of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.
Standby letters of credit—Standby letters of credit are also issued to customers which commit Regions to make payments
on behalf of customers if certain specified future events occur. Regions has recourse against the customer for any amount
required to be paid to a third party under a standby letter of credit. The credit risk involved in the issuance of these guarantees is
essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients and as such, the instruments are collateralized when
necessary. Historically, a large percentage of standby letters of credit expire without being funded. The contractual amount of
standby letters of credit represents the maximum potential amount of future payments Regions could be required to make and
represents Regions’ maximum credit risk.
Commercial letters of credit—Commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate foreign or domestic trade transactions
for customers. As a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the goods underlying the transaction are in transit.
LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
Regions and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to actual or threatened legal proceedings, including litigation and
regulatory matters, arising in the ordinary course of business. Litigation matters range from individual actions involving a
single plaintiff to class action lawsuits and can involve claims for substantial or indeterminate alleged damages or for injunctive
or other relief. Regulatory investigations and enforcement matters may involve formal or informal proceedings and other
inquiries initiated by various governmental agencies, law enforcement authorities, and self-regulatory organizations, and can
result in fines, penalties, restitution, changes to Regions’ business practices, and other related costs, including reputational
damage. At any given time, these legal proceedings are at varying stages of adjudication, arbitration, or investigation, and may
relate to a variety of topics, including common law tort and contract claims, as well as statutory consumer protection-related
claims, among others.
Assessment of exposure that could result from legal proceedings is complex because these proceedings often involve
inherently unpredictable factors, including, but not limited to, the following: whether the proceeding is in early stages; whether
damages or the amount of potential fines, penalties, and restitution are unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain; whether there is a
potential for punitive or other pecuniary damages; whether the matter involves legal uncertainties, including novel issues of
law; whether the matter involves multiple parties and/or jurisdictions; whether discovery or other investigation has begun or is
not complete; whether material facts may be disputed or unsubstantiated; whether meaningful settlement discussions have
commenced; and whether the matter involves class allegations. As a result of these complexities, Regions may be unable to
develop an estimate or range of loss.
Regions evaluates legal proceedings based on information currently available, including advice of counsel. Regions
establishes accruals for those matters when a loss is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable.
163
Table of Contents
Additionally, when it is practicable and reasonably possible that it may experience losses in excess of established accruals,
Regions estimates possible loss contingencies. Regions currently estimates that the aggregate amount of reasonably possible
losses that it may experience, in excess of what has been accrued, is immaterial. While the final outcomes of legal proceedings
are inherently unpredictable, management is currently of the opinion that the outcomes of pending and threatened matters will
not have a material effect on Regions’ business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole.
As available information changes, the matters for which Regions is able to estimate, as well as the estimates themselves,
will be adjusted accordingly. Regions’ estimates are subject to significant judgment and uncertainties, and the matters
underlying the estimates will change from time to time. In the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that an
adverse outcome in any such matter could be material to Regions’ business, consolidated financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows as a whole for any particular reporting period of occurrence.
Some of Regions’ exposure with respect to loss contingencies may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. However,
in determining the amounts of any accruals or estimates of possible loss contingencies, Regions does not take into account the
availability of insurance coverage. To the extent that Regions has an insurance recovery, the proceeds are recorded in the period
the recovery is received.
REGULATORY MATTER CONCLUDED DURING 2022
On September 28, 2022, Regions entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB regarding the previously disclosed
investigation by the CFPB into certain of Regions' historical overdraft practices and policies. The terms of the Consent Order
include payment by Regions of a non-tax deductible $50 million civil monetary penalty and customer redress of approximately
$141 million. These payment amounts were mitigated by $50 million in insurance reimbursement proceeds that were received
and recorded in non-interest income in the fourth quarter of 2022.
GUARANTEES
FANNIE MAE LOSS SHARE GUARANTEE
Regions sells commercial loans to Fannie Mae through the DUS lending program and through other platforms. The DUS
program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. Regions services loans sold to Fannie Mae and is required to
provide a loss share guarantee equal to one-third of the principal balance for the majority of the commercial servicing portfolio.
At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company's DUS servicing portfolio totaled approximately $4.9 billion and $4.7 billion,
respectively. Regions has additional loans sold to Fannie Mae outside of the DUS program that are also subject to a loss share
guarantee and at December 31, 2022 and 2021, these serviced loans totaled approximately $655 million and $400 million,
respectively. Regions' maximum quantifiable contingent liability related to all loans subject to a loss share guarantee was
approximately $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company would be liable for this
amount only if all of the loans it services for Fannie Mae, for which the Company retains some risk of loss, were to default and
all of the collateral underlying these loans was determined to be without value at the time of settlement. Therefore, the
maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss the Company would be expected to incur. The
estimated fair value of the associated loss share guarantee recorded as a liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheets
was immaterial at both December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Refer to Note 1 for additional information.
VISA INDEMNIFICATION
As a member of the Visa USA network, Regions, along with other members, indemnified Visa USA against litigation. On
October 3, 2007, Visa USA was restructured and acquired several Visa affiliates. In conjunction with this restructuring,
Regions' indemnification of Visa USA was modified to cover specific litigation (“covered litigation”).
A portion of Visa's proceeds from its IPO was put into escrow to fund the covered litigation. To the extent that the amount
available under the escrow arrangement, or subsequent fundings of the escrow account resulting from reductions in the class B
share conversion ratio, is insufficient to fully resolve the covered litigation, Visa will enforce the indemnification obligations of
Visa USA's members for any excess amount. At this time, Regions has concluded that it is not probable that covered litigation
exposure will exceed the class B share value.
164
Table of Contents
NOTE 24. REVENUE RECOGNITION
The following tables present total non-interest income disaggregated by major product category for each reportable
segment for the period indicated (refer to Note 1 for descriptions of the accounting and reporting policies related to revenue
recognition):
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Corporate
Bank
Consumer
Bank
Wealth
Management
Other
Segment
Revenue
Other(1)
Total
(In millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts
$
177 $
458 $
3 $
2 $
1 $
Card and ATM fees
Capital markets income
Investment management and trust fee income
Mortgage income
Investment services fee income
Commercial credit fee income
Bank-owned life insurance
Insurance proceeds (2)
Securities gains (losses), net
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other
Other miscellaneous income
45
108
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
43
457
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
51
—
—
297
—
122
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
231
—
156
—
96
62
50
(1)
(45)
102
641
513
339
297
156
122
96
62
50
(1)
(45)
199
$
373 $
966 $
425 $
2 $
663 $
2,429
165
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Corporate
Bank
Consumer
Bank
Wealth
Management
Other
Segment
Revenue
Other(1)
Total
(In millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts
$
160 $
480 $
3 $
— $
5 $
Card and ATM fees
Capital markets income
Investment management and trust fee income
Mortgage income
Investment services fee income
Commercial credit fee income
Bank-owned life insurance
Securities gains (losses), net
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other
Gain on equity investment (3)
Other miscellaneous income
41
149
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
448
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
55
—
—
278
—
104
—
—
—
—
—
4
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
11
182
—
242
—
91
82
3
20
3
122
$
389 $
983 $
389 $
2 $
761 $
648
499
331
278
242
104
91
82
3
20
3
223
2,524
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Corporate
Bank
Consumer
Bank
Wealth
Management
Other
Segment
Revenue
Other(1)
Total
(In millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts
$
152 $
459 $
3 $
2 $
5 $
Card and ATM fees
Capital markets income
Investment management and trust fee income
Mortgage income
Investment services fee income
Commercial credit fee income
Bank-owned life insurance
Securities gains (losses), net
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other
Gain on equity investment (3)
Other miscellaneous income
43
126
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
33
385
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
49
—
—
253
—
84
—
—
—
—
—
3
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
11
149
—
333
—
77
95
4
12
50
64
$
354 $
893 $
343 $
3 $
800 $
621
438
275
253
333
84
77
95
4
12
50
151
2,393
_________
(1) This revenue is not impacted by the accounting guidance adopted in 2018 and continues to be recognized when earned in accordance with the Company's
(2)
prior revenue recognition policy.
In the third quarter of 2022, the Company settled a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received an insurance reimbursement
related to the settlement in the fourth quarter of 2022.
(3) The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first
quarter of 2021.
.
166
Table of Contents
NOTE 25. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Presented below are condensed financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation:
Balance Sheets
Assets
December 31
2022
2021
(In millions)
$
1,594
$
1,543
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
$
$
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
Debt securities available for sale
Premises and equipment, net
Investments in subsidiaries:
Banks
Non-banks
Other assets
Total assets
Long-term borrowings
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Treasury stock, at cost
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
Total shareholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interest
Total equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
17,979
$
Statements of Income
Income:
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Interest from subsidiaries
Other
Expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits
Interest expense
Equipment and software expense
Other
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and preferred stock dividends
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:
Banks
Non-banks
Net income
Preferred stock dividends
Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
1,351 $
2,250 $
4
(3)
1,352
64
86
4
62
216
1,136
(36)
1,172
1,066
7
1,073
2,245
(99)
8
22
2,280
61
68
4
96
229
2,051
(43)
2,094
372
55
427
2,521
(121)
Net income available to common shareholders
$
2,146 $
2,400 $
167
21
28
15,676
385
16,061
275
20
36
18,237
343
18,580
280
17,979
$
20,459
1,786
$
242
2,028
1,659
10
11,988
7,004
(1,371)
(3,343)
15,947
4
15,951
1,909
224
2,133
1,659
10
12,189
5,550
(1,371)
289
18,326
—
18,326
20,459
280
8
53
341
56
93
4
79
232
109
(36)
145
905
44
949
1,094
(103)
991
Table of Contents
Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net cash from operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Provision for (benefit from) deferred income taxes
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net
Loss on sale of assets
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Other assets
Other liabilities
Other
Net cash from operating activities
Investing activities:
(Investment in) / repayment of investment in subsidiaries
Proceeds from sales and maturities of debt securities available for sale
Purchases of debt securities available for sale
Net cash from investing activities
Financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Payments on long-term borrowings
Cash dividends on common stock
Cash dividends on preferred stock
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
Payment for redemption of preferred stock
Repurchases of common stock
Other
Net cash from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Year Ended December 31
2022
2021
2020
(In millions)
$
2,245 $
2,521 $
1,094
(1,073)
(3)
2
—
—
12
(27)
(89)
1,067
(23)
8
(9)
(24)
—
—
(663)
(99)
—
—
(230)
—
(992)
51
1,543
(427)
(21)
3
—
20
61
1
(51)
2,107
(21)
5
(3)
(19)
646
(1,424)
(608)
(108)
390
(500)
(467)
—
(2,071)
17
1,526
$
1,594 $
1,543 $
(949)
29
3
1
14
3
—
44
239
—
4
(4)
—
748
(1,039)
(595)
(103)
346
—
—
(5)
(648)
(409)
1,935
1,526
168
Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not Applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Based on an evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, under the supervision and with the
participation of Regions’ management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that Regions’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule
13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective. During the fourth fiscal quarter of the year ended
December 31, 2022, there have been no changes in Regions’ internal control over financial reporting that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Regions’ control over financial reporting.
The Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the attestation report of registered public
accounting firm on registrant's internal control over financial reporting are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
Item 9B. Other Information
Not applicable.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
169
Table of Contents
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
Information about the Directors and Director nominees of Regions included in Regions’ Proxy Statement for the 2023
Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
—Who are this year's nominees?,” “—What criteria were considered by the NCG Committee in selecting the nominees?,” “—
What skills and characteristics are currently represented on the Board?,” and “—How often are the members elected?” and the
information incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 13. below are incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding
Regions’ executive officers is at the end of Item I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Information regarding Regions’ Audit Committee included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE—Audit Committee” is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding timeliness of filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 included in the
Proxy Statement under the caption “OWNERSHIP OF REGIONS COMMON STOCK—Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” is
incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding Regions’ Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers included in the Proxy Statement under the
caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Codes of Ethics” is incorporated herein by reference.
Information included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Family Relationships”
is incorporated herein by reference.
170
Table of Contents
Item 11. Executive Compensation
All
information presented under
“COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,”
“COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,” “COMPENSATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE
REPORT,” “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “—
Relationship of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk Management,” and “PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF
DIRECTORS—How are Directors compensated?” of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.
captions
the
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
All information presented under the caption “OWNERSHIP OF REGIONS COMMON STOCK” of the Proxy Statement
is incorporated herein by reference.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants
and rights under all of Regions’ existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2022.
Plan Category
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by
Stockholders
Total
Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and
Rights (a)
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
$
—
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities in
First Column)
27,767,251 (b)
$
$
—
—
—
27,767,251
—
—
—
_____
(a) Does not include outstanding restricted stock units of 10,163,763.
(b) Consists of shares available for future issuance under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan. In 2015, all prior long-term
incentive plans were closed to new grants.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
All information presented under the captions “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Transactions with Directors,” “—Other
Business Relationships and Transactions,” “—Policies Governing Transactions with Related Persons” and “—Director
Independence” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
All
information presented under
the caption “ PROPOSAL 2—RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
171
Table of Contents
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
PART IV
(a) 1. Consolidated Financial Statements. The following reports of independent registered public accounting firm
(PCAOB ID: 42) and consolidated financial statements of Regions and its subsidiaries are included in Item 8. of this Form 10-
K:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;
Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2022 and 2021;
Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020;
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020;
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020; and
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. The following consolidated financial statement schedules are included in
Item 8. of this Form 10-K:
None. The Schedules to consolidated financial statements are not required under the related instructions or are
inapplicable.
(b) Exhibits. The exhibits indicated below are either included or incorporated by reference as indicated.
SEC Assigned
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibits
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.1
4.2
4.2A
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2012.
Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form 8-A filed by
registrant on April 28, 2014.
Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Form 8-A filed by
registrant on April 29, 2019.
Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K Current
Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020.
Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Form 8-A filed by
the registrant on May 3, 2021.
Bylaws as amended and restated on July 21, 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on July 21, 2021.
Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures. The registrant hereby
agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of
holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries; no issuance of
debt exceeds 10 percent of the assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis.
Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2014, by and among Regions Financial Corporation,
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as depositary, Computershare, Inc. and the holders
from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on April 29, 2014.
Amendment to Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2014, effective as of October 21,
2022, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare, Inc., Computershare
Trust Company, N.A., and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
172
Table of Contents
SEC Assigned
Exhibit Number
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.5A
4.6
4.7
4.7A
4.8
4.9
4.9A
4.10
4.11
10.1*
10.2*
Description of Exhibits
Form of depositary receipt representing the Series B Depositary Shares, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on
April 29, 2014.
Form of certificate representing the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 28, 2014.
Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and among Regions Financial Corporation,
Computershare, Inc., and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the
holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019.
Amendment to Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, effective as of October 21,
2022, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare, Inc., Computershare
Trust Company, N.A.,and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
Form of depositary receipt representing the Series C Depositary Shares, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019.
Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020, by and among Regions Financial Corporation,
Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the
holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020.
Amendment to Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020, effective as of October 21, 2022,
by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare, Inc., Computershare Trust
Company, N.A., and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
Form of depositary receipt representing the Series D Depositary Shares, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on
June 5, 2020.
Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2021, by and among Regions Financial Corporation,
Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the
holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on May 3, 2021.
Amendment to Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2021, effective as of October 21, 2022,
by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare, Inc., Computershare Trust
Company, N.A., and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
Form of depositary receipt representing the Series E Depositary Shares, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on May 3, 2021.
Description of Registered Securities.
Regions Financial Corporation Director Compensation Program, effective April 20, 2022,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant
on May 6, 2022.
Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Plan, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22,
2019.
173
Table of Contents
SEC Assigned
Exhibit Number
10.3*
10.4*
10.5*
10.6*
10.7*
10.8*
10.9*
10.10*
10.11*
10.12*
10.13*
10.14*
10.15*
10.16*
10.17*
Description of Exhibits
Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Investment Plan (As Amended and
Restated as of January 1, 2021), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Form S-8
Registration Statement filed by registrant on December 30, 2020.
Regions Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Former Directors of
AmSouth Bancorporation (formerly named Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of
AmSouth Bancorporation), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Form 10-K Annual
Report filed by registrant on February 25, 2009.
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by AmSouth Bancorporation
on April 20, 2006.
Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer John M. Turner, Jr.,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on
June 19, 2018.
Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer Kate R. Danella, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22,
2019.
Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer C. Matthew Lusco,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant
on August 4, 2011.
Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officers David R. Keenan, Scott M.
Peters, Ronald G. Smith and David J. Turner, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48
to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2011.
Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer William D. Ritter, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24,
2011.
Form of Amendment to Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officers David J.
Turner, Jr., David R. Keenan, Scott M. Peters, Ronald G. Smith, and William D. Ritter,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on
February 21, 2013.
Offer Letter with executive officer C. Dandridge Massey dated May 2, 2022.
Repayment Agreement with executive officer C. Dandridge Massey dated May 2, 2022.
Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to
Appendix B to Regions Financial Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2015, for
the Regions Annual Meeting of Stockholders held April 23, 2015.
Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive
Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by
registrant on May 5, 2017.
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
2019 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019.
174
Table of Contents
SEC Assigned
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibits
10.18*
10.19*
10.20*
10.21*
10.22*
10.23*
10.24*
10.25*
10.26*
10.27*
10.28*
10.29*
10.30*
10.31*
2020 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
Form of Associate Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
2019 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019.
2020 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
Form of Associate Performance Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
2019 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019.
2020 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.4 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
Form of Associate Performance Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions
Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.4 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions Financial Corporation
2015 Long Term Incentive Plan with executive officer C. Dandridge Massey dated July 1,
2022.
Regions Financial Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (Effective January 1, 2021),
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on
February 24, 2021.
Regions Financial Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated Effective
January 1, 2023).
Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan (Amended and Restated as
of June 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report
filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
Amendment One to the Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan
(Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 4, 2021.
Amendment Two to the Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan
(Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to
Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2022.
175
Table of Contents
SEC Assigned
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibits
10.32*
10.33*
10.34*
10.35*
10.36*
10.37*
10.38*
10.39*
10.40*
10.41*
10.42*
10.43*
21
23
24
Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended
and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Form 10-K
Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020.
Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5,
2020.
Amendment Number Two to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by registrant on October 19, 2021.
Amendment Number Three to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24,
2022.
AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by AmSouth Bancorporation on March 15,
2005.
Amendment Number 1 to AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan effective
November 4, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Form 10-K Annual Report
filed by registrant on March 1, 2007.
Amendment Number 2
to AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on
February 25, 2009.
Amendment Number Three to the AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant
on November 5, 2014.
Regions Financial Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended and Restated effective
January 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Form 10-K Annual Report
filed by registrant on February 21, 2020.
Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form
8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 19, 2018.
Regions Financial Corporation Use of Corporate Aircraft Policy, amended and restated
December 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K Annual Report
filed by registrant on February 21, 2020.
Regions Financial Corporation Use of Corporate Aircraft Policy, amended and restated
December 2022.
List of subsidiaries of registrant.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
Power of Attorney.
176
Table of Contents
SEC Assigned
Exhibit Number
31.1
31.2
32
101
104
Description of Exhibits
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.
Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
The following materials from Regions' Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31,
2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated
Statements of Income; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) the
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity; (v) the Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The cover page of Regions' Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2021,
formatted in Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit 101 attachments).
______
* Compensatory plan or agreement.
Copies of exhibits not included herein may be obtained free of charge, electronically through Regions’ website at
www.regions.com or through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or upon request to:
Investor Relations
Regions Financial Corporation
1900 Fifth Avenue North
Birmingham, Alabama 35203
(205) 264-7040
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
177
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
DATE: February 24, 2023
Regions Financial Corporation
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated
By:
/S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
John M. Turner, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
178
Table of Contents
Signature
Title
Date
/S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
John M. Turner, Jr.
/S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR.
David J. Turner, Jr.
/S/ Karin K. Allen
Karin K. Allen
President and Chief Executive Officer, and
Director (principal executive officer)
February 24, 2023
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (principal financial officer)
February 24, 2023
Executive Vice President and Assistant
Controller (Chief Accounting Officer and
Authorized Officer)
February 24, 2023
*
Mark A. Crosswhite
*
Noopur Davis
*
Samuel A. Di Piazza, Jr.
*
Zhanna Golodryga
*
J. Thomas Hill
*
John D. Johns
*
Joia M. Johnson
*
Ruth Ann Marshall
*
Charles D. McCrary
*
James T. Prokopanko
*
Lee J. Styslinger III
*
José S. Suquet
*
Timothy Vines
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
179
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
February 24, 2023
Table of Contents
* Tara A. Plimpton, by signing her name hereto, does sign this document on behalf of each of the persons indicated above pursuant to powers of attorney
executed by such persons and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
By:
/S/ Tara A. Plimpton
Tara A. Plimpton
Attorney in Fact
180
I, John M. Turner, Jr., certify that:
CERTIFICATIONS
EXHIBIT 31.1
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case
of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant
role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2023
/S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
John M. Turner, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
I, David J. Turner, Jr., certify that:
CERTIFICATIONS
EXHIBIT 31.2
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case
of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant
role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2023
/S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR.
David J. Turner, Jr.
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
EXHIBIT 32
In connection with the Annual Report of Regions Financial Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2022 (the “Report”), I, John M. Turner, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and David J. Turner,
Jr., Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to our knowledge:
1)
2)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results
of operations of the Company.
/S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
John M. Turner, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
/S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR.
David J. Turner, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 24, 2023
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or
otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by
Section 906, has been provided to Regions Financial Corporation and will be retained by Regions Financial Corporation and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.